did. Every Englishman in Upper India has often been saluted by the calls
of, 'DOHĀI _Khudāwand kī_! DOHĀI _Mahārāj_! DOHĀI _Kompanī Bahādur_!' 'Justice, my Lord! Justice, O King! Justice, O Company!'—perhaps in consequence of some oppression by his followers, perhaps in reference to some grievance with which he has no power to interfere. "Until 1860 no one dared to ignore the appeal of DOHĀĪ to a native Prince within his territory. I have heard a serious charge made against a person for calling the DOHĀĪ needlessly" (_M.-Gen. Keatinge_).
Wilson derives the exclamation from _do_, 'two' or repeatedly, and _hāi_ 'alas,' illustrating this by the phrase '_dohāī tīhāī karnā_,' 'to make exclamation (or invocation of justice) twice and thrice.' [Platts says, _do-hāy_, Skt. _hrī-hāhā_,' a crying twice "alas!"] This phrase, however, we take to be merely an example of the 'striving after meaning,' usual in cases where the real origin of the phrase is forgotten. We cannot doubt that the word is really a form of the Skt. _droha_, 'injury, wrong.' And this is confirmed by the form in Ibn Batuta, and the Mahr. _durāhi_; "an exclamation or expression used in prohibiting in the name of the Raja ... implying an imprecation of his vengeance in case of disobedience" (_Molesworth's Dict._); also Tel. and Canar. _durāi_, 'protest, prohibition, caveat, or veto in arrest of proceedings' (_Wilson and C. P. B._, _MS._)
c. 1340.—"It is a custom in India that when money is due from any person who is favoured by the Sultan, and the creditor wants his debt settled, he lies in wait at the Palace gate for the debtor, and when the latter is about to enter he assails him with the exclamation DARŌHAI _us-Sultan_! 'O Enemy of the Sultan.—I swear by the head of the King thou shalt not enter till thou hast paid me what thou owest.' The debtor cannot then stir from the spot, until he has satisfied the creditor, or has obtained his consent to the respite."—_Ibn Batuta_, iii. 412. The signification assigned to the words by the Moorish traveller probably only shows that the real meaning was unknown to his Musulman friends at Delhi, whilst its form strongly corroborates our etymology, and shows that it still kept close to the Sanskrit.
1609.—"He is severe enough, but all helpeth not; for his poore Riats or clownes complaine of Iniustice done them, and cry for justice at the King's hands."—_Hawkins_, in _Purchas_, i. 223.
c. 1666.—"Quand on y veut arrêter une personne, on crie seulement DOA _padecha_; cette clameur a autant de force que celle de haro en Normandie; et si on defend à quelqu'un de sortir, du lieu où il est, en disant DOA _padecha_, il ne peut partir sans se rendre criminel, et il est obligé de se presentir à la Justice."—_Thevenot_, v. 61.
1834.—"The servant woman began to make a great outcry, and wanted to leave the ship, and cried DOHAEE to the Company, for she was murdered and kidnapped."—_The Baboo_, ii. 242.
DOAR, n.p. A name applied to the strip of moist land, partially cultivated with rice, which extends at the foot of the Himālaya mountains to Bhotan. It corresponds to the TERAI further west; but embraces the conception of the passes or accesses to the hill country from this last verge of the plain, and is apparently the Skt. _dvāra_, a gate or entrance. [The E. DWARS of Goalpara District, and the W. DWARS of Jalpaiguri were annexed in 1864 to stop the raids of the Bhutias.]
DOBUND, s. This word is not in the Hind. Dicts. (nor is it in Wilson), but it appears to be sufficiently elucidated by the quotation:
1787.—"That the power of Mr. Fraser to make DOBUNDS, or new and additional embankments in aid of the old ones ... was a power very much to be suspected, and very improper to be entrusted to a contractor who had already covenanted to keep the old _pools_ in perfect repair," &c.—_Articles against W. Hastings_, in _Burke_, vii. 98.
DOLLY, s. Hind. _ḍālī_. A complimentary offering of fruit, flowers, vegetables, sweetmeats and the like, presented usually on one or more trays; also the daily basket of garden produce laid before the owner by the _Mālī_ or gardener ("The _Molly_ with his _dolly_"). The proper meaning of _ḍālī_ is a 'branch' or 'twig' (Skt. _dār_); then a 'basket,' a 'tray,' or a 'pair of trays slung to a yoke,' as used in making the offerings. Twenty years ago the custom of presenting _ḍālīs_ was innocent and merely complimentary; but, if the letter quoted under 1882 is correct, it must have grown into a gross abuse, especially in the Punjab. [The custom has now been in most Provinces regulated by Government orders.]
[1832.—"A DHAULLIE is a flat basket, on which is arranged in neat order whatever fruit, vegetables, or herbs are at the time in season."—_Mrs. Meer Hassan Ali, Observations_, i. 333.]
1880.—"Brass dishes filled with pistachio nuts are displayed here and there; they are the oblations of the would-be visitors. The English call these offerings _dollies_; the natives _dáli_. They represent in the profuse East the visiting cards of the meagre West."—_Ali Baba_, 84.
1882.—"I learn that in Madras DALLIES are restricted to a single gilded orange or lime, or a tiny sugar pagoda, and Madras officers who have seen the _bushels_ of fruit, nuts, almonds, sugar-candy ... &c., received by single officials in a single day in the N.W. Provinces, and in addition the number of bottles of brandy, champagne, liquors, &c., received along with all the preceding in the Punjab, have been ... astounded that such a practice should be countenanced by Government."—_Letter in Pioneer Mail_, March 15.
DOME, DHOME; in S. India commonly DOMBAREE, DOMBAR, s. Hind. _Ḍōm_ or _Ḍōmrā_. The name of a very low caste, representing some old aboriginal race, spread all over India. In many places they perform such offices as carrying dead bodies, removing carrion, &c. They are often musicians; in Oudh sweepers; in Champāran professional thieves (see _Elliot's Races of the N.W.P._, [_Risley, Tribes and Castes of Bengal_, s.v.]). It is possible, as has been suggested by some one, that the Gypsy _Romany_ is this word.
c. 1328.—"There be also certain others which be called DUMBRI who eat carrion and carcases; who have absolutely no object of worship; and who have to do the drudgeries of other people, and carry loads."—_Friar Jordanus_, Hak. Soc. p. 21.
1817.—"There is yet another tribe of vagrants, who are also a separate sect. They are the class of mountebanks, buffoons, posture-masters, tumblers, dancers, and the like.... The most dissolute body is that of the DUMBARS or DUMBARU."—_Abbé Dubois_, 468.
DONDERA HEAD, n.p. The southernmost point of Ceylon; called after a magnificent Buddhist shrine there, much frequented as a place of pilgrimage, which was destroyed by the Portuguese in 1587. The name is a corruption of _Dewa-nagara_, in Elu (or old Singalese) _Dewu-nuwara_; in modern Singalese _Dewuṅdara_ (_Ind. Antiq._ i. 329). The place is identified by Tennent with Ptolemy's "Dagana, sacred to the moon." Is this name in any way the origin of the opprobrium 'dunderhead'? [The _N.E.D._ gives no countenance to this, but leaves the derivation doubtful; possibly akin to _dunner_]. The name is so written in _Dunn's Directory_, 5th ed. 1780, p. 59; also in a chart of the Bay of Bengal, without title or date in Dalrymple's Collection.
1344.—"We travelled in two days to the city of DĪNAWAR, which is large, near the sea, and inhabited by traders. In a vast temple there, one sees an idol which bears the same name as the city.... The city and its revenues are the property of the idol."—_Ibn Batuta_, iv. 184.
[1553.—"TANABARÉ." See under GALLE, POINT DE.]
DONEY, DHONY, s. In S. India, a small native vessel, properly formed (at least the lower part of it) from a single tree. Tamil _tōṉi_. Dr. Gundert suggests as the origin Skt. _droṇa_, 'a wooden vessel.' But it is perhaps connected with the Tamil _tonduga_, 'to scoop out'; and the word would then be exactly analogous to the Anglo-American 'dug-out.' In the _J.R.A.S._ vol. i. is a paper by Mr. Edye, formerly H.M.'s Master Shipwright in Ceylon, on the native vessels of South India, and among others he describes the DONI (p. 13), with a drawing to scale. He calls it "a huge vessel of ark-like form, about 70 feet long, 20 feet broad, and 12 feet deep; with a flat bottom or keel part, which at the broadest place is 7 feet; ... the whole equipment of these rude vessels, as well as their construction, is the most coarse and unseaworthy that I have ever seen." From this it would appear that the _doney_ is no longer a 'dug-out,' as the suggested etymology, and Pyrard de Laval's express statement, indicate it to have been originally.
1552.—Castanheda already uses the word as Portuguese: "foy logo cõtra ho TÔNE."—iii. 22.
1553.—"Vasco da Gama having started ... on the following day they were becalmed rather more than a league and a half from Calicut, when there came towards them more than 60 TONÉS, which are small vessels, crowded with people."—_Barros_, I. iv., xi.
1561.—The word constantly occurs in this form (TONÉ) in _Correa_, _e.g._ vol. i. pt. 1, 403, 502, &c.
[1598.—"... certaine scutes or Skiffes called TONES."—_Linschoten_, Hak. Soc. ii. 56.]
1606.—There is a good description of the vessel in _Gouvea_, f. 29.
c. 1610.—"Le basteau s'appelloit DONNY, c'est à dire oiseau, pource qu'il estoit proviste de voiles."—_Pyrard de Laval_, i. 65; [Hak. Soc. i. 86].
" "La plupart de leurs vaisseaux sont d'une seule piece, qu'ils appellent TONNY, et les Portugais Almediés (ALMADIA)."—_Ibid._ i. 278; [Hak. Soc. i. 389].
1644.—"They have in this city of Cochin certain boats which they call TONES, in which they navigate the shallow rivers, which have 5 or 6 palms of depth, 15 or 20 cubits in length, and with a broad _parana_ of 5 or 6 palms, so that they build above an upper story called _Bayleu_, like a little house, thatched with _Ola_ (OLLAH), and closed at the sides. This contains many passengers, who go to amuse themselves on the rivers, and there are spent in this way many thousands of cruzados."—_Bocarro, MS._
1666.—"... with 110 _paraos_, and 100 _catures_ (see PROW, CATUR) and 80 TONEES of broad beam, full of people ... the enemy displayed himself on the water to our caravels."—_Faria y Sousa, Asia Portug._ i. 66.
1672.—"... four fishermen from the town came over to us in a TONY."—_Baldaeus, Ceylon_ (Dutch ed.), 89.
[1821.—In _Travels on Foot through the Island of Ceylon_, by J. Haafner, translated from the Dutch (_Phillip's New Voyages and Travels_, v. 6, 79), the words "_thonij_," "_thony's_" of the original are translated FUNNY, FUNNIES; this is possibly a misprint for TUNNIES, which appears on p. 66 as the rendering of "_thonij's_." See _Notes and Queries_, 9th ser. iv. 183.]
1860.—"Amongst the vessels at anchor (at Galle) lie the dows of the Arabs, the Patamars of Malabar, the DHONEYS of Coromandel."—_Tennent's Ceylon_, ii. 103.
DOOB, s. H. _dūb_, from Skt. _dūrvā_. A very nutritious creeping grass (_Cynodon dactylon_, Pers.), spread very generally in India. In the hot weather of Upper India, when its growth is scanty, it is eagerly sought for horses by the 'grass-cutters.' The natives, according to Roxburgh, quoted by Drury, cut the young leaves and make a cooling drink from the roots. The popular etymology, from _dhūp_, 'sunshine,' has no foundation. Its merits, its lowly gesture, its spreading quality, give it a frequent place in native poetry.
1810.—"The _doob_ is not to be found everywhere; but in the low countries about Dacca ... this grass abounds; attaining to a prodigious luxuriance."—_Williamson, V. M._ i. 259.
DOOCAUN, s. Ar. _dukkān_, Pers. and H. _dukān_, 'a shop'; _dukāndār_, 'a shopkeeper.'
1554.—"And when you buy in the _dukāns_ (_nos_ DUCÕES), they don't give picotaa (see PICOTA), and so the Dukándárs (_os_ DUCAMDARES) gain...."—_A. Nunes_, 22.
1810.—"L'estrade elevée sur laquelle le marchand est assis, et d'où il montre sa marchandise aux acheteurs, est proprement ce qu'on appelle DUKĀN; mot qui signifie, suivant son étymologie, une _estrade_ ou _plateforme, sur laquelle on se peut tenir assis_, et que nous traduisons improprement par boutique."—Note by _Silvestre de Sacy_, in _Relation de l'Egypte_, 304.
[1832.—"The DUKHAUNS (shops) small, with the whole front open towards the street."—_Mrs. Meer Hassan Ali, Observations_, ii. 36.]
1835.—"The shop (DOOKKÁN) is a square recess, or cell, generally about 6 or 7 feet high.... Its floor is even with the top of a _muśtabah_, or raised seat of stone or brick, built against the front."—_Lane's Mod. Egyptians_, ed. 1836, ii. 9.
DOOMBUR, s. The name commonly given in India to the fat-tailed sheep, breeds of which are spread over West Asia and East Africa. The word is properly Pers. _dunba_, _dumba_; _dumb_, 'tail,' or especially this fat tail. The old story of little carts being attached to the quarters of these sheep to bear their tails is found in many books, but it is difficult to trace any modern evidence of the fact. We quote some passages bearing on it:
c. A.D. 250.—"The tails of the sheep (of India) reach to their feet.... The shepherds ... cut open the tails and take out the tallow, and then sew it up Ìgain...."—_Aelian, De Nat. Animal._ iv. 32.
1298.—"Then there are sheep here as big as asses; and their tails are so large and fat, that one tail shall weigh some 30 lbs. They are fine fat beasts, and afford capital mutton."—_Marco Polo_, Bk. i. ch. 18.
1436.—"Their iiijth kinde of beasts are sheepe, which be unreasonable great, longe legged, longe woll, and great tayles, that waie about xij_l._ a piece. And some such I have seene as have drawen a wheele aftre them, their tailes being holden vp."—_Jos. Barbaro_, Hak. Soc. 21.
c. 1520.—"These sheep are not different from others, except as regards the tail, which is very large, and the fatter the sheep is the bigger is his tail. Some of them have tails weighing 10 and 20 pounds, and that will happen when they get fat of their own accord. But in Egypt many persons make a business of fattening sheep, and feed them on bran and wheat, and then the tail gets so big that the sheep can't stir. But those who keep them tie the tail on a kind of little cart, and in this way they move about. I saw one sheep's tail of this kind at Asiot, a city of Egypt 150 miles from Cairo, on the Nile, which weighed 80 lbs., and many people asserted that they have seen such tails that weighed 150 lbs."—_Leo Africanus_, in _Ramusio_, i. f. 92_v_.
[c. 1610.—"The tails of rams and ewes are wondrous big and heavy; one we weighed (in the Island of St. Lawrence) turned 28 pounds."—_Pyrard de Laval_, i. 36.
[1612.—"Goodly Barbary sheep with great rumps."—_Danvers, Letters_, i. 178.]
1828.—"We had a DOOMBA ram at Prag. The _Doomba_ sheep are difficult to keep alive in this climate."—_Wanderings of a Pilgrim_, i. 28.
1846.—"I was informed by a person who possessed large flocks, and who had no reason to deceive me, that sometimes the tail of the Tymunnee DOOMBAS increased to such a size, that a cart or small truck on wheels was necessary to support the weight, and that without it the animal could not wander about; he declared also that he had produced tails in his flock which weighed 12 _Tabreezi munds_, or 48 _seers puckah_, equal to about 96 _lbs._"—_Captain Hutton_, in _Jour. As. Soc. Beng._ xv. 160.
DOOPUTTY, s. Hind. _do-paṭṭah_, _dupaṭṭā_, &c. A piece of stuff of 'two breadths,' a sheet. "The principal or only garment of women of the lower orders" (in Bengal—_Wilson_). ["Formerly these pieces were woven narrow, and joined alongside of one another to produce the proper width; now, however, the _dupatta_ is all woven in one piece. This is a piece of cloth worn entire as it comes from the loom. It is worn either round the head or over the shoulders, and is used by both men and women, Hindu and Muhammadan" (_Yusuf Ali, Mon. on Silk_, 71).] Applied in S. India by native servants, when speaking their own language, to European bed-sheets.
[1615.—"... DUBETIES gouzerams."—_Foster, Letters_, iii. 156.]
DOORGA POOJA, s. Skt. _Durgā-pūjā_, 'Worship of Durga.' The chief Hindu festival in Bengal, lasting for 10 days in September-October, and forming the principal holiday-time of all the Calcutta offices. (See DUSSERA.) [The common term for these holidays nowadays is 'the POOJAHS.']
c. 1835.—
"And every DOORGA POOJA would good Mr. Simms explore The famous river Hoogly up as high as Barrackpore." _Lines in honour of the late Mr. Simms_, _Bole Ponjis_, 1857, ii. 220.
[1900.—"Calcutta has been in the throes of the PUJAHS since yesterday."—_Pioneer Mail_, Oct. 5.]
DOORSUMMUND, n.p. _Dūrsamand_; a corrupt form of _Dvāra-Samudra_ (Gate of the Sea), the name of the capital of the Balālās, a medieval dynasty in S. India, who ruled a country generally corresponding with Mysore. [See _Rice, Mysore_, ii. 353.] The city itself is identified with the fine ruins at Halabīdu [Haḷe-bīḍu, 'old capital'], in the Hassan district of Mysore.
c. 1300.—"There is another country called Deogir. Its capital is called DÚRÚ SAMUNDÚR."—_Rashīduddīn_, in _Elliot_, i. 73. (There is confusion in this.)
1309.—"The royal army marched from this place towards the country of DÚR SAMUN."—_Wassāf_, in _Elliot_, iii. 49.
1310.—"On Sunday, the 23rd ... he took a select body of cavalry with him, and on the 5th Shawwúl reached the fort of DHÚR SAMUND, after a difficult march of 12 days."—_Amīr Khusrū, ibid._ 88. See also _Notices et Extraits_, xiii. 171.
DORADO, s. Port. A kind of fish; apparently a dolphin (not the cetaceous animal so called). The _Coryphaena hippurus_ of Day's _Fishes_ is called by Cuvier and Valenciennes _C. dorado_. See also quotation from Drake. One might doubt, because of the praise of its flavour in Bontius, whilst Day only says of the _C. hippurus_ that "these dolphins are eaten by natives." Fryer, however, uses an expression like that of Bontius:—"The Dolphin is extolled beyond these,"—_i.e._ Bonito and Albicore (p. 12).
1578.—"When he is chased of the _Bonito_, or great mackrel (whom the AURATA or Dolphin also pursueth)."—_Drake, World Encompassed_, Hak. Soc. 32.
1631.—"Pisces DORADOS dicti a Portugalensibus, ab aureo quem ferunt in cute colore ... hic piscis est longe optimi saporis, _Bonitas_ bonitate excellens."—_Jac. Bontii_, Lib. V. cap. xix. 73.
DORAY, DURAI, s. This is a South Indian equivalent of ṢĀHIB (q.v.); Tel. _dora_, Tam. _turai_, 'Master.' _Sinna-turai_, 'small gentleman' is the equivalent of _Chhoṭa Sāhib_, a junior officer; and Tel. _dorasāni_, Tam. _turaisāni_ (corruptly _doresáni_) of 'Lady' or 'Madam.'
1680.—"The delivery of three Iron guns to the DEURA of Ramacole at the rate of 15 _Pagodas_ per _candy_ is ordered ... which is much more than what they cost."—_Fort St. Geo. Cons._, Aug. 5. In _Notes and Extracts_, No. iii. p. 31.
1837.—"The Vakeels stand behind their masters during all the visit, and discuss with them all that A— says. Sometimes they tell him some barefaced lie, and when they find he does not believe it, they turn to me grinning, and say, 'Ma'am, the DOORY plenty cunning gentlyman.'"—_Letters from Madras_, 86.
1882.—"The appellation by which Sir T. Munro was most commonly known in the Ceded Districts was that of 'Colonel DORA.' And to this day it is considered a sufficient answer to inquiries regarding the reason for any Revenue Rule, that it was laid down by the Colonel DORA."—_Arbuthnot's Memoir of Sir T. M._, p. xcviii.
"A village up the Godavery, on the left bank, is inhabited by a race of people known as DORAYLU, or 'gentlemen.' That this is the understood meaning is shown by the fact that their women are called DORESANDLU, _i.e._ 'ladies.' These people rifle their arrow feathers, _i.e._ give them a spiral." (Reference lost.) [These are perhaps the Kois, who are called by the Telingas _Koidhoras_, "the word _dhora_ meaning 'gentleman' or Sahib."—(_Central Prov. Gaz._ 500; also see _Ind. Ant._ viii. 34)].
DORIA, s. H. _ḍoriyā_, from _ḍor_, _ḍorī_, 'a cord or leash'; a dog-keeper.
1781.—"Stolen.... The Dog was taken out of Capt. Law's Baggage Boat ... by the DURREER that brought him to Calcutta."—_India Gazette_, March 17.
[DORIYA is also used for a kind of cloth. "As the characteristic pattern of the _chārkhāna_ is a check, so that of the DORIYA is stripes running along the length of the _thān_, _i.e._ in warp threads. The DORIYA was originally a cotton fabric, but it is now manufactured in silk, silk-and-cotton, _tasar_, and other combinations" (_Yusuf Ali, Mon. on Silk_, 94).
[c. 1590.—In a list of cotton cloths, we have "DORIYAH, per piece, 6R. to 2M."—_Āīn_, i. 95.
[1683.—"... 3 pieces DOOREAS."—_Hedges, Diary_, Hak. Soc. i. 94.]
DOSOOTY, s. H. _do-sūtī_, _do-sūtā_, 'double thread,' a kind of cheap cotton stuff woven with threads doubled.
[1843.—"The other pair (of travelling baskets) is simply covered with DOSOOTEE (a coarse double-threaded cotton)."—_Davidson, Diary in Upper India_, i. 10.]
DOUBLE-GRILL, s. Domestic H. of the kitchen for 'a devil' in the culinary sense.
DOUR, s. A foray, or a hasty expedition of any kind. H. _dauṛ_, 'a run.' Also to DOUR, 'to run,' or 'to make such an expedition.'
1853.—"'Halloa! Oakfield,' cried Perkins, as he entered the mess tent ... 'don't look down in the mouth, man; Attok taken, Chutter Sing DAURING down like the devil—march to-morrow....'"—_Oakfield_, ii. 67.
DOW, s. H. _dāo_, [Skt. _dātra_, _dā_, 'to cut']. A name much used on the Eastern frontier of Bengal as well as by Europeans in Burma, for the hewing knife or bill, of various forms, carried by the races of those regions, and used both for cutting jungle and as a sword. _Dhā_ is the true Burmese name for their weapon of this kind, but we do not know if there is any relation but an accidental one with the Hind. word. [See drawing in _Egerton, Handbook of Indian Arms_, p. 84.]
[1870.—"The DAO is the hill knife.... It is a blade about 18 inches long, narrow at the haft, and square and broad at the tip; pointless, and sharpened on one side only. The blade is set in a handle of wood; a bamboo root is considered the best. The fighting DAO is differently shaped; this is a long pointless sword, set in a wooden or ebony handle; it is very heavy, and a blow of almost incredible power can be given by one of these weapons.... The weapon is identical with the '_parang latok_' of the Malays...."—_Lewin, Wild Races of S.E. India_, 35 _seq._
DOWLE, s. H. _ḍaul_, _ḍaulā_. The ridge of clay marking the boundary between two rice fields, and retaining the water; called commonly in S. India a _bund_. It is worth noting that in Sussex _doole_ is "a small conical heap of earth, to mark the bounds of farms and parishes in the downs" (_Wright, Dict. of Obs. and Prov. English_). [The same comparison was made by Sir H. Elliot (_Supp. Gloss._ s.v. _Doula_); the resemblance is merely accidental; see _N.E.D._ s.v. _Dool_.]
1851.—"In the N.W. corner of Suffolk, where the country is almost entirely open, the boundaries of the different parishes are marked by earthen mounds from 3 to 6 feet high, which are known in the neighbourhood as DOOLS."—_Notes and Queries_, 1st Series, vol. iv. p. 161.
DOWRA, s. A guide. H. _dauṛāhā_, _dauṛahā_, _dauṛā_, 'a village runner, a guide,' from _dauṛnā_, 'to run,' Skt. _drava_, 'running.'
1827.—"The vidette, on his part, kept a watchful eye on the DOWRAH, a guide supplied at the last village."—_Sir W. Scott, The Surgeon's Daughter_, ch. xiii.
[DRABI, DRABY, s. The Indian camp-followers' corruption of the English '_driver_.'
[1900.—"The mule race for DRABIS and grass-cutters was entertaining."—_Pioneer Mail_, March 16.]
DRAVIDIAN, adj. The Skt. term _Drāviḍa_ seems to have been originally the name of the Conjevaram Kingdom (4th to 11th cent. A.D.), but in recent times it has been used as equivalent to 'Tamil.' About A.D. 700 Kumārila Bhaṭṭa calls the language of the South _Andhradrāviḍa-bhāshā_, meaning probably, as Bishop Caldwell suggests, what we should now describe as '_Telegu-Tamil_-language.' Indeed he has shown reason for believing that _Tamil_ and _Drāviḍa_, of which _Dramiḍa_ (written _Tiramiḍa_), and _Dramila_ are old forms, are really the same word. [Also see _Oppert, Orig. Inhab._ 25 _seq._, and _Dravira_, in a quotation from Al-biruni under MALABAR.] It may be suggested as posssible that the _Tropina_ of Pliny is also the same (see below). Dr. Caldwell proposed _Dravidian_ as a convenient name for the S. Indian languages which belong to the Tamil family, and the cultivated members of which are Tamil, Malayālam, Canarese, Tulu, Kuḍagu (or Coorg), and Telegu; the uncultivated Tuḍa, Kōta, Gōṇḍ, Khonḍ, Orāon, Rājmahāli. [It has also been adopted as an enthnological term to designate the non-ARYAN races of India (see _Risley, Tribes and Castes of Bengal_, i. Intro. xxxi.).]
c. A.D. 70.—"From the mouth of Ganges where he entereth into the sea unto the cape Calingon, and the town Dandagula, are counted 725 miles; from thence to TROPINA where standeth the chiefe mart or towne of merchandise in all India, 1225 miles. Then to the promontorie of Perimula they reckon 750 miles, from which to the towne abovesaid Patale ... 620."—_Pliny_, by _Phil. Holland_, vi. chap. xx.
A.D. 404.—In a south-western direction are the following tracts ... Surashtrians, Bâdaras, and DRÂVIḌAS.—_Varâha-mihira_, in _J.R.A.S._, 2nd ser. v. 84.
" "The eastern half of the Narbadda district ... the Pulindas, the eastern half of the DRÂVIḌAS ... of all these the Sun is the Lord."—_Ibid._ p. 231.
c. 1045.—"Moreover, chief of the sons of Bharata, there are, the nations of the South, the DRÁVIḌAS ... the Karnátakas, Máhishakas...."—_Vishnu Purána_, by _H. H. Wilson_, 1865, ii. 177 _seq._
1856.—"The idioms which are included in this work under the general term 'DRAVIDIAN' constitute the vernacular speech of the great majority of the inhabitants of S. India."—_Caldwell, Comp. Grammar of the Dravidian Languages_, 1st ed.
1869.—"The people themselves arrange their countrymen under two heads; five termed _Panch-gaura_, belonging to the Hindi, or as it is now generally called, the Aryan group, and the remaining five, or _Panch_-DRAVIDA, to the Tamil type."—_Sir W. Elliot_, in _J. Ethn. Soc._ N.S. i. 94.
DRAWERS, LONG, s. An old-fashioned term, probably obsolete except in Madras, equivalent to PYJĀMAS (q.v.).
1794.—"The contractor shall engage to supply ... every patient ... with ... a clean gown, cap, shirt, and LONG DRAWERS."—In _Seton-Karr_, ii. 115.
DRESSING-BOY, DRESS-BOY, s. Madras term for the servant who acts as valet, corresponding to the BEARER (q.v.) of N. India.
1837.—See _Letters from Madras_, 106.
DRUGGERMAN, s. Neither this word for an 'interpreter,' nor the Levantine _dragoman_, of which it was a quaint old English corruption, is used in Anglo-Indian colloquial; nor is the Arab _tarjumān_, which is the correct form, a word usual in Hindustāni. But the character of the two former words seems to entitle them not to be passed over in this Glossary. The Arabic is a loan-word from Aramaic _targĕmān_, _metargĕmān_, 'an interpreter'; the Jewish _Targums_, or Chaldee paraphrases of the Scriptures, being named from the same root. The original force of the Aramaic root is seen in the Assyrian _ragāmu_, 'to speak,' _rigmu_, 'the word.' See _Proc. Soc. Bibl. Arch._, 1883, p. 73, and _Delitsch, The Hebrew Lang. viewed in the Light of Assyrian Research_, p. 50. In old Italian we find a form somewhat nearer to the Arabic. (See quotation from Pegolotti below.)
c. 1150?—"Quorum lingua cum praenominato Iohanni, Indorum patriarchae, nimis esset obscura, quod neque ipse quod Romani dicerent, neque Romani quod ipse diceret intelligerent, interprete interposito, quem Achivi DROGOMANUM vocant, de mutuo statu Romanorum et Indicae regionis ad invicem querere coeperunt."—_De Adventu Patriarchae Indorum_, printed in _Zarncke, Der Priester Johannes_, i. 12. Leipzig, 1879.
[1252.—"Quia meus TURGEMANUS non erat sufficiens."—_W. de Rubruk_, p. 154.]
c. 1270.—"After this my address to the assembly, I sent my message to Elx by a dragoman (TRUJAMAN) of mine."—_Chron. of James of Aragon_, tr. by _Foster_, ii. 538.
Villehardouin, early in the 13th century, uses DRUGHEMENT, [and for other early forms see _N.E.D._ s.v. _Dragoman_.]
c. 1309.—"Il avoit gens illec qui savoient le Sarrazinnois et le françois que l'on apelle DRUGEMENS, qui enromancoient le Sarrazinnois au Conte Perron."—_Joinville_, ed. _de Wailly_, 182.
c. 1343.—"And at Tana you should furnish yourself with dragomans (TURCIMANNI)."—_Pegolotti's Handbook_, in _Cathay_, &c., ii. 291, and App. iii.
1404.—"... el maestro en Theologia dixo por su TRUXIMAN que dixesse al Señor q̃ aquella carta que su fijo el rey le embiara non la sabia otro leer, salvo el...."—_Clavijo_, 446.
1585.—"... e dopo m'esservi prouisto di vn buonissimo DRAGOMANO, et interprete, fu inteso il suono delle trombette le quali annuntiauano l'udienza del Rè" (di Pegù).—_Gasparo Balbi_, f. 102_v_.
1613.—"To the _Trojan_ Shoare, where I landed Feb. 22 with fourteene _English_ men more, and a Iew or DRUGGERMAN."—_T. Coryat_, in _Purchas_, ii. 1813.
1615.—"E Dietro, a cavallo, I DRAGOMANNI, cioè interpreti della repubblica e con loro tutti I DRAGOMANNI degli altri ambasciatori ai loro luoghi."—_P. della Valle_, i. 89.
1738.—
"Till I cried out, you prove yourself so able, Pity! you was not DRUGGERMAN at Babel! For had they found a linguist half so good, I make no question that the Tower had stood."—_Pope_, after _Donne, Sat._ iv. 81.
Other forms of the word are (from Span. _trujaman_) the old French _truchement_, Low Latin _drocmandus_, _turchimannus_, Low Greek δραγούμανος, &c.
DRUMSTICK, s. The colloquial name in the Madras Presideny for the long slender pods of the _Moringa pterygosperma_, Gaertner, the HORSE-RADISH TREE (q.v.) of Bengal.
c. 1790.—"Mon domestique étoit occupé à me préparer un plat de _morungas_, qui sont une espèce de fèves longues, auxquelles les Européens ont donné, à cause de leur forme, le nom de BAGUETTES À TAMBOUR...."—_Haafner_, ii. 25.
DUB, s. Telugu _dabbu_, Tam. _idappu_; a small copper coin, the same as the _doody_ (see CASH), value 20 _cash_; whence it comes to stand for money in general. It is curious that we have also an English _provincial_ word, "_Dubs_ = money, E. Sussex" (_Holloway, Gen. Dict. of Provincialisms_, Lewes, 1838). And the slang 'to dub up,' for to pay up, is common (see _Slang Dict._).
1781.—"In "Table of Prison Expenses and articles of luxury only to be attained by the opulent, after a length of saving" (_i.e._ in captivity in Mysore), we have—
"Eight cheroots . . . 0 1 0.
"The prices are in _fanams_, DUBS, and cash. The fanam changes for 11 _dubs_ and 4 cash."—In _Lives of the Lindsays_, iii.
c. 1790.—"J'eus pour quatre DABOUS, qui font environ cinq sous de France, d'excellent poisson pour notre souper."—_Haafner_, ii. 75.
DUBASH, DOBASH, DEBASH, s. H. _dubhāshiyā_, _dobāshī_ (lit. 'man of two languages'), Tam. _tupāshi_. An interpreter; obsolete except at Madras, and perhaps there also now, at least in its original sense; [now it is applied to a DRESSING-BOY or other servant with a European.] The _Dubash_ was at Madras formerly a usual servant in every household; and there is still one attached to each mercantile house, as the broker transacting business with natives, and corresponding to the Calcutta BANYAN (q.v.). According to Drummond the word has a peculiar meaning in Guzerat: "A _Doobasheeo_ in Guzerat is viewed as an evil spirit, who by telling lies, sets people by the ears." This illustrates the original meaning of _dubash_, which might be rendered in Bunyan's fashion as Mr. Two-Tongues.
[1566.—"Bring TOOPAZ and interpreter, Antonio Fernandes."—_India Office MSS._ Gaveta's agreement with the jangadas of the fort of Quilon, Aug. 13.
[1664.—"Per nossa conta a ambos por manilha 400 fanoim e ao TUPAY 50 fanoim."—_Letter of Zamorin_, in _Logan, Malabar_, iii. 1.]
1673.—"The Moors are very grave and haughty in their Demeanor, not vouchsafing to return an Answer by a slave, but by a DEUBASH."—_Fryer_, 30.
[1679.—"The DUBASS of this Factory having to regaine his freedom."—_S. Master_, in _Man. of Kistna Dist._ 133.]
1693.—"The chief DUBASH was ordered to treat ... for putting a stop to their proceedings."—_Wheeler_, i. 279.
1780.—"He ordered his DUBASH to give the messenger two pagodas (sixteen shillings);—it was poor reward for having received two wounds, and risked his life in bringing him intelligence."—Letter of _Sir T. Munro_, in _Life_, i. 26.
1800.—"The DUBASH there ought to be hanged for having made difficulties in collecting the rice."—Letter of _Sir A. Wellesley_, in _do._ 259.
c. 1804.—"I could neither understand them nor they me; but they would not give me up until a DEBASH, whom Mrs. Sherwood had hired ... came to my relief with a palanquin."—_Autobiog. of Mrs. Sherwood_, 272.
1809.—"He (Mr. North) drove at once from the coast the tribe of Aumils and DEBASHES."—_Ld. Valentia_, i. 315.
1810.—"In this first boat a number of DEBASHES are sure to arrive."—_Williamson, V. M._ i. 133.
" "The DUBASHES, then all powerful at Madras, threatened loss of caste, and absolute destruction to any Bramin who should dare to unveil the mysteries of their sacred language."—_Morton's Life of Leyden_, 30.
1860.—"The moodliars and native officers ... were superseded by Malabar DUBASHES, men aptly described as enemies to the religion of the Singhalese, strangers to their habits, and animated by no impulse but extortion."—_Tennent's Ceylon_, ii. 72.
DUBBEER, s. P.—H. _dabīr_, 'a writer or secretary.' It occurs in Pehlevi as _debīr_, connected with the old Pers. _dipi_, 'writing.' The word is quite obsolete in Indian use.
1760.—"The King ... referred the adjustment to his DUBBEER, or minister, which, amongst the Indians, is equivalent to the Duan of the Mahomedan Princes."—_Orme_, ii. § ii. 601.
DUBBER, s. Hind. (from Pers.) _dabbah_; also, according to Wilson, Guzerāti _dabaro_; Mahr. _dabara_. A large oval vessel, made of green buffalo-hide, which, after drying and stiffening, is used for holding and transporting _ghee_ or oil. The word is used in North and South alike.
1554.—"Butter (_á mámteiga_, _i.e._ ghee) sells by the maund, and comes hither (to Ormuz) from Bacoraa and from Reyxel (see RESHIRE); the most (however) that comes to Ormuz is from Diul and from Mamgalor, and comes in certain great jars of hide, DABAAS."—_A. Nunes_, 23.
1673.—"Did they not boil their Butter it would be rank, but after it has passed the Fire they keep it in DUPPERS the year round."—_Fryer_, 118.
1727.—(From the Indus Delta.) "They export great quantities of Butter, which they gently melt and put up in Jars called DUPPAS, made of the Hides of Cattle, almost in the Figure of a Glob, with a Neck and Mouth on one side."—_A. Hamilton_, i. 126; [ed. 1744, i. 127].
1808.—"_Purbhoodas Shet_ of Broach, in whose books a certain Mahratta Sirdar is said to stand debtor for a Crore of Rupees ... in early life brought ... _ghee_ in DUBBERS upon his own head hither from Baroda, and retailed it ... in open Bazar."—_R. Drummond, Illustrations_, &c.
1810.—"... DUBBAHS or bottles made of green hide."—_Williamson, V. M._ ii. 139.
1845.—"I find no account made out by the prisoner of what became of these DUBBAS of _ghee_."—G. O. by _Sir C. Napier_, in _Sind_, 35.
DUCKS, s. The slang distinctive name for gentlemen belonging to the Bombay service; the correlative of the MULLS of Madras and of the QUI-HIS of Bengal. It seems to have been taken from the term next following.
1803.—"I think they manage it here famously. They have neither the comforts of a Bengal army, nor do they rough it, like the DUCKS."—_Elphinstone_, in _Life_, i. 53.
1860.—"Then came Sire Jhone by Waye of Baldagh and Hormuz to yẽ Costys of Ynde.... And atte what Place yẽ Knyghte came to Londe, theyre yẽ ffolke clepen DUCKYS (quasi DUCES INDIAE)."—Extract from a MS. of the _Travels of Sir John Maundevill_ in the E. Indies, lately discovered (Calcutta).
[In the following the word is a corruption of the Tam. _tūkku_, a weight equal to 1¼ VISS, about 3 lbs. 13 oz.
[1787.—"We have fixed the produce of each vine at 4 DUCKS of wet pepper."—_Purwannah of Tippoo Sultan_, in _Logan, Malabar_, iii. 125.]
DUCKS, BOMBAY. See BUMMELO.
1860.—"A fish nearly related to the salmon is dried and exported in large quantities from Bombay, and has acquired the name of BOMBAY DUCKS."—_Mason, Burmah_, 273.
DUFFADAR, s. Hind. (from Arabo-Pers.) _daf'adār_, the exact rationale of which name it is not easy to explain, [_daf'a_, 'a small body, a section,' _daf'adār_, 'a person in charge of a small body of troops']. A petty officer of native police (_v._ BURKUNDAUZE, v.); and in regiments of Irregular Cavalry, a non-commissioned officer corresponding in rank to a corporal or NAIK.
1803.—"The pay ... for the DUFFADARS ought not to exceed 35 rupees."—_Wellington_, ii. 242.
DUFTER, s. Ar.—H. _daftar_. Colloquially 'the office,' and interchangeable with CUTCHERRY, except that the latter generally implies an office of the nature of a Court. _Daftar-khāna_ is more accurate, [but this usually means rather a record-room where documents are stored]. The original Arab. _daftar_ is from the Greek διφθέρα = _membranum_, 'a parchment,' and thin 'paper' (whence also _diphtheria_), and was applied to loose sheets filed on a string, which formed the record of accounts; hence _daftar_ becomes 'a register,' a public record. In Arab. any account-book is still a _daftar_, and in S. India _daftar_ means a bundle of connected papers tied up in a cloth, [the _basta_ of Upper India].
c. 1590.—"Honest experienced officers upon whose forehead the stamp of correctness shines, write the agreement upon loose pages and sheets, so that the transaction cannot be forgotten. These loose sheets, into which all _sanads_ are entered, are called the DAFTAR."—_Āīn_, i. 260, and see _Blochmann's_ note there.
[1757.—"... that after the expiration of the year they take a discharge according to custom, and that they deliver the accounts of their Zemindarry agreeable to the stated forms every year into the DUFTER Cana of the Sircar...."—_Sunnud for the Company's Zemindarry_, in _Verelst, View of Bengal_, App. 147.]
DUFTERDAR, s. Ar.—P.—H. _daftardār_, is or was "the head native revenue officer on the Collector's and Sub-Collector's establishment of the Bombay Presidency" (_Wilson_). In the provinces of the Turkish Empire the DAFTARDĀR was often a minister of great power and importance, as in the case of Mahommed Bey Daftardār, in Egypt in the time of Mahommed 'Ali Pasha (see _Lane's Mod. Egyptns._, ed. 1860, pp. 127-128). The account of the constitution of the office of _Daftardār_ in the time of the Mongol conqueror of Persia, Hulāgū, will be found in a document translated by Hammer-Purgstall in his _Gesch. der Goldenen Horde_, 497-501.
DUFTERY, s. Hind. _daftarī_. A servant in an Indian office (Bengal), whose business it is to look after the condition of the records, dusting and binding them; also to pen-mending, paper-ruling, making of envelopes, &c. In Madras these offices are done by a MOOCHY. [For the military sense of the word in Afghanistan, see quotation from _Ferrier_ below.]
1810.—"The DUFTOREE or office-keeper attends solely to those general matters in an office which do not come within the notice of the _crannies_, or clerks."—_Williamson, V. M._ i. 275.
[1858.—"The whole Afghan army consists of the three divisions of Kabul, Kandahar, and Herat; of these, the troops called DEFTERIS (which receive pay), present the following effective force."—_Ferrier, H. of the Afghans_, 315 _seq._]
DUGGIE, s. A word used in the Pegu teak trade, for a long squared timber. Milburn (1813) says: "_Duggies_ are timbers of teak from 27 to 30 feet long, and from 17 to 24 inches square." Sir A. Phayre believes the word to be a corruption of the Burmese _htāp-gy̆ī_. The first syllable means the 'cross-beam of a house,' the second, 'big'; hence 'big-beam.'
DUGONG, s. The cetaceous mammal, _Halicore dugong_. The word is Malay _dūyung_, also Javan. _duyung_; Macassar, _ruyung_. The etymology we do not know. [The word came to us from the name _Dugung_, used in the Philippine island of Leyte, and was popularised in its present form by Buffon in 1765. See _N.E.D._]
DUMBCOW, v., and DUMBCOWED, participle. To brow-beat, to cow; and cowed, brow-beaten, set-down. This is a capital specimen of Anglo-Indian dialect. _Dam khānā_, 'to eat one's breath,' is a Hind. idiom for 'to be silent.' Hobson-Jobson converts this into a transitive verb, to _damkhāo_, and both spelling and meaning being affected by English suggestions of sound, this comes in Anglo-Indian use to imply _cowing_ and _silencing_. [A more probable derivation is from Hind. _dhamkānā_, 'to chide, scold, threaten, to repress by threats or reproof' (_Platts, H. Dict._).]
DUMDUM, n.p. The name of a military cantonment 4½ miles N.W. of Calcutta, which was for seventy years (1783-1853) the head-quarters of that famous corps the Bengal Artillery. The name, which occurs at intervals in Bengal, is no doubt P.—H. _dam-dama_, 'a mound or elevated battery.' At Dumdum was signed the treaty which restored the British settlements after the re-capture of Calcutta in 1757. [It has recently given a name to the DUMDUM or expanding bullet, made in the arsenal there.]
[1830.—Prospectus of the "DUMDUM Golfing Club."—"We congratulate them on the prospect of seeing that noble and gentleman-like game established in Bengal."—_Or. Sport. Mag._, reprint 1873, i. 407.
1848.—"'Pooh! nonsense,' said Joe, highly flattered. 'I recollect, sir, there was a girl at DUMDUM, a daughter of Cutler of the Artillery ... who made a dead set at me in the year '4.'"—_Vanity Fair_, i. 25, ed. 1867.
[1886.—"The Kiranchi (see CRANCHEE) has been replaced by the ordinary DUMDUMMER, or Pálki carriage ever since the year 1856."—_Sat. Review_, Jan. 23.
[1900.—"A modern murderer came forward proudly with the DUMDUM."—_Ibid._ Aug. 4.]
DUMPOKE, s. A name given in the Anglo-Indian kitchen to a baked dish, consisting usually of a duck, boned and stuffed. The word is Pers. _dampukht_, 'air-cooked,' _i.e._ baked. A recipe for a dish so called, as used in Akbar's kitchen, is in the first quotation:
c. 1590.—"DAMPUKHT. 10 sers meat; 2 s. ghi; 1 s. onions; 11 m. fresh ginger; 10 m. pepper; 2 d. cardamoms."—_Āīn_, i. 61.
1673.—"These eat highly of all Flesh DUMPOKED, which is baked with Spice in Butter."—_Fryer_, 93.
" "Baked Meat they call DUMPOKE which is dressed with sweet Herbs and Butter, with whose Gravy they swallow Rice dry Boiled."—_Ibid._ 404.
1689.—"... and a DUMPOKED Fowl, that is boil'd with Butter in any small Vessel, and stuft with Raisins and Almonds is another (Dish)."—_Ovington_, 397.
DUMREE, s. Hind. _damṛī_, a copper coin of very low value, not now existing. (See under DAM).
1823.—In Malwa "there are 4 _cowries_ to a _gunda_; 3 _gundas_ to a DUMRIE; 2 _dumries_ to a _chedaum_; 3 _dumries_ to a _tun_DUMRIE; and 4 _dumries_ to an _adillah_ or half pice."—_Malcolm, Central India_, 2nd ed. ii. 194; [86 note].
DUNGAREE, s. A kind of coarse and inferior cotton cloth; the word is not in any dictionary that we know. [Platts gives H. _dungrī_, 'a coarse kind of cloth.' The _Madras Gloss._ gives Tel. _dangidi_, which is derived from Dāngidi, a village near Bombay. Molesworth in his _Mahr. Dict._ gives: "_Doṅgarī Kāpaṛ_, a term originally for the common country cloth sold in the quarter contiguous to the _Ḍongarī Ḳilla_ (Fort George, Bombay), applied now to poor and low-priced cotton cloth. Hence in the corruption _Dungarie_." He traces the word to _ḍongarī_, "a little hill." Dungaree is woven with two or more threads together in the web and woof. The finer kinds are used for clothing by poor people; the coarser for sails for native boats and tents. The same word seems to be used of silk (see below).]
1613.—"We traded with the _Naturalls_ for Cloves ... by bartering and exchanging cotton cloth of _Cambay_ and _Coromandell_ for Cloves. The sorts requested, and prices that they yeelded. _Candakeens_ of _Barochie_, 6 Cattees of Cloves.... DONGERIJNS, the finest, twelve."—_Capt. Saris_, in _Purchas_, i. 363.
1673.—"Along the Coasts are Bombaim ... Carwar for DUNGAREES and the weightiest pepper."—_Fryer_, 86.
[1812.—"The Prince's Messenger ... told him, 'Come, now is the time to open your purse-strings; you are no longer a merchant or in prison; you are no longer to sell DUNGAREE' (a species of coarse linen)."—_Morier, Journey through Persia_, 26.]
1813.—"DUNGAREES (pieces to a ton) 400."—_Milburn_, ii. 221.
[1859.—"In addition to those which were real ... were long lines of sham batteries, known to sailors as DUNGAREE forts, and which were made simply of coarse cloth or canvas, stretched and painted so as to resemble batteries."—_L. Oliphant, Narr. of Ld. Elgin's Mission_, ii. 6.]
1868.—"Such DUNGEREE as you now pay half a rupee a yard for, you could then buy from 20 to 40 yards per rupee."—_Miss Frere's Old Deccan Days_, p. xxiv.
[1900.—"From this thread the DONGARI Tasar is prepared, which may be compared to the organzine of silk, being both twisted and doubled."—_Yusuf Ali, Mem. on Silk_, 35.]
DURBAR, s. A Court or Levee. Pers. _darbār_. Also the Executive Government of a Native State (_Carnegie_). "In Kattywar, by a curious idiom, the chief himself is so addressed: 'Yes, DURBAR'; 'no, DURBAR,' being common replies to him."—(_M.-Gen. Keatinge_).
1609.—"On the left hand, thorow another gate you enter into an inner court where the King keepes his DARBAR."—_Hawkins_, in _Purchas_, i. 432.
1616.—"The tenth of Ianuary, I went to Court at foure in the euening to the DURBAR, which is the place where the _Mogoll_ sits out daily, to entertaine strangers, to receiue Petitions and Presents, to giue commands, to see and to be seene."—_Sir T. Roe_, in _Purchas_, i. 541; [with some slight differences of reading, in Hak. Soc. i. 106].
1633.—"This place they call the DERBA (or place of Councill) where Law and Justice was administered according to the Custome of the Countrey."—_W. Bruton_, in _Hakl._ v. 51.
c. 1750.—"... il faut se rappeller ces tems d'humiliations où le Francois étoient forcés pour le bien de leur commerce, d'aller timidement porter leurs presens et leurs hommages à de petis chefs de Bourgades que nous n'admetons aujourd'hui à nos DORBARDS que lorsque nos intérêts l'exigent."—Letter of _M. de Bussy_, in _Cambridge's Account_, p. xxix.
1793.—"At my DURBAR yesterday I had proof of the affection entertained by the natives for Sir William Jones. The Professors of the Hindu Law, who were in the habit of attendance upon him, burst into unrestrained tears when they spoke to me."—_Teignmouth, Mem._ i. 289.
1809.—"It was the DURBAR of the native Gentoo Princes."—_Ld. Valentia_, i. 362.
[1826.—"... a DURBAR, or police-officer, should have men in waiting...."—_Pandurang Hari_, ed. 1873, i. 126.]
1875.—"Sitting there in the centre of the DURBAR, we assisted at our first nautch."—_Sir M. E. Grant Duff_, in _Contemp. Rev._, July.
[1881.—"Near the centre (at Amritsar) lies the sacred tank, from whose midst rises the DARBAR Sahib, or great temple of the Sikh faith."—_Imperial Gazetteer_, i. 186.]
DURGAH, s. P. _dargāh_. Properly a royal court. But the habitual use of the word in India is for the shrine of a (Mahommedan) Saint, a place of religious resort and prayer.
1782.—"Adjoining is a DURGAW or burial place, with a view of the river."—_Hodges_, 102.
1807.—"The DHURGAW may invariably be seen to occupy those scites pre-eminent for comfort and beauty."—_Williamson, Oriental Field Sports_, 24.
1828.—"... he was a relation of the ... superior of the DURGAH, and this is now a sufficient protection."—_The Kuzzilbash_, ii. 273.
DURIAN, DORIAN, s. Malay _duren_, Molucca form _duriyān_, from _durī_, 'a thorn or prickle, [and _ān_, the common substantival ending; Mr. Skeat gives the standard Malay as _duriyan_ or _durian_]; the great fruit of the tree (N. O. _Bombaceae_) called by botanists _Durio zibethinus_, D. C. The tree appears to be a native of the Malay Peninsula, and the nearest islands; from which it has been carried to Tenasserim on one side and to Mindanao on the other.
The earliest European mention of this fruit is that by Nicolo Conti. The passage is thus rendered by Winter Jones: "In this island (Sumatra) there also grows a green fruit which they call _duriano_, of the size of a cucumber. When opened five fruits are found within, resembling oblong oranges. The taste varies like that of cheese." (In _India in the XVth Cent._, p. 9.) We give the original Latin of Poggio below, which must be more correctly rendered thus: "They have a green fruit which they call _durian_, as big as a water-melon. Inside there are five things like elongated oranges, and resembling thick butter, with a combination of flavours." (See _Carletti_, below).
The _dorian_ in Sumatra often forms a staple article of food, as the JACK (q.v.) does in Malabar. By natives and old European residents in the Malay regions in which it is produced the _dorian_ is regarded as incomparable, but novices have a difficulty in getting over the peculiar, strong, and offensive odour of the fruit, on account of which it is usual to open it away from the house, and which procured for it the inelegant Dutch nickname of _stancker_. "When that aversion, however, is conquered, many fall into the taste of the natives, and become passionately fond of it." (_Crawfurd, H. of Ind. Arch._ i. 419.) [Wallace (_Malay Arch._ 57) says that he could not bear the smell when he "first tried it in Malacca, but in Borneo I found a ripe fruit on the ground, and, eating it out of doors, I at once became a confirmed Durian eater ... the more you eat of it the less you feel inclined to stop. In fact to eat Durians is a new sensation, worth a voyage to the East to experience."] Our forefathers had not such delicate noses, as may be gathered from some of the older notices. A Governor of the Straits, some forty-five years ago, used to compare the _Dorian_ to 'carrion in custard.'
c. 1440.—"Fructum viridem habent nomine DURIANUM, magnitudine cucumeris, in quo sunt quinque veluti malarancia oblonga, varii saporis, instar butyri coagulati."—_Poggii, de Varietate Fortunae_, Lib. iv.
1552.—"DURIONS, which are fashioned like artichokes" (!)—_Castanheda_, ii. 355.
1553.—"Among these fruits was one kind now known by the name of DURIONS, a thing greatly esteemed, and so luscious that the Malacca merchants tell how a certain trader came to that port with a ship load of great value, and he consumed the whole of it in guzzling DURIONS and in gallantries among the Malay girls."—_Barros_, II. vi. i.
1563.—"A gentleman in this country (Portuguese India) tells me that he remembers to have read in a Tuscan version of Pliny, '_nobiles_ DURIANES.' I have since asked him to find the passage in order that I might trace it in the Latin, but up to this time he says he has not found it."—_Garcia_, f. 85.
1588.—"There is one that is called in the Malacca tongue DURION, and is so good that I have heard it affirmed by manie that have gone about the worlde, that it doth exceede in savour all others that ever they had seene or tasted.... Some do say that have seene it that it seemeth to be that wherewith Adam did transgresse, being carried away by the singular savour."—_Parke's Mendoza_, ii. 318.
1598.—"DURYOEN is a fruit ỹt only groweth in Malacca, and is so much comẽded by those which have proued ye same, that there is no fruite in the world to bee compared with it."—_Linschoten_, 102; [Hak. Soc. i. 51].
1599.—The DORIAN, Carletti thought, had a smell of onions, and he did not at first much like it, but when at last he got used to this he liked the fruit greatly, and thought nothing of a simple and natural kind could be tasted which possessed a more complex and elaborate variety of odours and flavours than this did.—See _Viaggi_, Florence, 1701; Pt. II. p. 211.
1601.—"DURYOEN ... ad apertionem primam ... putridum coepe redolet, sed dotem tamen divinam illam omnem gustui profundit."—_Debry_, iv. 33.
[1610.—"The DARION tree nearly resembles a pear tree in size."—_Pyrard de Laval_, Hak. Soc. ii. 366.]
1615.—"There groweth a certaine fruit, prickled like a ches-nut, and as big as one's fist, the best in the world to eate, these are somewhat costly, all other fruits being at an easie rate. It must be broken with force and therein is contained a white liquor like vnto creame, never the lesse it yields a very vnsauory sent like to a rotten oynion, and it is called ESTURION" (probably a misprint).—_De Monfart_, 27.
1727.—"The DUREAN is another excellent Fruit, but offensive to some People's Noses, for it smells very like ... but when once tasted the smell vanishes."—_A. Hamilton_, ii. 81; [ed. 1744, ii. 80].
1855.—"The fetid DORIAN, prince of fruits to those who like it, but chief of abominations to all strangers and novices, does not grow within the present territories of Ava, but the King makes great efforts to obtain a supply in eatable condition from the Tenasserim Coast. King Tharawadi used to lay post-horses from Martaban to Ava, to bring his odoriferous delicacy."—_Yule, Mission to Ava_, 161.
1878.—"The DURIAN will grow as large as a man's head, is covered closely with terribly sharp spines, set hexagonally upon its hard skin, and when ripe it falls; if it should strike any one under the tree, severe injury or death may be the result."—_M‘Nair, Perak_, 60.
1885.—"I proceeded ... under a continuous shade of tall DURIAN trees from 35 to 40 feet high.... In the flowering time it was a most pleasant shady wood; but later in the season the chance of a fruit now and then descending on one's head would be less agreeable." _Note._—"Of this fruit the natives are passionately fond; ... and the elephants flock to its shade in the fruiting time; but, more singular still, the tiger is said to devour it with avidity."—_Forbes, A Naturalist's Wanderings_, p. 240.
DURJUN, s. H. _darjan_, a corr. of the English _dozen_.
DURWAUN, s. H. from P. _darwān_, _darbān_. A doorkeeper. A domestic servant so called is usual in the larger houses of Calcutta. He is porter at the gate of the COMPOUND (q.v.).
[c. 1590.—"The DARBÁNS, or Porters. A thousand of these active men are employed to guard the palace."—_Āīn_, i. 258.]
c. 1755.—"DERWAN."—List of servants in _Ives_, 50.
1781.—(After an account of an alleged attempt to seize Mr. Hicky's _Darwān_). "Mr. Hicky begs leave to make the following remarks. That he is clearly of opinion that these horrid Assassins wanted to dispatch him whilst he lay a sleep, as a DOOR-VAN is well known to be the alarm of the House, to prevent which the Villians wanted to carry him off,—and their precipitate flight the moment they heard Mr. Hicky's Voice puts it past a Doubt."—Reflections on the consequence of the late attempt made to Assassinate the Printer of the original _Bengal Gazette_ (in the same, April 14).
1784.—"Yesterday at daybreak, a most extraordinary and horrid murder was committed upon the DIRWAN of Thomas Martin, Esq."—In _Seton-Karr_, i. 12.
" "In the entrance passage, often on both sides of it, is a raised floor with one or two open cells, in which the DARWANS (or doorkeepers) sit, lie, and sleep—in fact dwell."—_Calc. Review_, vol. lix. p. 207.
DURWAUZA-BUND. The formula by which a native servant in an Anglo-Indian household intimates that his master or mistress cannot receive a visitor—'Not at home'—without the untruth. It is elliptical for _darwāza band hai_, 'the door is closed.'
[1877.—"When they did not find him there, it was DARWAZA BUND."—_Allardyce, The City of Sunshine_, i. 125.]
DUSSERA, DASSORA, DASEHRA, s. Skt. _daśaharā_, H. _dasharā_, Mahr. _dasrā_; the _nine-nights'_ (or ten days') festival in October, also called _Durgā-pūjā_ (see DOORGA-P.). In the west and south of India this holiday, taking place after the close of the wet season, became a great military festival, and the period when military expeditions were entered upon. The Mahrattas were alleged to celebrate the occasion in a way characteristic of them, by destroying a village! The popular etymology of the word and that accepted by the best authorities, is _daś_, 'ten (sins)' and _har_, 'that which takes away (or expiates).' It is, perhaps, rather connected with the ten days' duration of the feast, or with its chief day being the 10th of the month (_Aśvina_); but the origin is decidedly obscure.
c. 1590.—"The autumn harvest he shall begin to collect from the DESHEREH, which is another Hindoo festival that also happens differently, from the beginning of Virgo to the commencement of Libra."—_Ayeen_, tr. _Gladwin_, ed. 1800, i. 307; [tr. _Jarrett_, ii. 46].
1785.—"On the anniversary of the DUSHARAH you will distribute among the Hindoos, composing your escort, a goat to every ten men."—_Tippoo's Letters_, 162.
1799.—"On the Institution and Ceremonies of the Hindoo Festival of the DUSRAH," published (1820) in _Trans. Bomb. Lit. Soc._ iii. 73 _seqq._ (By Sir John Malcolm.)
1812.—"The Courts ... are allowed to adjourn annually during the Hindoo festival called DUSSARAH."—_Fifth Report_, 37.
1813.—"This being the DESSERAH, a great Hindoo festival ... we resolved to delay our departure and see some part of the ceremonies."—_Forbes, Or. Mem._ iv. 97; [2nd ed. ii. 450].
DUSTOOR, DUSTOORY, s. P.—H. _dastūr_, 'custom' [see DESTOOR,] _dastūrī_, 'that which is customary.' That commission or percentage on the money passing in any cash transaction which, with or without acknowledgment or permission, sticks to the fingers of the agent of payment. Such 'customary' appropriations are, we believe, very nearly as common in England as in India; a fact of which newspaper correspondence from time to time makes us aware, though Europeans in India, in condemning the natives, often forget, or are ignorant of this. In India the practice is perhaps more distinctly recognised, as the word denotes. Ibn Batuta tells us that at the Court of Delhi, in his time (c. 1340), the custom was for the officials to deduct 1/10 of every sum which the Sultan ordered to be paid from the treasury (see _I. B._ pp. 408, 426, &c.).
[1616.—"The DUSTURIA in all bought goodes ... is a great matter."—_Sir T. Roe_, Hak. Soc. ii. 350.]
1638.—"Ces vallets ne sont point nourris au logis, mais ont leurs gages, dont ils s'entretiennent, quoy qu'ils ne montent qu'à trois ou quatre Ropias par moys ... mais ils ont leur tour du baston, qu'ils appellent TESTURY, qu'ils prennent du consentement du Maistre de celuy dont ils achettent quelque chose."—_Mandelslo_, Paris, 1659, 224.
[1679.—"The usuall DUSTOORE shall be equally divided."—_S. Master_, in _Kistna Man._ 136.]
1680.—"It is also ordered that in future the _Vakils_ (see VAKEEL), _Mutsuddees_ (see MOOTSUDDY), or Writers of the _Tagadgeers_,[112] _Dumiers_, (?)[113] or overseers of the Weavers, and the PICARS and PODARS shall not receive any monthly wages, but shall be content with the DUSTOOR ... of a quarter anna in the rupee, which the merchants and weavers are to allow them. The DUSTOOR may be divided twice a year or oftener by the Chief and Council among the said employers."—_Ft. St. Geo. Cons._, Dec. 2. In _Notes and Extracts_, No. II. p. 61.
1681.—"For the farme of DUSTOORY on cooley hire at Pagodas 20 per annum received a part ... (Pag.) 13 00 0."—_Ibid._ Jan. 10; _Ibid._ No. III. p. 45.
[1684.—"The Honble. Comp. having order'd ... that the DUSTORE upon their Investment ... be brought into the Generall Books."—_Pringle, Diary, Ft. St. Geo._ 1st ser. iii. 69.]
1780.—"It never can be in the power of a superintendent of Police to reform the numberless abuses which servants of every Denomination have introduced, and now support on the Broad Basis of DUSTOOR."—_Hicky's Bengal Gazette_, April 29.
1785.—"The Public are hereby informed that no Commission, Brokerage, or DUSTOOR is charged by the Bank, or permitted to be taken by any Agent or Servant employed by them."—In _Seton-Karr_, i. 130.
1795.—"All servants belonging to the Company's Shed have been strictly prohibited from demanding or receiving any fees or DASTOORS on any pretence whatever."—_Ibid._ ii. 16.
1824.—"The profits however he made during the voyage, and by a DUSTOORY on all the alms given or received ... were so considerable that on his return some of his confidential disciples had a quarrel with him."—_Heber_, ed. 1844, i. 198.
1866.—"... of all taxes small and great the heaviest is DUSTOOREE."—_Trevelyan, Dawk Bungalow_, 217.
DUSTUCK, s. P. _dastak_, ['a little hand, hand-clapping to attract attention, a notice']. A pass or permit. The _dustucks_ granted by the Company's covenanted servants in the early half of the 18th century seems to have been a constant instrument of abuse, or bone of contention, with the native authorities in Bengal. [The modern sense of the word in N. India is a notice of the revenue demand served on a defaulter.]
1716.—"A passport or DUSTUCK, signed by the President of Calcutta, should exempt the goods specified from being visited or stopped."—_Orme_, ed. 1803, ii. 21.
1748.—"The Zemindar near Pultah having stopped several boats with English DUSTICKS and taken money from them, and disregarding the Phousdar's orders to clear them...."—In _Long_, 6.
[1762.—"DUSTICKS." See WRITER.]
1763.—"The dignity and benefit of our DUSTUCKS are the chief badges of honour, or at least interest, we enjoy from our _Phirmaund_."—From the Chief and Council at Dacca, in _Van Sittart_, i. 210.
[1769.—"DUSTICKS." See under HOSBOLHOOKUM.
[1866.—"It is a practice of the Revenue Courts of the SIRCAR to issue DUSTUCK for the malgoozaree the very day the KIST (instalment) became due."—_Confessions of an Orderly_, 132.]
DWARKA, n.p. More properly _Dvārakā_ or _Dvārikā_, quasi ἐκατόμπυλος, 'the City with many gates,' a very sacred Hindu place of pilgrimage, on the extreme N.W. point of peninsular Guzerat; the alleged royal city of Krishna. It is in the small State called Okha, which Gen. Legrand Jacob pronounces to be "barren of aught save superstition and piracy" (_Tr. Bo. Geog. Soc._ vii. 161). _Dvārikā_ is, we apprehend, the βαράκη of Ptolemy. Indeed, in an old Persian map, published in _Indian Antiq._ i. 370, the place appears, transcribed as _Bharraky_.
c. 1590.—"The _Fifth Division_ is Jugget (see JACQUETE), which is also called DAURKA. Kishen came from Mehtra, and dwelt at this place, and died here. This is considered as a very holy spot by the Brahmins."—_Ayeen_, by _Gladwin_, ed. 1800, ii. 76; [ed. _Jarrett_, ii. 248].
E
EAGLE-WOOD, s. The name of an aromatic wood from Camboja and some other Indian regions, chiefly trans-gangetic. It is the "odorous wood" referred to by Camões in the quotation under CHAMPA. We have somewhere read an explanation of the name as applied to the substance in question, because this is flecked and mottled, and so supposed to resemble the plumage of an eagle! [_Burton, Ar. Nights_, iv. 395; _Linschoten_, Hak. Soc. i. 120, 150.] The word is in fact due to a corrupt form of the Skt. name of the wood, _agaru_, _aguru_. A form, probably, of this is _aγil_, _akil_, which Gundert gives as the Malayāl. word.[114] From this the Portuguese must have taken their _aguila_, as we find it in Barbosa (below), or _pao_ (wood) _d'aguila_, made into _aquila_, whence French _bois d'aigle_, and Eng. EAGLE-WOOD. The Malays call it _Kayū_ (wood)-_gahru_, evidently the same word, though which way the etymology flowed it is difficult to say. [Mr. Skeat writes: "the question is a difficult one. Klinkert gives garu (_garoe_) and _gaharu_ (_gaharoe_), whence the trade names '_Garrow_' and '_Garroo_'; and the modern standard Malay certainly corresponds to Klinkert's forms, though I think _gaharu_ should rather be written _gharu_, _i.e._ with an aspirated _g_, which is the way the Malays pronounce it. On the other hand, it seems perfectly clear that there must have been an alternative modern form _agaru_, or perhaps even _aguru_, since otherwise such trade names as '_ugger_' and (?) '_tugger_' could not have arisen. They can scarcely have come from the Skt. In Ridley's _Plant List_ we have _gaharu_ and _gagaheu_, which is the regular abbreviation of the reduplicated form _gahru-gahru_ identified as _Aquilaria Malaccensis, Lam._"] [See CAMBULAC.]
The best quality of this wood, once much valued in Europe as incense, is the result of disease in a tree of the N. O. _Leguminosae_, the _Aloexylon agallochum_, Loureiro, growing in Camboja and S. Cochin China, whilst an inferior kind, of like aromatic qualities, is produced by a tree of an entirely different order, _Aquilaria agallocha_, Roxb. (N. O. _Aquilariaceae_), which is found as far north as Silhet.[115]
_Eagle-wood_ is another name for aloes-wood, or ALOES (q.v.) as it is termed in the English Bible. [See _Encycl. Bibl._ i. 120 _seq._] It is curious that Bluteau, in his great Portuguese _Vocabulario_, under _Pao d'Aguila_, jumbles up this _aloes-wood_ with Socotrine Aloes. Αγάλλοχον was known to the ancients, and is described by Dioscorides (c. A.D. 65). In _Liddell and Scott_ the word is rendered "the bitter aloe"; which seems to involve the same confusion as that made by Bluteau.
Other trade-names of the article given by Forbes Watson are _Garrow-_ and _Garroo_-wood, _agla_-wood, _ugger-_, and _tugger-_ (?) wood.
1516.—
"_Das Dragoarias, e preços que ellas valem em Calicut_.... * * * * * AGUILA, cada FARAZOLA (see FRAZALA) de 300 a 400 (_fanams_) _Lenho aloes_ verdadeiro, negro, pesado, e muito fino val 1000 (_fanams_)."[116]—_Barbosa_ (Lisbon), 393.
1563.—"_R._ And from those parts of which you speak, comes the true lign-aloes? Is it produced there?
"_O._ Not the genuine thing. It is indeed true that in the parts about C. Comorin and in Ceylon there is a wood with a scent (which we call AGUILA _brava_), as we have many another wood with a scent. And at one time that wood used to be exported to Bengala under the name of AGUILA _brava_; but since then the Bengalas have got more knowing, and buy it no longer...."—_Garcia_, f. 119_v._-120.
1613.—"... A aguila, arvore alta e grossa, de folhas como a Olyveira."—_Godinho de Eredia_, f. 15_v_.
1774.—"_Kinnâmon_ ... _Oud el bochor_, et _Agadj oudi_, est le nom hébreu, arabe, et turc d'un bois nommé par les Anglois AGAL-WOOD, et par les Indiens de Bombay AGAR, dont on a deux diverses sortes, savoir: _Oud mawárdi_, c'est la meilleure. _Oud Kakulli_, est la moindre sorte."—_Niebuhr, Des. de l'Arabie_, xxxiv.
1854.—(In Cachar) "the EAGLE-WOOD, a tree yielding UGGUR oil, is also much sought for its fragrant wood, which is carried to Silhet, where it is broken up and distilled."—_Hooker, Himalayan Journals_, ed. 1855, ii. 318.
The existence of the AGUILA tree (_dārakht-i-'ūd_) in the Silhet hills is mentioned by Abu'l Faẓl (_Gladwin's Ayeen_, ii. 10; [ed. _Jarrett_, ii. 125]; orig. i. 391).
EARTH-OIL, s. Petroleum, such as that exported from Burma.... The term is a literal translation of that used in nearly all the Indian vernaculars. The chief sources are at _Ye-nan-gyoung_ on the Irawadi, lat. c. 20° 22′.
1755.—"Raynan-Goung ... at this Place there are about 200 Families, who are chiefly employed in getting EARTH-OIL out of Pitts, some five miles in the Country."—_Baker_, in _Dalrymple's Or. Rep._ i. 172.
1810.—"Petroleum, called by the natives EARTH-OIL ... which is imported from Pegu, Ava, and the Arvean (read Aracan) Coast."—_Williamson, V.M._ ii. 21-23.
ECKA, s. A small one-horse carriage used by natives. It is Hind. _ekkā_, from _ek_, 'one.' But we have seen it written _acre_, and punned upon as quasi-_acher_, by those who have travelled by it! [Something of the kind was perhaps known in very early times, for Arrian (_Indika_, xvii.) says: "To be drawn by a single horse is considered no distinction." For a good description with drawing of the _ekka_, see _Kipling, Beast and Man in India_, 190 _seq._]
1811.—"... perhaps the simplest carriage that can be imagined, being nothing more than a chair covered with red cloth, and fixed upon an axle-tree between two small wheels. The EKKA is drawn by one horse, who has no other harness than a girt, to which the shaft of the carriage is fastened."—_Solvyns_, iii.
1834.—"One of those native carriages called EKKAS was in waiting. This vehicle resembles in shape a meat-safe, placed upon the axletree of two wheels, but the sides are composed of hanging curtains instead of wire pannels."—_The Baboo_, ii. 4.
[1843.—"EKHEES, a species of single horse carriage, with cloth hoods, drawn by one pony, were by no means uncommon."—_Davidson, Travels in Upper India_, i. 116.]
EED, s. Arab. _'Īd_. A Mahommedan holy festival, but in common application in India restricted to two such, called there the _baṛī_ and _chhoṭī_ (or Great and Little) _'Id_. The former is the commemoration of Abraham's sacrifice, the victim of which was, according to the Mahommedans, Ishmael. [See Hughes, _Dict. of Islam_, 192 _seqq._] This is called among other names, _Baḳr-'Īd_, the 'Bull _'Īd_,' _Baḳarah 'Īd_, 'the cow festival,' but this is usually corrupted by ignorant natives as well as Europeans into _Bakrī-'Id_ (Hind. _bakrā_, f. _bakrī_, 'a goat'). The other is the _'Īd_ of the _Ramazān_, _viz._ the termination of the annual fast; the festival called in Turkey _Bairam_, and by old travellers sometimes the "Mahommedan Easter."
c. 1610.—"Le temps du ieusne finy on celebre vne grande feste, et des plus solennelles qu'ils ayent, qui s'appelle YDU."—_Pyrard de Laval_, i. 104; [Hak. Soc. i. 140].
[1671.—"They have allsoe a great feast, which they call BUCKERY EED."—In _Yule, Hedges' Diary_, Hak. Soc. ii. cccx.]
1673.—"The New Moon before the New Year (which commences at the _Vernal Equinox_), is the Moors ÆDE, when the Governor in no less Pomp than before, goes to sacrifice a Ram or He-Goat, in remembrance of that offered for _Isaac_ (by them called _Ishauh_); the like does every one in his own House, that is able to purchase one, and sprinkle their blood on the sides of their Doors."—_Fryer_, 108. (The passage is full of errors.)
1860.—"By the Nazim's invitation we took out a party to the palace at the _Bakri_ EED (or Feast of the Goat), in memory of the sacrifice of Isaac, or, as the Moslems say, of Ishmael."—_Mrs. Mackenzie, Storms and Sunshine_, &c., ii. 255 _seq._
1869.—"Il n'y a proprement que deux fêtes parmi les Musulmans sunnites, celle de la rupture du jeûne de _Ramazan_, 'ID _fito_, et celle des victimes 'ID _curbân_, nommée aussi dans l'Inde _Bacr_ 'ID, fête du _Taureau_, ou simplement 'ID, la fête par excellence, laquelle est établie en mémoire du sacrifice d'Ismael."—_Garcin de Tassy, Rel. Mus. dans l'Inde_, 9 _seq._
EEDGAH, s. Ar.—P. _'Īdgāh_, 'Place of _'Īd_.' (See EED.) A place of assembly and prayer on occasion of Musulman festivals. It is in India usually a platform of white plastered brickwork, enclosed by a low wall on three sides, and situated outside of a town or village. It is a marked characteristic of landscape in Upper India. [It is also known as _Namāzgāh_, or 'place of prayer,' and a drawing of one is given by _Herklots, Qanoon-e-Islam_, Pl. iii. fig. 2.]
1792.—"The commanding nature of the ground on which the EED-GAH stands had induced Tippoo to construct a redoubt upon that eminence."—_Ld. Cornwallis_, Desp. from Seringapatam, in SETON-KARR, ii. 89.
[1832.—"... Kings, Princes and Nawaubs ... going to an appointed place, which is designated the _Eade-Garrh._"—_Mrs. Meer Hassan Ali, Observations_, i. 262.
[1843.—"In the afternoon ... proceeded in state to the EED GAO, a building at a small distance, where Mahommedan worship was performed."—_Davidson, Travels in Upper India_, i. 53.]
EKTENG, adj. The native representation of the official designation '_acting_' applied to a substitute, especially in the Civil Service. The manner in which the natives used to explain the expression to themselves is shown in the quotation.
1883.—"Lawrence had been only 'acting' there; a term which has suggested to the minds of the natives, in accordance with their pronunciation of it, and with that striving after meaning in syllables which leads to so many etymological fallacies, the interpretation EK-TANG, 'one-leg,' as if the temporary incumbent had but one leg in the official stirrup."—H. Y. in _Quarterly Review_ (on _Bosworth Smith's Life of Lord Lawrence_), April, p. 297.
ELCHEE, s. An ambassador. Turk. _īlchī_, from _īl_, a (nomad) tribe, hence the representative of the _īl_. It is a title that has attached itself particularly to Sir John Malcolm, and to Sir Stratford Canning, probably because they were personally more familiar to the Orientals among whom they served than diplomatists usually are.
1404.—"And the people who saw them approaching, and knew them for people of the Emperor's, being aware that they were come with some order from the great Lord, took to flight as if the devil were after them; and those who were in their tents selling their wares, shut them up and also took to flight, and shut themselves up in their houses, calling out to one another, ELCHI! which is as much as to say 'Ambassadors!' For they knew that with ambassadors coming they would have a black day of it; and so they fled as if the devil had got among them."—_Clavijo_, xcvii. Comp. _Markham_, p. 111.
[1599.—"I came to the court to see a Morris dance, and a play of his ELCHIES."—_Hakluyt, Voyages_, II. ii. 67 (_Stanf. Dict._).]
1885.—"No historian of the Crimean War could overlook the officer (Sir Hugh Rose) who, at a difficult crisis, filled the post of the famous diplomatist called the great ELCHI by writers who have adopted a tiresome trick from a brilliant man of letters."—_Sat. Review_, Oct. 24.
ELEPHANT, s. This article will be confined to notes connected with the various suggestions which have been put forward as to the origin of the word—a sufficiently ample subject.
The oldest occurrence of the word (ἐλέφας—φαντος) is in Homer. With him, and so with Hesiod and Pindar, the word means 'ivory.' Herodotus first uses it as the name of the animal (iv. 191). Hence an occasional, probably an erroneous, assumption that the word ἐλέφας originally meant only the material, and not the beast that bears it.
In Persian the usual term for the beast is _pīl_, with which agree the Aramaic _pīl_ (already found in the Chaldee and Syriac versions of the O. T.), and the Arabic _fīl_. Old etymologists tried to develop _elephant_ out of _fīl_; and it is natural to connect with it the Spanish for 'ivory' (_marfil_, Port. _marfim_), but no satisfactory explanation has yet been given of the first syllable of that word. More certain is the fact that in early Swedish and Danish the word for 'elephant' is _fil_, in Icelandic _fill_; a term supposed to have been introduced by old traders from the East _viâ_ Russia. The old Swedish for 'ivory' is _filsben_.[117]
The oldest Hebrew mention of ivory is in the notice of the products brought to Solomon from Ophir, or India. Among these are ivory tusks—_shen-habbim_, _i.e._ 'teeth of _habbīm_,' a word which has been interpreted as from Skt. _ibha_, elephant.[118] But it is entirely doubtful what this _habbīm_, occurring here only, really means.[119] We know from other evidence that ivory was known in Egypt and Western Asia for ages before Solomon. And in other cases the Hebrew word for ivory is simply _shen_, corresponding to _dens Indus_ in Ovid and other Latin writers. In Ezekiel (xxvii. 15) we find _karnoth shen_ = 'cornua dentis.' The use of the word '_horns_' does not necessarily imply a confusion of these great curved tusks with horns; it has many parallels, as in Pliny's, "_cum arbore exacuant limentque_ cornua _elephanti_" (xviii. 7); in Martial's "_Indicoque_ cornu" (i. 73); in Aelian's story, as alleged by the Mauritanians, that the elephants there shed their _horns_ every ten years ("δεκάτῳ ἔτει πάντως τὰ κέρατα ἐκπεσεῖν"—xiv. 5); whilst Cleasby quotes from an Icelandic saga '_olifant_-horni' for 'ivory.'
We have mentioned Skt. _ibha_, from which Lassen assumes a compound _ibhadantā_ for ivory, suggesting that this, combined by early traders with the Arabic article, formed _al-ibhadantā_, and so originated ἐλέφαντος. Pott, besides other doubts, objects that _ibhadantā_, though the name of a plant (_Tiaridium indicum_, Lehm.), is never actually a name of ivory.
Pott's own etymology is _alaf-hindi_, 'Indian ox,' from a word existing in sundry resembling forms, in Hebrew and in Assyrian (_alif_, _alap_).[120] This has met with favour; though it is a little hard to accept any form like _Hindī_ as earlier than Homer.
Other suggested origins are Pictet's from _airāvata_ (lit. 'proceeding from water'), the proper name of the elephant of Indra, or Elephant of the Eastern Quarter in the Hindu Cosmology.[121] This is felt to be only too ingenious, but as improbable. It is, however, suggested, it would seem independently, by Mr. Kittel (_Indian Antiquary_, i. 128), who supposes the first part of the word to be Dravidian, a transformation from _āne_, 'elephant.'
Pictet, finding his first suggestion not accepted, has called up a Singhalese word _aliya_, used for 'elephant,' which he takes to be from _āla_, 'great'; thence _aliya_, 'great creature'; and proceeding further, presents a combination of _āla_, 'great,' with Skt. _phaṭa_, sometimes signifying 'a tooth,' thus _ali-phaṭa_, 'great tooth' = _elephantus_.[122]
Hodgson, in _Notes on Northern Africa_ (p. 19, quoted by Pott), gives _elef ameqran_ ('Great Boar,' _elef_ being 'boar') as the name of the animal among the Kabyles of that region, and appears to present it as the origin of the Greek and Latin words.
Again we have the Gothic _ulbandus_, 'a camel,' which has been regarded by some as the same word with _elephantus_. To this we shall recur.
Pott, in his elaborate paper already quoted, comes to the conclusion that the choice of etymologies must lie between his own _alaf-hindī_ and Lassen's _al-ibha-dantā_. His paper is 50 years old, but he repeats this conclusion in his _Wurzel-Wörterbüch der Indo-Germanische Sprachen_, published in 1871,[123] nor can I ascertain that there has been any later advance towards a true etymology. Yet it can hardly be said that either of the alternatives carries conviction.
Both, let it be observed, apart from other difficulties, rest on the assumption that the knowledge of ἐλέφας, whether as fine material or as monstrous animal, came from India, whilst nearly all the other or less-favoured suggestions point to the same assumption.
But knowledge acquired, or at least taken cognizance of, since Pott's latest reference to the subject, puts us in possession of the new and surprising fact that, even in times which we are entitled to call historic, the elephant existed wild, far to the westward of India, and not very far from the eastern extremity of the Mediterranean. Though the fact was indicated from the wall-paintings by Wilkinson some 65 years ago,[124] and has more recently been amply displayed in historical works which have circulated by scores in popular libraries, it is singular how little attention or interest it seems to have elicited.[125]
The document which gives precise Egyptian testimony to this fact is an inscription (first interpreted by Ebers in 1873)[126] from the tomb of Amenemhib, a captain under the great conqueror Thotmes III. [Thūtmosis], who reigned B.C. c. 1600. This warrior, speaking from his tomb of the great deeds of his master, and of his own right arm, tells how the king, in the neighbourhood of _Ni_, hunted 120 elephants for the sake of their tusks; and how he himself (Amenemhib) encountered the biggest of them, which had attacked the sacred person of the king, and cut through its trunk. The elephant chased him into the water, where he saved himself between two rocks; and the king bestowed on him rich rewards.
The position of _Ni_ is uncertain, though some have identified it with Nineveh.[127] [Maspero writes: "Nīi, long confounded with Nineveh, after Champolion (_Gram. égyptienne_, p. 150), was identified by Lenormant (_Les Origines_, vol. iii. p. 316 _et seq._) with Ninus Vetus, Membidj, and by Max Müller (_Asien und Europa_, p. 267) with Balis on the Euphrates: I am inclined to make it Kefer-Naya, between Aleppo and Turmanīn" (_Struggle of the Nations_, 144, note).] It is named in another inscription between _Arinath_ and _Akerith_, as, all three, cities of _Naharain_ or Northern Mesopotamia, captured by Amenhotep II., the son of Thotmes III. Might not _Ni_ be Nisibis? We shall find that Assyrian inscriptions of later date have been interpreted as placing elephant-hunts in the land of Harran and in the vicinity of the Chaboras.
If then these elephant-hunts may be located on the southern skirts of Taurus, we shall more easily understand how a tribute of elephant-tusks should have been offered at the court of Egypt by the people of _Rutennu_ or Northern Syria, and also by the people of the adjacent _Asebi_ or Cyprus, as we find repeatedly recorded on the Egyptian monuments, both in hieroglyphic writing and pictorially.[128]
What the stones of Egypt allege in the 17th cent. B.C., the stones of Assyria 500 years afterwards have been alleged to corroborate. The great inscription of Tighlath-Pileser I., who is calculated to have reigned about B.C. 1120-1100, as rendered by Lotz, relates:
"Ten mighty Elephants Slew I in Harran, and on the banks of the Haboras. Four Elephants I took alive; Their hides, Their teeth, and the live Elephants I brought to my city Assur."[129]
The same facts are recorded in a later inscription, on the broken obelisk of Assurnazirpal from Kouyunjik, now in the Br. Museum, which commemorates the deeds of the king's ancestor, Tighlath Pileser.[130]
In the case of these Assyrian inscriptions, however, _elephant_ is by no means an undisputed interpretation. In the famous quadruple _test_ exercise on this inscription in 1857, which gave the death-blow to the doubts which some sceptics had emitted as to the genuine character of the Assyrian interpretations, Sir H. Rawlinson, in this passage, rendered the animals slain and taken alive as _wild buffaloes_. The ideogram given as _teeth_ he had not interpreted. The question is argued at length by Lotz in the work already quoted, but it is a question for cuneiform experts, dealing, as it does, with the interpretation of more than one _ideogram_, and enveloped as yet in uncertainties. It is to be observed, that in 1857 Dr. Hincks, one of the four test-translators,[131] had rendered the passage almost exactly as Lotz has done 23 years later, though I cannot see that Lotz makes any allusion to this fact. [See _Encycl. Bibl._ ii. 1262.] Apart from arguments as to decipherment and ideograms, it is certain that probabilities are much affected by the publication of the Egyptian inscription of Amenhoteb, which gives a greater plausibility to the rendering 'elephant' than could be ascribed to it in 1857. And should it eventually be upheld, it will be all the more remarkable that the sagacity of Dr. Hincks should then have ventured on that rendering.
In various suggestions, including Pott's, besides others that we have omitted, the etymology has been based on a transfer of the name of the ox, or some other familiar quadruped. There would be nothing extraordinary in such a transfer of meaning. The reference to the _bos Luca_[132] is trite; the Tibetan word for ox (_glan_) is also the word for 'elephant'; we have seen how the name 'Great Boar' is alleged to be given to the elephant among the Kabyles; we have heard of an elephant in a menagerie being described by a Scotch rustic as 'a muckle sow'; Pausanias, according to Bochart, calls rhinoceroses 'Aethiopic bulls' [Bk. ix. 21, 2]. And let me finally illustrate the matter by a circumstance related to me by a brother officer who accompanied Sir Neville Chamberlain on an expedition among the turbulent Pathan tribes c. 1860. The women of the villages gathered to gaze on the elephants that accompanied the force, a stranger sight to them than it would have been to the women of the most secluded village in Scotland. 'Do you see these?' said a soldier of the Frontier Horse; 'do you know what they are? These are the Queen of England's buffaloes that give 5 maunds (about 160 quarts) of milk a day!'
Now it is an obvious suggestion, that if there were elephants on the skirts of Taurus down to B.C. 1100, or even (taking the less questionable evidence) down only to B.C. 1600, it is highly improbable that the Greeks would have had to seek a name for the animal, or its tusk, from Indian trade. And if the Greeks had a vernacular name for the elephant, there is also a probability, if not a presumption, that some tradition of this name would be found, _mutatis mutandis_, among other Aryan nations of Europe.
Now may it not be that ἐλέφας—φαντος in Greek, and _ulbandus_ in Moeso-Gothic, represent this vernacular name? The latter form is exactly the modification of the former which Grimm's law demands. Nor is the word confined to Gothic. It is found in the Old H. German (_olpentâ_); in Anglo-Saxon (_olfend_, _oluend_, &c.); in Old Swedish (_aelpand_, _alwandyr_, _ulfwald_); in Icelandic (_ulfaldi_). All these Northern words, it is true, are used in the sense of _camel_, not of _elephant_. But instances already given may illustrate that there is nothing surprising in this transfer, all the less where the animal originally indicated had long been lost sight of. Further, Jülg, who has published a paper on the Gothic word, points out its resemblance to the Slav forms _welbond_, _welblond_, or _wielblad_, also meaning 'camel' (compare also Russian _verbliud_). This, in the last form (_wielblad_), may, he says, be regarded as resolvable into 'Great beast.' Herr Jülg ends his paper with a hint that in this meaning may perhaps be found a solution of the origin of _elephant_ (an idea at which Pictet also transiently pointed in a paper referred to above), and half promises to follow up this hint; but in thirty years he has not done so, so far as I can discover. Nevertheless it is one which may yet be pregnant.
Nor is it inconsistent with this suggestion that we find also in some of the Northern languages a second series of names designating the elephant—not, as we suppose _ulbandus_ and its kin to be, common vocables descending from a remote age in parallel development—but adoptions from Latin at a much more recent period. Thus, we have in Old and Middle German _Elefant_ and _Helfant_, with _elfenbein_ and _helfenbein_ for ivory; in Anglo-Saxon, _ylpend_, _elpend_, with shortened forms _ylp_ and _elp_, and _ylpenban_ for ivory; whilst the Scandinavian tongues adopt and retain _fil_. [The _N.E.D._ regards the derivation as doubtful, but considers the theory of Indian origin improbable.
[A curious instance of misapprehension is the use of the term '_Chain elephants_.' This is a misunderstanding of the ordinary locution _zanjīr-i-fīl_ when speaking of elephants. _Zanjīr_ is literally a 'chain,' but is here akin to our expressions, a 'pair,' 'couple,' 'brace' of anything. It was used, no doubt, with reference to the iron chain by which an elephant is hobbled. In an account 100 elephants would be entered thus: _Fīl, Zanjīr_, 100. (See NUMERICAL AFFIXES.)]
[1826.—"Very frequent mention is made in Asiatic histories of _chain_-ELEPHANTS; which always mean elephants trained for war; but it is not very clear why they are so denominated."—_Ranking, Hist. Res. on the Wars and Sports of the Mongols and Romans_, 1826, Intro. p. 12.]
ELEPHANTA.
A. n.p. An island in Bombay Harbour, the native name of which is _Ghārāpurī_ (or sometimes, it would seem, shortly, _Purī_), famous for its magnificent excavated temple, considered by Burgess to date after the middle of the 8th cent. The name was given by the Portuguese from the life-size figure of an elephant, hewn from an isolated mass of trap-rock, which formerly stood in the lower part of the island, not far from the usual landing-place. This figure fell down many years ago, and was often said to have disappeared. But it actually lay _in situ_ till 1864-5, when (on the suggestion of the late Mr. W. E. Frere) it was removed by Dr. (now Sir) George Birdwood to the Victoria Gardens at Bombay, in order to save the relic from destruction. The elephant had originally a smaller figure on its back, which several of the earlier authorities speak of as a young elephant, but which Mr. Erskine and Capt. Basil Hall regarded as a tiger. The horse mentioned by Fryer remained in 1712; it had disappeared apparently before Niebuhr's visit in 1764. [Compare the recovery of a similar pair of elephant figures at Delhi, _Cunningham, Archaeol. Rep._ i. 225 _seqq._]
c. 1321.—"In quod dum sic ascendissem, in xxviii. dietis me transtuli usque ad Tanam ... haec terra multum bene est situata.... Haec terra antiquitus fuit valde magna. Nam ipsa fuit terra regis Pori, qui cum rege Alexandro praelium maximum commisit."—_Friar Odoric_, in _Cathay_, &c., App. p. v.
We quote this because of its relation to the passages following. It seems probable that the alleged connection with Porus and Alexander may have grown out of the name _Puri_ or _Pori_.
[1539.—Mr. Whiteway notes that in João de Crastro's Log of his voyage to Diu will be found a very interesting account with measurements of the ELEPHANTA Caves.]
1548.—"And the Isle of Pory, which is that of the ELEPHANT (_do Alyfante_), is leased to João Pirez by arrangements of the said Governor (dom João de Crastro) for 150 pardaos."—_S. Botelho, Tombo_, 158.
1580.—"At 3 hours of the day we found ourselves abreast of a cape called Bombain, where is to be seen an ancient Roman temple, hollowed in the living rock. And above the said temple are many tamarind-trees, and below it a living spring, in which they have never been able to find bottom. The said temple is called ALEFANTE, and is adorned with many figures, and inhabited by a great multitude of bats; and here they say that Alexander Magnus arrived, and for memorial thereof caused this temple to be made, and further than this he advanced not."—_Gasparo Balbi_, f. 62_v._-63.
1598.—"There is yet an other Pagode, which they hold and esteem for the highest and chiefest Pagode of all the rest, which standeth in a little Iland called _Pory_; this Pagode by the Portingalls is called the Pagode of the ELEPHANT. In that Iland standeth an high hill, and on the top thereof there is a hole, that goeth down into the hill, digged and carved out of the hard rock or stones as big as a great cloyster ... round about the wals are cut and formed, the shapes of Elephants, Lions, tigers, & a thousand such like wilde and cruel beasts...."—_Linschoten_, ch. xliv.; [Hak. Soc. i. 291].
1616.—Diogo de Couto devotes a chapter of 11 pp. to his detailed account "_do muito notavel e espantoso Pagode do_ ELEFANTE." We extract a few paragraphs:
"This notable and above all others astonishing Pagoda of the ELEPHANT stands on a small islet, less than half a league in compass, which is formed by the river of Bombain, where it is about to discharge itself southward into the sea. It is so called because of a great ELEPHANT of stone, which one sees in entering the river. They say that it was made by the orders of a heathen king called Banasur, who ruled the whole country inland from the Ganges.... On the left side of this chapel is a doorway 6 palms in depth and 5 in width, by which one enters a chamber which is nearly square and very dark, so that there is nothing to be seen there; and with this ends the fabric of this great pagoda. It has been in many parts demolished; and what the soldiers have left is so maltreated that it is grievous to see destroyed in such fashion one of the Wonders of the World. It is now 50 years since I went to see this marvellous Pagoda; and as I did not then visit it with such curiosity as I should now feel in doing so, I failed to remark many particulars which exist no longer. But I do remember me to have seen a certain Chapel, not to be seen now, open on the whole façade (which was more than 40 feet in length), and which along the rock formed a plinth the whole length of the edifice, fashioned like our altars both as to breadth and height; and on this plinth were many remarkable things to be seen. Among others I remember to have noticed the story of Queen Pasiphae and the bull; also the Angel with naked sword thrusting forth from below a tree two beautiful figures of a man and a woman, who were naked, as the Holy Scripture paints for us the appearance of our first parents Adam and Eve."—_Couto_, Dec. VII. liv. iii. cap. xi.
1644.—"... an islet which they call ILHEO DO ELLEFANTÉ.... In the highest part of this Islet is an eminence on which there is a mast from which a flag is unfurled when there are prows (_paros_) about, as often happens, to warn the small unarmed vessels to look out.... There is on this island a pagoda called that of the Elephant, a work of extraordinary magnitude, being cut out of the solid rock," &c.—_Bocarro, MS._
1673.—"... We steered by the south side of the Bay, purposely to touch at ELEPHANTO, so called from a monstrous Elephant cut out of the main Rock, bearing a young one on its Back; not far from it the Effigies of a Horse stuck up to the Belly in the Earth in the Valley; from thence we clambered up the highest Mountain on the Island, on whose summit was a miraculous Piece hewed out of solid Stone: It is supported with 42 _Corinthian_ Pillars," &c.—_Fryer_, 75.
1690.—"At 3 Leagues distance from _Bombay_ is a small Island called ELEPHANTA, from the Statue of an Elephant cut in Stone.... Here likewise are the just dimensions of a Horse Carved in Stone, so lively ... that many have rather Fancyed it, at a distance, a living Animal.... But that which adds the most Remarkable Character to this Island, is the fam'd _Pagode_ at the top of it; so much spoke of by the _Portuguese_, and at present admir'd by the present Queen Dowager, that she cannot think any one has seen this part of India, who comes not Freighted home with some Account of it."—_Ovington_, 158-9.
1712.—"The island of ELEPHANTA ... takes its name from an elephant in stone, with another on its back, which stands on a small hill, and serves as a sea mark.... As they advanced towards the pagoda through a smooth narrow pass cut in the rock, they observed another hewn figure which was called Alexander's horse."—From an account written by _Captain Pyke_, on board the Stringer East Indiaman, and illd. by drawings. _Read by A. Dalrymple to the Soc. of Antiquaries_, 10th Feb. 1780, and pubd. in _Archaeologia_, vii. 323 _seqq._ One of the plates (xxi.) shows the elephant having on its back distinctly a small elephant, whose proboscis comes down into contact with the head of the large one.
1727.—"A league from thence is another larger, called ELEPHANTO, belonging to the _Portugueze_, and serves only to feed some Cattle. I believe it took its name from an Elephant carved out of a great black Stone, about Seven Foot in Height."—_A. Hamilton_, i. 240; [ed. 1744, i. 241].
1760.—"Le lendemain, 7 Decembre, des que le jour parut, je me transportai au bas de la seconde montagne, en face de Bombaye, dans un coin de l'Isle, où est l'Elephant qui a fait donner à Galipouri le nom d'ELEPHANTE. L'animal est de grandeur naturelle, d'une pierre noire, et detachée du sol, et paroit porter son petit sur son dos."—_Anquetil du Perron_, I. ccccxxiii.
1761.—"... The work I mention is an artificial cave cut out of a solid Rock, and decorated with a number of pillars, and gigantic statues, some of which discover y^e work of a skilful artist; and I am inform'd by an acquaintance who is well read in y^e antient history, and has minutely considered y^e figures, that it appears to be y^e work of King Sesostris after his Indian Expedition."—MS. Letter of _James Rennell_.
1764.—"Plusieurs Voyageurs font bien mention du vieux temple Payen sur la petite Isle ELEPHANTA près de Bombay, mais ils n'en parlent qu'en passant. Je le trouvois si curieux et si digne de l'attention des Amateurs d'Antiquités, que j'y fis trois fois le Voyage, et que j'y dessinois tout ce que s'y trouve de plus remarquable...."—_Carsten Niebuhr, Voyaye_, ii. 25.
" "Pas loin du Rivage de la Mer, et en pleine Campagne, on voit encore un Elephant d'une pierre dure et noiratre.... La Statue ... porte quelque chose sur le dos, mais que le tems a rendu entièrement meconnoissable.... Quant au Cheval dont Ovington et Hamilton font mention je ne l'ai pas vu."—_Ibid._ 33.
1780.—"That which has principally attracted the attention of travellers is the small island of ELEPHANTA, situated in the east side of the harbour of Bombay.... Near the south end is the figure of an elephant rudely cut in stone, from which the island has its name.... On the back are the remains of something that is said to have formerly represented a young elephant, though no traces of such a resemblance are now to be found."—_Account_, &c. By _Mr. William Hunter_, Surgeon in the E. Indies, _Archaeologia_, vii. 286.
1783.—In vol. viii. of the _Archaeologia_, p. 251, is another account in a letter from Hector Macneil, Esq. He mentions "the elephant cut out of stone," but not the small elephant, nor the horse.
1795.—"_Some Account of the Caves in the Island of_ ELEPHANTA. By _J. Goldingham_, Esq." (No date of paper). In _As. Researches_, iv. 409 _seqq._
1813.—_Account of the Cave Temple of_ ELEPHANTA ... by _Wm. Erskine, Trans. Bombay Lit. Soc._ i. 198 _seqq._ Mr. Erskine says in regard to the figure on the back of the large elephant: "The remains of its paws, and also the junction of its belly with the larger animal, were perfectly distinct; and the appearance it offered is represented on the annexed drawing made by Captain Hall (Pl. II.),[133] who from its appearance conjectured that it must have been a tiger rather than an elephant; an idea in which I feel disposed to agree."—_Ibid._ 208.
B. s. A name given, originally by the Portuguese, to violent storms occurring at the termination, though some travellers describe it as at the setting-in, of the Monsoon. [The Portuguese, however, took the name from the H. _hathiyā_, Skt. _hastā_, the 13th lunar Asterism, connected with _hastin_, an elephant, and hence sometimes called 'the sign of the elephant.' The _hathiyā_ is at the close of the Rains.]
1554.—"The _Damani_, that is to say a violent storm arose; the kind of storm is known under the name of the ELEPHANT; it blows from the west."—_Sidi 'Ali_, p. 75.
[1611.—"The storm of OFANTE doth begin."—_Danvers, Letters_, i. 126.]
c. 1616.—"The 20th day (August), the night past fell a storme of raine called the OLIPHANT, vsuall at going out of the raines."—_Sir T. Roe_, in _Purchas_, i. 549; [Hak. Soc. i. 247].
1659.—"The boldest among us became dismayed; and the more when the whole culminated in such a terrific storm that we were compelled to believe that it must be that yearly raging tempest which is called the ELEPHANT. This storm, annually, in September and October, makes itself heard in a frightful manner, in the Sea of Bengal."—_Walter Schulze_, 67.
c. 1665.—"Il y fait si mauvais pour le Vaisseaux au commencement de ce mois à cause d'un Vent d'Orient qui y souffle en ce tems-là avec violence, et qui est toujours accompagnè de gros nuages qu'on appelle _Elephans_, parce-qu'ils en ont la figure...."—_Thevenot,_ v. 38.
1673.—"Not to deviate any longer, we are now winding about the _South-West_ part of Ceilon; where we have the TAIL OF THE ELEPHANT full in our mouth; a constellation by the _Portugals_ called RABO DEL ELEPHANTO, known for the breaking up of the _Munsoons_, which is the last Flory this season makes."—_Fryer_, 48.
[1690.—"The Mussoans (MONSOON) are rude and Boisterous in their departure, as well as at their coming in, which two seasons are called the ELEPHANT in India, and just before their breaking up, take their farewell for the most part in very rugged puffing weather."—_Ovington_, 137].
1756.—"9th (October). We had what they call here an ELEPHANTA, which is an excessive hard gale, with very severe thunder, lightning and rain, but it was of short continuance. In about 4 hours there fell ... 2 (inches)."—_Ives_, 42.
c. 1760.—"The setting in of the rains is commonly ushered in by a violent thunderstorm, generally called the ELEPHANTA."—_Grose_, i. 33.
ELEPHANT-CREEPER, s. _Argyreia speciosa_, Sweet. (N. O. _Convolvulaceae_). The leaves are used in native medicine as poultices, &c.
ELK, s. The name given by sportsmen in S. India, with singular impropriety, to the great stag _Rusa Aristotelis_, the _sāmbar_ (see SAMBRE) of Upper and W. India.
[1813.—"In a narrow defile ... a male ELK (_cervus alces_, Lin.) of noble appearance, followed by twenty-two females, passed majestically under their platform, each as large as a common-sized horse."—_Forbes, Or. Mem._ 2nd ed. i. 506.]
ELL'ORA, (though very commonly called ELLÓRA), n.p. Properly _Elurā_, [Tel. _elu_, 'rule,' _ūru_, 'village,'] otherwise _Vērulē_, a village in the Nizam's territory, 7 m. from Daulatābād, which gives its name to the famous and wonderful rock-caves and temples in its vicinity, excavated in the crescent-shaped scarp of a plateau, about 1½ m. in length. These works are Buddhist (ranging from A.D. 450 to 700), Brahminical (c. 650 to 700), and Jain (c. 800-1000).
c. 1665.—"On m'avoit fait a Sourat grande estime des Pagodes d'ELORA ... (and after describing them).... Quoiqu'il en soit, si l'on considère cette quantité de Temples spacieux, remplis de pilastres et de colonnes, et tant de milliers de figures, et le tout taillé dans le roc vif, on peut dire avec verité que ces ouvrages surpassent la force humaine; et qu'au moins les gens du siècle dans lequel ils ont été faits, n'étoient pas tout-à-fait barbares."—_Thevenot_, v. p. 222.
1684.—"Muhammad Sháh Malik Júná, son of Tughlik, selected the fort of Deogir as a central point whereat to establish the seat of government, and gave it the name of Daulatábád. He removed the inhabitants of Delhí thither.... Ellora is only a short distance from this place. At some very remote period a race of men, as if by magic, excavated caves high up among the defiles of the mountains. These rooms extended over a breadth of one _kos_. Carvings of various designs and of correct execution adorned all the walls and ceilings; but the outside of the mountain is perfectly level, and there is no sign of any dwelling. From the long period of time these Pagans remained masters of this territory, it is reasonable to conclude, although historians differ, that to them is to be attributed the construction of these places."—_Sākī Musta'idd Khān, Ma-āṣir-i-'Ālamgīrī_, in _Elliot_, vii. 189 _seq._
1760.—"Je descendis ensuite par un sentier frayé dans le roc, et après m'être muni de deux Brahmes que l'on me donna pour fort instruits je commencai la visite de ce que j'appelle les Pagodes d'ELOURA."—_Anquetil du Perron_, I. ccxxxiii.
1794.—"_Description of the Caves ... on the Mountain, about a Mile to the Eastward of the town of_ ELLORA, _or as called on the spot, Verrool_." (By Sir C. W. Malet.) In _As. Researches_, vi. 38 _seqq._
1803.—"_Hindoo Excavations in the Mountain of_ ... ELLORA _in Twenty-four Views.... Engraved from the Drawings of_ James Wales, _by and under the direction of_ Thomas Daniell."
ELU, HELU, n.p. This is the name by which is known an ancient form of the Singhalese language from which the modern vernacular of Ceylon is immediately derived, "and to which" the latter "bears something of the same relation that the English of to-day bears to Anglo-Saxon. Fundamentally Elu and Singhalese are identical, and the difference of form which they present is due partly to the large number of new grammatical forms evolved by the modern language, and partly to an immense influx into it of Sanskrit nouns, borrowed, often without alteration, at a comparatively recent period.... The name ELU is no other than _Sinhala_ much corrupted, standing for an older form, _Hĕla_ or _Hĕlu_, which occurs in some ancient works, and this again for a still older, _Sĕla_, which brings us back to the Pali _Sîhala_." (_Mr. R. C. Childers_, in _J.R.A.S._, N.S., vii. 36.) The loss of the initial sibilant has other examples in Singhalese. (See also under CEYLON.)
EMBLIC _Myrobalans_. See under MYROBALANS.
ENGLISH-BAZAR, n.p. This is a corruption of the name (_Angrezābād_ = 'English-town') given by the natives in the 17th century to the purlieus of the factory at Malda in Bengal. Now the Head-quarters Station of Malda District.
1683.—"I departed from Cassumbazar with designe (God willing) to visit ye factory at ENGLESAVAD."—_Hedges, Diary_, May 9; [Hak. Soc. i. 86; also see i. 71].
1878.—"These ruins (Gaur) are situated about 8 miles to the south of Angrézábád (ENGLISH BÁZÁR), the civil station of the district of Máldah...."—_Ravenshaw's Gaur_, p. 1.
[ESTIMAUZE, s. A corruption of the Ar.—P. _iltimās_, 'a prayer, petition, humble representation.'
[1687.—"The Arzdest (URZ) with the ESTIMAUZE concerning your twelve articles which you sent to me arrived."—In _Yule, Hedges' Diary_, Hak. Soc. ii. lxx.]
EURASIAN, a. A modern name for persons of mixt European and Indian blood, devised as being more euphemistic than HALF-CASTE and more precise than _East-Indian_. ["No name has yet been found or coined which correctly represents this section. EURASIAN certainly does not. When the European and Anglo-Indian Defence Association was established 17 years ago, the term _Anglo-Indian_, after much consideration, was adopted as best designating this community."—(_Procs. Imperial Anglo-Indian Ass._, in _Pioneer Mail_, April 13, 1900.)]
[1844.—"_The_ EURASIAN BELLE," _in a few Local Sketches by J. M._, Calcutta.—6th ser. _Notes and Queries_, xii. 177.
[1866.—See quotation under KHUDD.]
1880.—"The shovel-hats are surprised that the EURASIAN does not become a missionary or a schoolmaster, or a policeman, or something of that sort. The native papers say, 'Deport him'; the white prints say, 'Make him a soldier'; and the _Eurasian_ himself says, 'Make me a Commissioner, give me a pension.'"—_Ali Baba_, 123.
EUROPE, adj. Commonly used in India for "European," in contradistinction to COUNTRY (q.v.) as qualifying goods, viz. those imported from Europe. The phrase is probably obsolescent, but still in common use. "Europe shop" is a shop where European goods of sorts are sold in an up-country station. The first quotation applies the word to a _man_. [A "_Europe_ morning" is lying late in bed, as opposed to the Anglo-Indian's habit of early rising.]
1673.—"The Enemies, by the help of an EUROPE Engineer, had sprung a Mine to blow up the Castle."—_Fryer_, 87.
[1682-3.—"Ordered that a sloop be sent to Conimero with EUROPE goods...."—_Pringle, Diary, Ft. St. Geo._, 1st ser. ii. 14.]
1711.—"On the arrival of a EUROPE ship, the Sea-Gate is always throng'd with People."—_Lockyer_, 27.
1781.—"Guthrie and Wordie take this method of acquainting the Public that they intend quitting the EUROPE Shop Business."—_India Gazette_, May 26.
1782.—"To be Sold, a magnificent EUROPE Chariot, finished in a most elegant manner, and peculiarly adapted to this Country."—_Ibid._ May 11.
c. 1817.—"Now the EUROPE shop into which Mrs. Browne and Mary went was a very large one, and full of all sorts of things. One side was set out with EUROPE caps and bonnets, ribbons, feathers, sashes, and what not."—_Mrs. Sherwood's Stories_, ed. 1873, 23.
1866.—"_Mrs. Smart._ Ah, Mr. Cholmondeley, I was called the EUROPE Angel."—_The Dawk Bungalow_, 219.
[1888.—"I took a 'EUROPEAN morning' after having had three days of going out before breakfast...."—_Lady Dufferin, Viceregal Life_, 371.]
EYSHAM, EHSHÂM, s. Ar. _aḥshām_, pl. of _ḥashm_, 'a train or retinue.' One of the military technicalities affected by Tippoo; and according to Kirkpatrick (_Tippoo's Letters_, App. p. cii.) applied to garrison troops. Miles explains it as "Irregular infantry with swords and matchlocks." (See his tr. of _H. of Hydur Naik_, p. 398, and tr. of _H. of Tipú Sultan_, p. 61). The term was used by the latter Moghuls (see Mr. Irvine below).
[1896.—"In the case of the AHSHĀM, or troops belonging to the infantry and artillery, we have a little more definite information under this head."—_W. Irvine, Army of the Indian Moghuls_, in _J.R.A.S._, July 1896, p. 528.]
F
FACTOR, s. Originally a commercial agent; the executive head of a FACTORY. Till some 55 years ago the _Factors_ formed the third of the four classes into which the covenanted civil servants of the Company were theoretically divided, viz. Senior Merchants, Junior Merchants, FACTORS and WRITERS. But these terms had long ceased to have any relation to the occupation of these officials, and even to have any application at all except in the nominal lists of the service. The titles, however, continue (through _vis inertiae_ of administration in such matters) in the classified lists of the Civil Service for years after the abolition of the last vestige of the Company's trading character, and it is not till the publication of the E. I. Register for the first half of 1842 that they disappear from that official publication. In this the whole body appears without any classification; and in that for the second half of 1842 they are divided into six classes, first class, second class, &c., an arrangement which, with the omission of the 6th class, still continues. Possibly the expressions _Factor_, _Factory_, may have been adopted from the Portuguese _Feitor_, _Feitoria_. The formal authority for the classification of the civilians is quoted under 1675.
1501.—"With which answer night came on, and there came aboard the Captain Mór that Christian of Calecut sent by the FACTOR (_feitor_) to say that Cojebequi assured him, and he knew it to be the case, that the King of Calecut was arming a great fleet."—_Correa_, i. 250.
1582.—"The FACTOR and the Catuall having seen these parcels began to laugh thereat."—_Castañeda_, tr. by N. L., f. 46_b_.
1600.—"Capt. Middleton, John Havard, and Francis Barne, elected the three principal FACTORS. John Havard, being present, willingly accepted."—_Sainsbury_, i. 111.
c. 1610.—"Les Portugais de Malaca ont des commis et FACTEURS par toutes ces Isles pour le trafic."—_Pyrard de Laval_, ii. 106. [Hak. Soc. ii. 170].
1653.—"FEITOR est vn terme Portugais signifiant vn Consul aux Indes."—_De la Boullaye-le-Gouz_, ed. 1657, p. 538.
1666.—"The Viceroy came to Cochin, and there received the news that Antonio de Sà, FACTOR (_Fator_) of Coulam, with all his officers, had been slain by the Moors."—_Faria y Sousa_, i. 35.
1675-6.—"For the advancement of our Apprentices, we direct that, after they have served the first five yeares, they shall have £10 per annum, for the last two yeares; and having served these two yeares, to be entertayned one year longer, as WRITERS, and have Writers' Sallary: and having served that yeare, to enter into y^e degree of FACTOR, which otherwise would have been ten yeares. And knowing that a distinction of titles is, in many respects necessary, we do order that when the Apprentices have served their times, they be stiled _Writers_; and when the Writers have served their times, they be stiled FACTORS, and Factors having served their times to be stiled _Merchants_; and Merchants having served their times to be stiled _Senior Merchants_."—_Ext. of Court's Letter_ in _Bruce's Annals of the E.I. Co._, ii. 374-5.
1689.—"These are the chief Places of Note and Trade where their Presidents and Agents reside, for the support of whom, with their Writers and FACTORS, large Privileges and Salaries are allowed."—_Ovington_, 386. (The same writer tells us that _Factors_ got £40 a year; junior Factors, £15; Writers, £7. Peons got 4 rupees a month. P. 392.)
1711.—Lockyer gives the salaries at Madras as follows: "The Governor, £200 and £100 gratuity; 6 Councillors, of whom the chief (2nd?) had £100, 3d. £70, 4th. £50, the others £40, which was the salary of 6 Senior Merchants. 2 Junior Merchants £30 per annum; 5 FACTORS, £15; 10 Writers, £5; 2 Ministers, £100; 1 Surgeon, £36.
* * * * * * * *
"Attorney-General has 50 Pagodas per _Annum_ gratuity.
"SCAVENGER 100 do."
* * * * * * * *
(p. 14.)
c. 1748.—"He was appointed to be a Writer in the Company's Civil Service, becoming ... after the first five (years) a FACTOR."—_Orme, Fragments_, viii.
1781.—"Why we should have a Council and Senior and Junior Merchants, FACTORS and writers, to load one ship in the year (at Penang), and to collect a very small revenue, appears to me perfectly incomprehensible."—_Corresp. of Ld. Cornwallis_, i. 390.
1786.—In a notification of Aug. 10th, the subsistence of civil servants out of employ is fixed thus:—
A Senior Merchant————£400 sterling per ann. A Junior Merchant————£300 " " FACTORS and Writers——£200 " " In _Seton-Karr_, i. 131.
FACTORY, s. A trading establishment at a foreign port or mart (see preceding).
1500.—"And then he sent ashore the Factor Ayres Correa with the ship's carpenters ... and sent to ask the King for timber ... all which the King sent in great sufficiency, and he sent orders also for him to have many carpenters and labourers to assist in making the houses; and they brought much plank and wood, and palm-trees which they cut down at the Point, so that they made a great Campo,[134] in which they made houses for the Captain Mór, and for each of the Captains, and houses for the people, and they made also a separate large house for the FACTORY (_feitoria_)."—_Correa_, i. 168.
1582.—"... he sent a Nayre ... to the intent hee might remaine in the FACTORYE."—_Castañeda_ (by N. L.), ff. 54_b_.
1606.—"In which time the _Portingall_ and Tydoryan Slaves had sacked the towne, setting fire to the FACTORY."—_Middleton's Voyage_, G. (4).
1615.—"The King of Acheen desiring that the Hector should leave a merchant in his country ... it has been thought fit to settle a FACTORY at Acheen, and leave Juxon and Nicolls in charge of it."—_Sainsbury_, i. 415.
1809.—"The FACTORY-house (at Cuddalore) is a chaste piece of architecture, built by my relative Diamond Pitt, when this was the chief station of the British on the Coromandel Coast."—_Ld. Valentia_, i. 372.
We add a list of the Factories established by the E. I. Company, as complete as we have been able to compile. We have used _Milburn_, _Sainsbury_, the "_Charters of the E. I. Company_," and "_Robert Burton, The English Acquisitions in Guinea and East India_, 1728," which contains (p. 184) a long list of English Factories. It has not been possible to submit our list as yet to proper criticism. The letters attached indicate the authorities, viz. M. Milburn, S. Sainsbury, C. Charters, B. Burton. [For a list of the Hollanders' Factories in 1613 see _Danvers, Letters_, i. 309.]
_In Arabia, the Gulf, and Persia._ Judda, B. Mocha, M. Aden, M. Shahr, B. Durga (?), B. Dofar, B. Maculla, B. Muscat, B. Kishm, B. Bushire, M. Gombroon, C. Bussorah, M. Shiraz, C. Ispahan, C.
_In Sind._—Tatta (?).
_In Western India._ Cutch, M. Cambay, M. Brodera (Baroda), M. Broach, C. Ahmedabad, C. Surat and Swally, C. Bombay, C. Raybag (?), M. Rajapore, M. Carwar, C. Batikala, M. Honore, M. Barcelore, M. Mangalore, M. Cananore, M. Dhurmapatam, M. Tellecherry, C. Calicut, C. Cranganore, M. Cochin, M. Porca, M. Carnoply, M. Quilon, M. Anjengo, C.
_Eastern and Coromandel Coast._ Tuticorin, M. Callimere, B. Porto Novo, C. Cuddalore (Ft. St. David), C. (qy. Sadras?) Fort St. George, C., M. Pulicat, M. Pettipoli, C., S. Masulipatam, C., S. Madapollam, C. Verasheron (?), M. Ingeram (?), M. Vizagapatam, C. Bimlipatam, M. Ganjam, M. Manickpatam, B. Arzapore (?), B.
_Bengal Side._ Balasore, C. (and Jelasore?) Calcutta (Ft. William and Chuttanuttee, C.) Hoogly, C. Cossimbazar, C. Rajmahal, C. Malda, C. Berhampore, M. Patna, C. Lucknow, C. Agra, C. Lahore, M. Dācca, C. Chittagong?
_Indo-Chinese Countries._ Pegu, M. Tennasserim (_Trinacore_, B.) Quedah, M. Johore, M. Pahang, M. Patani, S. Ligore, M. Siam, M., S. (Judea, _i.e._ Yuthia). Camboja, M. Cochin China, M. Tonquin, C.
_In China._ Macao, M., S. Amoy, M. Hoksieu (_i.e._ Fuchow), M. Tywan (in Formosa), M. Chusan, M. (and Ningpo?).
_In Japan._—Firando, M.
_Archipelago._ _In Sumatra._ Acheen, M. Passaman, M. Ticoo, M. (qu. same as Ayer Dickets, B.?) Sillebar, M. Bencoolen, C. Jambi, M., S. Indrapore, C. Tryamong, C. (B. has also, in Sumatra, Ayer Borma, Eppon, and Bamola, which we cannot identify.) Indraghiri, S.
_In Java._ Bantam, C. Japara, M., S. Jacatra (since Batavia), M.
_In Borneo._ Banjarmasin, M. Succadana, M. Brunei, M.
_In Celebes, &c._ Macassar, M., S. Banda, M. Lantar, S. Neira, S. Rosingyn, S. Selaman, S. Amboyna, M. Pulo Roon (?), M., S. Puloway, S. Pulo Condore, M. Magindanao, M. Machian, (3), S. Moluccas, S.
Camballo (in Ceram), Hitto, Larica (or Luricca), and Looho, or Lugho, are mentioned in S. (iii. 303) as sub-factories of Amboyna.
[FAGHFÚR, n.p. "The common Moslem term for the Emperors of China; in the Kamus the first syllable is Zammated (Fugh); in Al-Maṣ'udi (chap. xiv.) we find BAGHFÚR and in Al-Idrisi BAGHBÚGH, or BAGHBÚN. In Al-Asma'i _Bagh_ = god or idol (Pehlewi and Persian); hence according to some Baghdád (?) and Bághistán, a pagoda (?). Sprenger (_Al-Maṣ'udi_, p. 327) remarks that BAGHFÚR is a literal translation of Tien-tse, and quotes Visdelou: "pour mieux faire comprendre de quel ciel ils veulent parler, ils poussent la généalogie (of the Emperor) plus loin. Ils lui donnent le ciel pour père, la terre pour mère, le soleil pour frère aîné, et la lune pour sœur aînée."—_Burton, Arabian Nights_, vi. 120-121.]
FAILSOOF, s. Ar.—H. _failsūf_, from φιλόσοφος. But its popular sense is a 'crafty schemer,' an 'artful dodger.' FILOSOFO, in Manilla, is applied to a native who has been at college, and returns to his birthplace in the provinces, with all the importance of his acquisitions, and the affectation of European habits (_Blumentritt, Vocabular_.).
FAKEER, s. Hind. from Arab. _faḳīr_ ('poor'). Properly an indigent person, but specially 'one poor in the sight of God,' applied to a Mahommedan religious mendicant, and then, loosely and inaccurately, to Hindu devotees and naked ascetics. And this last is the most ordinary Anglo-Indian use.
1604.—"FOKERS are men of good life, which are only given to peace. Leo calls them Hermites; others call them _Talbies_ and Saints."—_Collection of things ... of Barbarie_, in _Purchas_, ii. 857.
" "_Muley Boferes_ sent certaine FOKERS, held of great estimation amongst the _Moores_, to his brother _Muley Sidan_, to treate conditions of Peace."—_Ibid._
1633.—"Also they are called FACKEERES, which are religious names."—_W. Bruton_, in _Hakl._ v. 56.
1653.—"FAKIR signifie pauure en Turq et Persan, mais en Indien signifie ... vne espece de Religieux Indou, qui foullent le monde aux pieds, et ne s'habillent que de haillons qu'ils ramassent dans les ruës."—_De la Boullaye-le-Gouz_, ed. 1657, 538.
c. 1660.—"I have often met in the Field, especially upon the Lands of the Rajas, whole squadrons of these FAQUIRES, altogether naked, dreadful to behold. Some held their Arms lifted up ...; others had their terrible Hair hanging about them ...; some had a kind of _Hercules's_ Club; others had dry and stiff Tiger-skins over their Shoulders...."—_Bernier_, E.T. p. 102; [ed. _Constable_, 317].
1673.—"FAKIERS or Holy Men, abstracted from the World, and resigned to God."—_Fryer_, 95.
[1684.—"The FFUCKEER that Killed ye Boy at Ennore with severall others ... were brought to their tryalls...."—_Pringle, Diary, Ft. St. Geo._ 1st ser. iii. 111.]
1690.—"They are called FAQUIRS by the Natives, but _Ashmen_ commonly by us, because of the abundance of Ashes with which they powder their Heads."—_Ovington_, 350.
1727.—"Being now settled in Peace, he invited his holy Brethren the FAKIRES, who are very numerous in India, to come to Agra and receive a new Suit of Clothes."—_A. Hamilton_, i. 175; [ed. 1744, ii. 177].
1763.—"Received a letter from Dacca dated 29th Novr., desiring our orders with regard to the FAKIRS who were taken prisoners at the retaking of Dacca."—_Ft. William Cons._ Dec. 5, in _Long_, 342. On these latter _Fakirs_, see under SUNYASEE.
1770.—"Singular expedients have been tried by men jealous of superiority to share with the Bramins the veneration of the multitude; this has given rise to a race of monks known in India by the name of FAKIRS."—_Raynal_ (tr. 1777), i. 49.
1774.—"The character of a FAKIR is held in great estimation in this country."—_Bogle_, in _Markham's Tibet_, 23.
1856.—
"There stalks a row of Hindoo devotees, Bedaubed with ashes, their foul matted hair Down to their heels; their blear eyes fiercely scowl Beneath their painted brows. On this side struts A Mussulman FAKEER, who tells his beads, By way of prayer, but cursing all the while The heathen."—_The Banyan Tree._
1878.—"Les mains abandonnées sur les genoux, dans une immobilité de FAKIR."—_Alph. Daudet, Le Nabob_, ch. vi.
FALAUN, s. Ar. _falān_, _fulān_, and H. _fulāna_, _falāna_, 'such an one,' 'a certain one'; Span. and Port. _fulano_, Heb. _Fuluni_ (Ruth iv. 1). In Elphinstone's _Life_ we see that this was the term by which he and his friend Strachey used to indicate their master in early days, and a man whom they much respected, Sir Barry Close. And gradually, by a process of Hobson-Jobson, this was turned into FORLORN.
1803.—"The General (A. Wellesley) is an excellent man to have a peace to make.... I had a long talk with him about SUCH A ONE; he said he was a very sensible man."—_Op. cit._ i. 81.
1824.—"This is the old ghaut down which we were so glad to retreat with old FORLORN."—ii. 164. See also i. 56, 108, 345, &c.
FANÁM, s. The denomination of a small coin long in use in S. India, Malayāl. and Tamil _paṇam_, 'money,' from Skt. _paṇa_, [rt. _paṇ_, 'to barter']. There is also a Dekhani form of the word, _falam_. In Telugu it is called _rūka_. The form _fanam_ was probably of Arabic origin, as we find it long prior to the Portuguese period. The _fanam_ was anciently a gold coin, but latterly of silver, or sometimes of base gold. It bore various local values, but according to the old Madras monetary system, prevailing till 1818, 42 _fanams_ went to one star pagoda, and a Madras _fanam_ was therefore worth about 2d. (see _Prinsep's Useful Tables_, by E. Thomas, p. 18). The weights of a large number of ancient _fanams_ given by Mr. Thomas in a note to his _Pathan Kings of Delhi_ show that the average weight was 6 grs. of gold (p. 170). _Fanams_ are still met with on the west coast, and as late as 1862 were received at the treasuries of Malabar and Calicut. As the coins were very small they used to be counted by means of a small board or dish, having a large number of holes or pits. On this a pile of _fanams_ was shaken, and then swept off, leaving the holes filled. About the time named Rs. 5000 worth of gold _fanams_ were sold off at those treasuries. [Mr. Logan names various kinds of fanams: the _vīrāy_, or gold, of which 4 went to a rupee; new _vīrāy_, or gold, 3½ to a rupee; in silver, 5 to a rupee; the _rāsī fanam_, the most ancient of the indigenous _fanams_, now of fictitious value; the _sultānī fanam_ of Tippoo in 1790-92, of which 3½ went to a rupee (_Malabar_, ii. Gloss. clxxix.).]
c. 1344.—"A hundred FĂNĂM are equal to 6 golden _dīnārs_" (in Ceylon).—_Ibn Batuta_, iv. 174.
c. 1348.—"And these latter (Malabar Christians) are the Masters of the public steelyard, from which I derived, as a perquisite of my office as Pope's Legate, every month a hundred gold FAN, and a thousand when I left."—_John Marignolli_, in _Cathay_, 343.
1442.—"In this country they have three kinds of money, made of gold mixed with alloy ... the third called FANOM, is equivalent in value to the tenth part of the last mentioned coin" (_partāb_, vid. PARDAO).—_Abdurrazāk_, in _India in the XVth Cent._ p. 26.
1498.—"Fifty FANOEENS, which are equal to 3 cruzados."—_Roteiro de V. da Gama_, 107.
1505.—"Quivi spendeno ducati d'auro veneziani e monete di auro et argento e metalle, chiamano vna moneta de argento FANONE. XX vagliono vn ducato. _Tara_ e vn altra moneta de metale. XV vagliono vn FANONE."—Italian version of _Letter from Dom Manuel of Portugal_ (Reprint by A. Burnell, 1881), p. 12.
1510.—"He also coins a silver money called _tare_, and others of gold, 20 of which go to a _pardao_, and are called FANOM. And of these small coins of silver, there go sixteen to a FANOM."—_Varthema_, Hak. Soc. 130.
[1515.—"They would take our cruzados at 19 FANAMS."—Albuquerque's Treaty with the Samorin, _Alguns Documentos da Torre do Tombo_, p. 373.]
1516.—"Eight fine rubies of the weight of one FANÃO ... are worth FANÕES 10."—_Barbosa_ (Lisbon ed.), 384.
1553.—"In the ceremony of dubbing a knight he is to go with all his kinsfolk and friends, in pomp and festal procession, to the House of the King ... and make him an offering of 60 of those pieces of gold which they call FANÕES, each of which may be worth 20 _reis_ of our money."—_De Barros_, Dec. I. liv. ix. cap. iii.
1582.—In the English transl. of 'Castañeda' is a passage identical with the preceding, in which the word is written "FANNON."—Fol. 36_b_.
" "In this city of Negapatan aforesaid are current certain coins called FANNÒ.... They are of base gold, and are worth in our money 10 soldi each, and 17 are equal to a _zecchin_ of Venetian gold."—_Gasp. Balbi_, f. 84_v_.
c. 1610.—"Ils nous donnent tous les jours a chacun un PANAN, qui est vne pièce d'or monnoye du Roy qui vaut environ quatre sols et demy."—_Pyrard de Laval_, i. 250; [Hak. Soc. i. 350; in i. 365 PANANTS].
[c. 1665.—"... if there is not found in every thousand oysters the value of 5 FANOS of pearls—that is to say a half ecu of our money,—it is accepted as a proof that the fishing will not be good...."—_Tavernier_, ed. _Ball_, ii. 117 _seq._]
1678.—"2. Whosoever shall profane the name of God by swearing or cursing, he shall pay 4 FANAMS to the use of the poore for every oath or curse."—Orders agreed on by the Governor and Council of Ft. St. Geo. Oct. 28. In _Notes and Exts._ No. i. 85.
1752.—"N.B. 36 FANAMS to a Pagoda, is the exchange, by which all the servants belonging to the Company receive their salaries. But in the Bazar the general exchange in Trade is 40 to 42."—_T. Brooks_, p. 8.
1784.—This is probably the word which occurs in a "Song by a Gentleman of the Navy when a Prisoner in Bangalore Jail" (temp. Hyder 'Ali).
"Ye Bucks of Seringapatam, Ye Captives so cheerful and gay; How sweet with a golden SANAM You spun the slow moments away." In _Seton-Karr_, i. 19.
1785.—"You are desired to lay a silver FANAM, a piece worth three pence, upon the ground. This, which is the smallest of all coins, the elephant feels about till he finds."—_Caraccioli's Life of Clive_, i. 288.
1803.—"The pay I have given the boatmen is one gold FANAM for every day they do not work, and two gold FANAMS for every day they do."—From _Sir A. Wellesley_, in _Life of Munro_, i. 342.
FAN-PALM, s. The usual application of this name is to the _Borassus flabelliformis_, L. (see BRAB, PALMYRA), which is no doubt the type on which our ladies' fans have been formed. But it is also sometimes applied to the TALIPOT (q.v.); and it is exceptionally (and surely erroneously) applied by Sir L. Pelly (_J.R.G.S._ xxxv. 232) to the "Traveller's Tree," _i.e._ the Madagascar _Ravenala_ (_Urania speciosa_).
FANQUI, s. Chin. _fan-kwei_, 'foreign demon'; sometimes with the affix _tsz_ or _tsŭ_, 'son'; the popular Chinese name for Europeans. ["During the 15th and 16th centuries large numbers of black slaves of both sexes from the E. I. Archipelago were purchased by the great houses of Canton to serve as gate-keepers. They were called 'devil slaves,' and it is not improbable that the term 'foreign devil,' so freely used by the Chinese for foreigners, may have had this origin."—_Ball, Things Chinese_, 535.]
FARÁSH, FERÁSH, FRASH, s. Ar.—H. _farrāsh_, [_farsh_, 'to spread (a carpet)']. A menial servant whose proper business is to spread carpets, pitch tents, &c., and, in fact, in a house, to do housemaid's work; employed also in Persia to administer the bastinado. The word was in more common use in India two centuries ago than now. One of the highest hereditary officers of Sindhia's Court is called the FARĀSH-KHĀNA-WĀLĀ. [The same word used for the tamarisk tree (_Tamarix gallica_) is a corr. of the Ar. _farās_.]
c. 1300.—"Sa grande richesce apparut en un paveillon que li roys d'Ermenie envoia au roy de France, qui valoit bien cinq cens livres; et li manda li roy de Hermenie que uns FERRAIS au Soudanc dou Coyne li avoit donnei. FERRAIS est cil qui tient les paveillons au Soudanc et qui li nettoie ses mesons."—_Jehan, Seigneur de Joinville_, ed. _De Wailly_, p. 78.
c. 1513.—"And the gentlemen rode ... upon horses from the king's stables, attended by his servants whom they call FARAZES, who groom and feed them."—_Correa, Lendas_, II. i. 364.
(Here it seems to be used for SYCE (q.v.) or groom).
[1548.—"FFARAZES." See under BATTA, A.]
c. 1590.—"Besides, there are employed 1000 FARRÁSHES, natives of Irán, Turán, and Hindostán."—_Āīn_, i. 47.
1648.—"The FRASSY for the Tents."—_Van Twist_, 86.
1673.—"Where live the FRASSES or Porters also."—_Fryer_, 67.
1764.—(Allowances to the Resident at Murshīdābād).
* * * * *
"Public servants as follows:—1 _Vakeel_, 2 _Moonshees_, 4 _Chobdars_, 2 _Jemadars_, 20 _Peons_, 10 _Mussalchees_, 12 _Bearers_, 2 _Chowry Bearers_, and such a number of FROSTS and _Lascars_ as he may have occasion for removing his tents."—In _Long_, 406.
[1812.—"Much of course depends upon the chief of the FEROSHES or tent-pitchers, called the FEROSH-_Bashee_, who must necessarily be very active."—_Morier, Journey through Persia_, 70.]
1824.—"Call the FERASHES ... and let them beat the rogues on the soles of their feet, till they produce the fifty ducats."—_Hajji Baba_ (ed. 1835), 40.
[1859.—
"The Sultan rises and the dark FERRASH Strikes and prepares it for another guest." _FitzGerald, Omar Khayyam_, xlv.]
FEDEA, FUDDEA, s. A denomination of money formerly current in Bombay and the adjoining coast; Mahr. _p'hadyā_ (qu. Ar. _fidya_, ransom?). It constantly occurs in the account statements of the 16th century, _e.g._ of Nunez (1554) as a money of account, of which 4 went to the silver _tanga_, [see TANGA] 20 to the PARDAO. In Milburn (1813) it is a _pice_ or copper coin, of which 50 went to a rupee. Prof. Robertson Smith suggests that this may be the Ar. denomination of a small coin used in Egypt, _faḍḍa_ (_i.e._ 'silverling'). It may be an objection that the letter _ẓwād_ used in that word is generally pronounced in India as a _z_. The _faḍḍa_ is the Turkish _pāra_, 1/40 of a piastre, an infinitesimal value now. [Burton (_Arabian Nights_, xi. 98) gives 2000 _faddahs_ as equal about 1_s._ 2_d._] But, according to Lane, the name was originally given to half-dirhems, coined early in the 15th century, and these would be worth about 5⅔_d._ The _fedea_ of 1554 would be about 4¼_d._ This rather indicates the identity of the names.
FERÁZEE, s. Properly Ar. _farāiẓī_, from _farāiẓ_ (pl. of _farẓ_) 'the divine ordinances.' A name applied to a body of Mahommedan Puritans in Bengal, kindred to the Wahābis of Arabia. They represent a reaction and protest against the corrupt condition and pagan practices into which Mahommedanism in Eastern India had fallen, analogous to the former decay of native Christianity in the south (see MALABAR RITES). This reaction was begun by Hajji Sharīyatullah, a native of the village of Daulatpūr, in the district of Farīdpūr, who was killed in an agrarian riot in 1831. His son Dūdū Mīyān succeeded him as head of the sect. Since his death, some 35 years ago, the influence of the body is said to have diminished, but it had spread very largely through Lower Bengal. The _Farāiẓī_ wraps his DHOTY (q.v.) round his loins, without crossing it between his legs, a practice which he regards as heathenish, as a Bedouin would.
FEROZESHUHUR, FEROSHUHR, PHERŪSHAHR, n.p. The last of these appears to be the correct representation of this name of the scene of the hard-fought battle of 21st-22nd December, 1845. For, according to Col. R. C. Temple, the Editor of _Panjab Notes and Queries_, ii. 116 (1885), the village was named after _Bhāī Pherū_, a Sikh saint of the beginning of the century, who lies buried at Mīān-ke-Taḥṣīl in Lahore District.
FETISH, s. A natural object, or animal, made an object of worship. From Port. _fetiço_, _feitiço_, or _fetisso_ (old Span. _fechizo_), apparently from _factitius_, signifying first 'artificial,' and then 'unnatural,' 'wrought by charms,' &c. The word is not Anglo-Indian; but it was at an early date applied by the Portuguese to the magical figures, &c., used by natives in Africa and India, and has thence been adopted into French and English. The word has of late years acquired a special and technical meaning, chiefly through the writings of Comte. [See _Jevons, Intr. to the Science of Rel._ 166 _seqq._] Raynouard (_Lex. Roman._) has _fachurier_, _fachilador_, for 'a sorcerer,' which he places under _fat_, _i.e._ _fatum_, and cites old Catalan _fadador_, old Span. _hadador_, and then Port. _feiticeiro_, &c. But he has mixed up the derivatives of two different words, _fatum_ and _factitius_. Prof. Max Müller quotes, from Muratori, a work of 1311 which has: "incantationes, sacrilegia, auguria, vel malefica, quae _facturae_ seu praestigia vulgariter appellantur." And Raynouard himself has in a French passage of 1446: "par leurs sorceries et _faictureries_."
1487.—"E assi lhe (a el Rey de Beni) mandou muitos e santos conselhos pera tornar á Fé de Nosso Senhor ... mandandolhe muito estranhar suas idolotrias e FEITIÇARIAS, que em suas terras os negros tinhão e usão."—_Garcia, Resende, Chron. of Dom. João II._ ch. lxv.
c. 1539.—"E que jà por duas vezes o tinhão tẽtado cõ arroydo FEYTIÇO, só a fim de elle sayr fora, e o matarem na briga...."—_Pinto_, ch. xxxiv.
1552.—"They have many and various idolatries, and deal much in charms (FEITIÇOES) and divinations."—_Castanheda_, ii. 51.
1553.—"And as all the nation of this Ethiopia is much given to sorceries (FEITIÇOS) in which stands all their trust and faith ... and to satisfy himself the more surely of the truth about his son, the king ordered a FEITIÇO which was used among them (in Congo). This FEITIÇO being tied in a cloth was sent by a slave to one of his women, of whom he had a suspicion."—_Barros_, I. iii. 10.
1600.—"If they find any FETTISOS in the way as they goe (which are their idolatrous gods) they give them some of their fruit."—In _Purchas_, ii. 940, see also 961.
1606.—"They all determined to slay the Archbishop ... they resolved to do it by another kind of death, which they hold to be not less certain than by the sword or other violence, and that is by sorceries (FEYTIÇOS), making these for the places by which he had to pass."—_Gouvea_, f. 47.
1613.—"As FEITICEIRAS usão muyto de rayzes de ervas plantas e arvores e animaes pera FEITIÇOS e transfigurações...."—_Godinho de Eredia_, f. 38.
1673.—"We saw several the Holy Office had branded with the names of FETISCEROES or Charmers, or in English Wizards."—_Fryer_, 155.
1690.—"They (the Africans) travel nowhere without their FATEISH about them."—_Ovington_, 67.
1878.—"The word FETISHISM was never used before the year 1760. In that year appeared an anonymous book called "_Du Culte des Dieux_ FÉTICHES, _ou Parallèle de l'Ancienne Religion de l'Egypte avec la Rel. actuelle de la Nigritie_." It is known that this book was written by ... the well known President de Brosses.... Why did the Portuguese navigators ... recognise at once what they saw among the Negroes of the Gold Coast as FEITIÇOS? The answer is clear. Because they themselves were perfectly familiar with a FEITIÇO, an amulet or talisman."—_Max Müller, Hibbert Lectures_, 56-57.
FIREFLY, s. Called in South Indian vernaculars by names signifying 'Lightning Insect.'
A curious question has been discussed among entomologists, &c., of late years, viz. as to the truth of the alleged rhythmical or synchronous flashing of fireflies when visible in great numbers. Both the present writers can testify to the fact of a distinct effect of this kind. One of them can never forget an instance in which he witnessed it, twenty years or more before he was aware that any one had published, or questioned, the fact. It was in descending the Chāndor Ghāt, in Nāsik District of the Bombay Presidency, in the end of May or beginning of June 1843, during a fine night preceding the rains. There was a large amphitheatre of forest-covered hills, and every leaf of every tree seemed to bear a firefly. They flashed and intermitted throughout the whole area in apparent rhythm and sympathy. It is, we suppose, possible that this may have been a deceptive impression, though it is difficult to see how it could originate. The suggestions made at the meetings of the Entomological Society are utterly unsatisfactory to those who have observed the phenomenon. In fact it may be said that those suggested explanations only assume that the _soi-disant_ observers did not observe what they alleged. We quote several independent testimonies to the phenomenon.
1579.—"Among these trees, night by night, did show themselues an infinite swarme of fierie seeming wormes flying in the aire, whose bodies (no bigger than an ordinarie flie) did make a shew, and giue such light as euery twigge on euery tree had beene a lighted candle, or as if that place had beene the starry spheare."—_Drake's Voyage_, by _F. Fletcher_, Hak. Soc. 149.
1675.—"We ... left our Burnt Wood on the Right-hand, but entred another made us better Sport, deluding us with false Flashes, that you would have thought the Trees on a Flame, and presently, as if untouch'd by FIRE, they retained their wonted Verdure. The Coolies beheld the Sight with Horror and Amazement ... where we found an Host of FLIES, the Subject both of our Fear and Wonder.... This gave my Thoughts the Contemplation of that Miraculous Bush crowned with Innocent Flames, ... the Fire that consumes everything seeming rather to dress than offend it."—_Fryer_, 141-142.
1682.—"FIREFLIES (_de vuur-vliegen_) are so called by us because at eventide, whenever they fly they burn so like fire, that from a distance one fancies to see so many lanterns; in fact they give light enough to write by.... They gather in the rainy season in great multitudes in the bushes and trees, and live on the flowers of the trees. There are various kinds."—_Nieuhoff_, ii. 291.
1764.—
"Ere FIREFLIES trimmed their vital lamps, and ere Dun Evening trod on rapid Twilight's heel, His knell was rung."—_Grainger_, Bk. I.
1824.—
"Yet mark! as fade the upper skies, Each thicket opes ten thousand eyes. Before, behind us, and above, The FIRE-FLY lights his lamp of love, Retreating, chasing, sinking, soaring, The darkness of the copse exploring." _Heber_, ed. 1844, i. 258.
1865.—"The bushes literally swarm with FIREFLIES, which flash out their intermittent light almost contemporaneously; the effect being that for an instant the exact outline of all the bushes stands prominently forward, as if lit up with electric sparks, and next moment all is jetty dark—darker from the momentary illumination that preceded. These flashes succeed one another every 3 or 4 seconds for about 10 minutes, when an interval of similar duration takes place; as if to allow the insects to regain their electric or phosphoric vigour."—_Cameron, Our Tropical Possessions in Malayan India_, 80-81.
The passage quoted from Mr. Cameron's book was read at the Entom. Soc. of London in May 1865, by the Rev. Hamlet Clarke, who added that:
"Though he was utterly unable to give an explanation of the phenomenon, he could so far corroborate Mr. Cameron as to say that he had himself witnessed this simultaneous flashing; he had a vivid recollection of a particular glen in the Organ Mountains where he had on several occasions noticed the contemporaneous exhibition of their light by numerous individuals, as if they were acting in concert."
Mr. McLachlan then suggested that this might be caused by currents of wind, which by inducing a number of the insects simultaneously to change the direction of their flight, might occasion a momentary concealment of their light.
Mr. Bates had never in his experience received the impression of any simultaneous flashing ... he regarded the contemporaneous flashing as an illusion produced probably by the swarms of insects flying among foliage, and being continually, but only momentarily, hidden behind the leaves.—_Proc. Entom. Soc. of London_, 1865, pp. 94-95.
Fifteen years later at the same Society:
"Sir Sidney Saunders stated that in the South of Europe (Corfu and Albania) the simultaneous flashing of _Luciola italica_, with intervals of complete darkness for some seconds, was constantly witnessed in the dark summer nights, when swarming myriads were to be seen.... He did not concur in the hypothesis propounded by Mr. McLachlan ... the flashes are certainly intermittent ... the simultaneous character of these coruscations among vast swarms would seem to depend upon an instinctive impulse to emit their light at certain intervals as a protective influence, which intervals became assimilated to each other by imitative emulation. But whatever be the causes ... the fact itself was incontestable."—_Ibid._ for 1880, Feby. 24, p. ii.; see also p. vii.
1868.—"At Singapore ... the little luminous beetle commonly known as the FIREFLY (Lampyris, sp. ign.) is common ... clustered in the foliage of the trees, instead of keeping up an irregular twinkle, every individual shines simultaneously at regular intervals, as though by a common impulse; so that their light pulsates, as it were, and the tree is for one moment illuminated by a hundred brilliant points, and the next is almost in total darkness. The intervals have about the duration of a second, and during the intermission only one or two remain luminous."—_Collingwood, Rambles of a Naturalist_, p. 255.
1880.—"HARBINGERS OF THE MONSOON.—One of the surest indications of the approach of the monsoon is the spectacle presented nightly in the Mawul taluka, that is, at Khandalla and Lanoli, where the trees are filled with myriads of FIREFLIES, which flash their phosphoric light simultaneously. Each tree suddenly flashes from bottom to top. Thousands of trees presenting this appearance simultaneously, afford a spectacle beautiful, if not grand, beyond conception. This little insect, the female of its kind, only appears and displays its brilliant light immediately before the monsoon."—_Deccan Herald._ (From _Pioneer Mail_, June 17).
FIRINGHEE, s. Pers. _Farangī_, _Firingī_; Ar. _Al-Faranj_, _Ifranjī_, _Firanjī_, _i.e._ a Frank. This term for a European is very old in Asia, but when now employed by natives in India is either applied (especially in the South) specifically to the Indian-born Portuguese, or, when used more generally, for 'European,' implies something of hostility or disparagement. (See _Sonnerat_ and _Elphinstone_ below.) In South India the Tamil _P'arangi_, the Singhalese _Parangi_, mean only 'Portuguese,' [or natives converted by the Portuguese, or by Mahommedans, any European (_Madras Gloss._ s.v.). St. Thomas's Mount is called in Tam. _Parangi Malai_, from the original Portuguese settlement]. _Piringi_ is in Tel. = 'cannon,' (C. B. P.), just as in the medieval Mahommedan historians we find certain mangonels for sieges called _maghribī_ or 'Westerns.' [And so _Farhangī_ or _Phirangī_ is used for the straight cut and thrust swords introduced by the Portuguese into India, or made there in imitation of the foreign weapon (_Sir W. Elliot, Ind. Antiq._ xv. 30)]. And it may be added that Baber, in describing the battle of Pānipat (1526) calls his artillery _Farangīha_ (see _Autob._ by Leyden and Erskine, p. 306, note. See also paper by Gen. R. Maclagan, R.E., on early Asiatic fire-weapons, in _J.A.S. Beng._ xlv. Pt. i. pp. 66-67).
c. 930.—"The AFRANJAH are of all those nations the most warlike ... the best organised, the most submissive to the authority of their rulers."—_Maṣ'ūdī_, iii. 66.
c. 1340.—"They call FRANCHI all the Christians of these parts from Romania westward."—_Pegolotti_, in _Cathay_, &c., 292.
c. 1350.—"—— FRANKS. For so they term us, not indeed from France, but from Frank-land (non a _Franciâ_ sed a _Franquiâ_)."—_Marignolli, ibid._ 336.
In a Chinese notice of the same age the horses carried by Marignolli as a present from the Pope to the Great Khan are called "horses of the kingdom of FULANG," _i.e._ of _Farang_ or Europe.
1384.—"E quello nominare FRANCHI procede da' Franceschi, che tutti ci appellano Franceschi."—_Frescobaldi, Viaggio_, p. 23.
1436.—"At which time, talking of _Cataio_, he told me howe the chief of that Princes corte knewe well enough what the FRANCHI were.... Thou knowest, said he, how neere wee bee unto Capha, and that we practise thither continually ... adding this further, We Cataini have twoo eyes, and yo^w FRANCHI one, whereas yo^w (torneng him towards the Tartares that were w^{th} him) have neuer a one...."—_Barbaro_, Hak. Soc. 58.
c. 1440.—"Hi nos FRANCOS appellant, aiuntque cum ceteras gentes coecas vocent, se duobis oculis, nos unico esse, superiores existimantes se esse prudentiâ."—_Conti_, in _Poggius, de Var. Fortunae_, iv.
1498.—"And when he heard this he said that such people could be none other than FRANCOS, for so they call us in those parts."—_Roteiro de V. da Gama_, 97.
1560.—"Habitão aqui (Tabriz) duas nações de Christãos ... e huns delles a qui chamão FRANQUES, estes tem o costume e fé, como nos ... e outros são Armenos."—_A. Tenreiro, Itinerario_, ch. xv.
1565.—"Suddenly news came from Thatta that the FIRINGIS had passed Lahori Bandar, and attacked the city."—_Táríkh-i-Táhirí_, in _Elliot_, i. 276.
c. 1610.—"La renommée des François a esté telle par leur conquestes en Orient, que leur nom y est demeuré pour memoire éternelle, en ce qu'encore aujourd'huy par toute l'Asie et Afrique on appelle du nom de FRANGHI tous ceux qui viennent d'Occident."—_Mocquet_, 24.
[1614.—"... including us within the word FRANQUEIS."—_Foster, Letters_, ii. 299.]
1616.—"... alii _Cafres_ et _Cafaros_ eos dicunt, alii FRANCOS, quo nomine omnes passim Christiani ... dicuntur."—_Jarric, Thesaurus_, iii. 217.
[1623.—"FRANCHI, or Christians."—_P. della Valle_, Hak. Soc. ii. 251.]
1632.—"... he shew'd two Passes from the Portugals which they call by the name of FRINGES."—_W. Bruton_, in _Hakluyt_, v. 32.
1648.—"Mais en ce repas-là tout fut bien accommodé, et il y a apparence qu'un cuisinier FRANGUI s'en estoit mélé."—_Tavernier, V. des Indes_, iii. ch. 22; [ed. _Ball_, ii. 335].
1653.—"FRENK signifie en Turq vn Europpeen, ou plustost vn Chrestien ayant des cheueux et vn chapeau comme les François, Anglois...."—_De la Boullaye-le-Gouz_, ed. 1657, 538.
c. 1660.—"The same Fathers say that this King (Jehan-Guire), to begin in good earnest to countenance the Christian Religion, designed to put the whole Court into the habit of the FRANQUI, and that after he had ... even dressed himself in that fashion, he called to him one of the chief Omrahs ... this Omrah ... having answered him very seriously, that it was a very dangerous thing, he thought himself obliged to change his mind, and turned all to raillery."—_Bernier_, E.T. 92; [ed. _Constable_, 287; also see p. 3].
1673.—"The Artillery in which the FRINGIS are Listed; formerly for good Pay, now very ordinary, having not above 30 or 40 Rupees a month."—_Fryer_, 195.
1682.—"... whether I had been in Turky and Arabia (as he was informed) and could speak those languages ... with which they were pleased, and admired to hear from a FRENGE (as they call us)."—_Hedges, Diary_, Oct. 29; [Hak. Soc. i. 44].
1712.—"_Johan Whelo, Serdaar_ FRENGIAAN, or Captain of the Europeans in the Emperor's service...."—_Valentijn_, iv. (Suratte) 295.
1755.—"By FERINGY I mean all the black _mustee_ (see MUSTEES) Portuguese Christians residing in the settlement as a people distinct from the natural and proper subjects of Portugal; and as a people who sprung originally from Hindoos or Mussulmen."—_Holwell_, in _Long_, 59.
1774.—"He said it was true, but everybody was afraid of the FIRINGIES."—_Bogle_, in _Markham's Tibet_, 176.
1782.—"Ainsi un Européen est tout ce que les Indiens connoissent de plus méprisable; ils le nomment PARANGUI, nom qu'ils donnèrent aux Portugais, lorsque ceux-ci abordèrent dans leur pays, et c'est un terme qui marque le souverain mépris qu'ils ont pour toutes les nations de l'Europe."—_Sonnerat_, i. 102.
1791.—"... il demande à la passer (la nuit) dans un des logemens de la pagoda; mais on lui refusa d'y coucher, à cause qu'il étoit FRANGUI."—_B. de St. Pierre, Chaumière Indienne_, 21.
1794.—"FERINGEE. The name given by the natives of the Decan to Europeans in general, but generally understood by the English to be confined to the Portuguese."—_Moor's Narrative_, 504.
[1820.—"In the southern quarter (of Backergunje) there still exist several original Portuguese colonies.... They are a meagre, puny, imbecile race, blacker than the natives, who hold them in the utmost contempt, and designate them by the appellation of _Caula_ FERENGHIES, or black Europeans."—_Hamilton, Descr. of Hindostan_, i. 133; for an account of the Feringhis of Sibpur, see _Beveridge, Bākarganj_, 110.]
1824.—"'Now Hajji,' said the ambassador.... 'The FRANKS are composed of many, many nations. As fast as I hear of one hog, another begins to grunt, and then another and another, until I find that there is a whole herd of them.'"—_Hajji Baba_, ed. 1835, p. 432.
1825.—"Europeans, too, are very little known here, and I heard the children continually calling out to us, as we passed through the villages, 'FERINGHEE, _ue_ FERINGHEE!'"—_Heber_, ii. 43.
1828.—"Mr. Elphinstone adds in a note that in India it is a positive affront to call an Englishman a FERINGHEE."—_Life of E._ ii. 207.
c. 1861.—
"There goes my lord the FERINGHEE, who talks so civil and bland, But raves like a soul in Jehannum if I don't quite understand— He begins by calling me Sahib, and ends by calling me fool...." _Sir A. C. Lyall, The Old Pindaree._
The Tibetans are said to have corrupted FIRINGHEE into PELONG (or _Philin_). But Jaeschke disputes this origin of _Pelong_.
FIRMAUN, s. Pers. _farmān_, 'an order, patent, or passport,' der. from _farmūdan_, 'to order.' Sir T. Roe below calls it _firma_, as if suggestive of the Italian for 'signature.'
[1561.—"... wrote him a letter called FIRMAO...."—_Castanheda_, Bk. viii. ch. 99.
[1602.—"They said that he had a FIRMAO of the Grand Turk to go overland to the Kingdom of (Portugal)...."—_Couto_, Dec. viii. ch. 15.]
1606.—"We made our journey having a FIRMAN (_Firmão_) of safe conduct from the same Soltan of Shiraz."—_Gouvea_, f. 140_b_.
[1614.—"But if possible, bring their chaps, their FIRMS, for what they say or promise."—_Foster, Letters_, ii. 28.]
1616.—"Then I moued him for his favour for an _English_ Factory to be resident in the Towne, which hee willingly granted, and gave present order to the Buxy to draw a FIRMA ... for their residence."—_Sir T. Roe_, in _Purchas_, i. 541; [Hak. Soc. i. 93; also see i. 47].
1648.—"The 21st April the Bassa sent me a FIRMAN or Letter of credentials to all his lords and Governors."—_T. Van den Broecke_, 32.
1673.—"Our Usage by the PHARMAUND (or charters) granted successively from their Emperors, is kind enough, but the better because our Naval Power curbs them."—_Fryer_, 115.
1683.—"They (the English) complain, and not without a Cause; they having a PHIRMAUND, and Hodgee Sophee Caun's _Perwannas_ thereon, in their hands, which cleared them thereof; and to pay Custome now they will not consent, but will rather withdraw their trading. Wherefore their desire is that for 3,000 rup. _Piscash_ (as they paid formerly at Hugly) and 2,000 r. more yearly on account of _Jidgea_, which they are willing to pay, they may on that condition have a grant to be Custome Free."—_Nabob's Letter to Vizier_ (MS.), in _Hedges' Diary_, July 18; [Hak. Soc. i. 101].
1689.—"... by her came Bengal Peons who brought in several letters and a FIRMAUN from the new Nabob of Bengal."—_Wheeler_, i. 213.
c. 1690.—"Now we may see the Mogul's Stile in his PHIRMAUND to be sent to Surat, as it stands translated by the Company's Interpreter."—_A. Hamilton_, i. 227; [ed. 1744, i. 230].
FISCAL, s. Dutch _Fiscaal_; used in Ceylon for 'Sheriff'; a relic of the Dutch rule in the island. [It was also used in the Dutch settlements in Bengal (see quotation from _Hedges_, below). "In Malabar the Fiscal was a Dutch Superintendent of Police, Justice of the Peace and Attorney General in criminal cases. The office and title of Fiscal was retained in British Cochin till 1860, when the designation was changed into Tahsildar and Sub-Magistrate."—(_Logan, Malabar_, iii. _Gloss._ s.v.)]
[1684.—"... the late Dutch FISCALL'S Budgero...."—See quotation from _Hedges_, under DEVIL'S REACH.]
FLORICAN, FLORIKIN, s. A name applied in India to two species of small bustard, the 'Bengal Florican' (_Sypheotides bengalensis_, Gmelin), and the Lesser Florican (_S. auritus_, Latham), the _līkh_ of Hind., a word which is not in the dictionaries. [In the N.W.P. the common name for the Bengal Florican is _charas_, P. _charz_. The name _Curmoor_ in Bombay (see quotation from _Forbes_ below) seems to be _khar-mor_, the 'grass peacock.' Another Mahr. name, _tanamora_, has the same meaning.] The origin of the word FLORICAN is exceedingly obscure; see _Jerdon_ below. It looks like Dutch. [The _N.E.D._ suggests a connection with _Flanderkin_, a native of Flanders.] Littré has: "FLORICAN ... Nom à Ceylon d'un grand échassier que l'on présume être un grue." This is probably mere misapprehension in his authority.
1780.—"The FLORIKEN, a most delicious bird of the buzzard (_sic!_) kind."—_Munro's Narrative_, 199.
1785.—
"A FLORIKEN at eve we saw And kill'd in yonder glen, When lo! it came to table raw, And rouzed (_sic_) the rage of Ben." In _Seton-Karr_, i. 98.
1807.—"The FLORIKEN is a species of the bustard.... The cock is a noble bird, but its flight is very heavy and awkward ... if only a wing be broken ... he will run off at such a rate as will baffle most spaniels.... There are several kinds of the FLORIKEN ... the _bastard floriken_ is much smaller.... Both kinds ... delight in grassy plains, keeping clear of heavy cover."—_Williamson, Oriental Field Sports_, 104.
1813.—"The FLORICAN or curmoor (_Otis houbara_, Lin.) exceeds all the Indian wild fowl in delicacy of flavour."—_Forbes, Or. Mem._ ii. 275; [2nd ed. i. 501].
1824.—"... bringing with him a brace of FLORIKENS, which he had shot the previous day. I had never seen the bird before; it is somewhat larger than a blackcock, with brown and black plumage, and evidently of the bustard species."—_Heber_, i. 258.
1862.—"I have not been able to trace the origin of the Anglo-Indian word 'FLORIKIN,' but was once informed that the Little Bustard in Europe was sometimes called _Flanderkin_. Latham gives the word '_Flercher_' as an English name, and this, apparently, has the same origin as _Florikin_."—_Jerdon's Birds_, 2nd ed. ii. 625. (We doubt if Jerdon has here understood Latham correctly. What Latham writes is, in describing the _Passarage Bustard_, which, he says, is the size of the _Little Bustard_: "Inhabits India. Called Passarage Plover.... I find that it is known in India by the name of _Oorail_; by some of the English called _Flercher_." (_Suppt. to Gen. Synopsis of Birds_, 1787, 229.) Here we understand "the English" to be the English in India, and _Flercher_ to be a clerical error for some form of "_floriken_." [_Flercher_ is not in _N.E.D._]
1875.—"In the rains it is always matter of emulation at Rajkot, who shall shoot the first purple-crested FLORICAN."—_Wyllie's Essays_, 358.
FLOWERED-SILVER. A term applied by Europeans in Burma to the standard quality of silver used in the ingot currency of Independent Burma, called by the Burmese _yowet-nī_ or 'Red-leaf.' The English term is taken from the appearance of stars and radiating lines, which forms on the surface of this particular alloy, as it cools in the crucible. The Ava standard is, or was, of about 15 per cent. alloy, the latter containing, besides copper, a small proportion of lead, which is necessary, according to the Burmese, for the production of the flowers or stars (see _Yule, Mission to Ava_, 259 _seq._).
[1744.—"Their way to make FLOWER'D SILVER is, when the Silver and Copper are mix'd and melted together, and while the Metal is liquid, they put it into a Shallow Mould, of what Figure and Magnitude they please, and before the Liquidity is gone, they blow on it through a small wooden Pipe, which makes the Face, or Part blown upon, appear with the Figures of Flowers or Stars, but I never saw any _European_ or other Foreigner at Pegu, have the Art to make those Figures appear, and if there is too great a Mixture of Alloy, no Figures will appear."—_A. Hamilton_, ed. 1744, ii. 41.]
FLY, s. The sloping, or roof part of the canvas of a tent is so called in India; but we have not traced the origin of the word; nor have we found it in any English dictionary. [The _N.E.D._ gives the primary idea as "something attached by the edge," as a strip on a garment to cover the button-holes.] A tent such as officers generally use has two _flies_, for better protection from sun and rain. The vertical canvas walls are called _Kanāt_ (see CANAUT). [Another sense of the word is "a quick-travelling carriage" (see quotation in Forbes below).]
[1784.—"We all followed in FLY-palanquins."—_Sir J. Day_, in _Forbes, Or. Mem._ ii. 88.]
1810.—"The main part of the operation of pitching the tent, consisting of raising the FLIES, may be performed, and shelter afforded, without the walls, &c., being present."—_Williamson, V. M._ ii. 452.
1816.—
"The cavalcade drew up in line, Pitch'd the marquee, and went to dine. The bearers and the servants lie Under the shelter of the FLY." _The Grand Master, or Adventures of Qui Hi_, p. 152.
1885.—"After I had changed my riding-habit for my one other gown, I came out to join the general under the TENT-FLY...."—_Boots and Saddles_, by _Mrs. Custer_, p. 42 (American work).
FLYING-FOX, s. Popular name of the great bat (_Pteropus Edwardsi_, Geoff). In the daytime these bats roost in large colonies, hundreds or thousands of them pendent from the branches of some great _ficus_. Jerdon says of these bats: "If water is at hand, a tank, or river, or the sea, they fly cautiously down and touch the water, but I could not ascertain if they took a sip, or merely dipped part of their bodies in" (_Mammals of India_, p. 18). The truth is, as Sir George Yule has told us from his own observation, that the bat in its skimming flight dips its breast in the water, and then imbibes the moisture from its own wet fur. Probably this is the first record of a curious fact in natural history. "I have been positively assured by natives that on the Odeypore lake in Rajputana, the crocodiles rise to catch these bats, as they follow in line, touching the water. Fancy fly-fishing for crocodile with such a fly!" (_Communication from M.-Gen. R. H. Keatinge._) [On the other hand Mr. Blanford says: "I have often observed this habit: the head is lowered, the animal pauses in its flight, and the water is just touched, I believe, by the tongue or lower jaw. I have no doubt that some water is drunk, and this is the opinion of both Tickell and M‘Master. The former says that flying-foxes in confinement drink at all hours, lapping with their tongues. The latter has noticed many other bats drink in the evening as well as the flying-foxes." (_Mammalia of India_, 258).]
1298.—"... all over India the birds and beasts are entirely different from ours, all but ... the Quail.... For example, they have bats—I mean those birds that fly by night and have no feathers of any kind; well, their birds of this kind are as big as a goshawk!"—_Marco Polo_, Bk. iii. ch. 17.
c. 1328:—"There be also bats really and truly as big as kites. These birds fly nowhither by day, but only when the sun sets. Wonderful! By day they hang themselves up on trees by the feet, with their bodies downwards, and in the daytime they look just like big fruit on the tree."—_Friar Jordanus_, p. 19.
1555.—"On the road we occasionally saw trees whose top reached the skies, and on which one saw marvellous bats, whose wings stretched some 14 palms. But these bats were not seen on every tree."—_Sidi 'Ali_, 91.
[c. 1590.—Writing of the Sarkār of Kābul, 'Abul Faẓl says: "There is an animal called a FLYING-FOX, which flies upward about the space of a yard." This is copied from Baber, and the animal meant is perhaps the flying squirrel.—_Āīn_, ed. _Jarrett_, ii. 406.
[1623.—"I saw Batts as big as Crows."—_P. della Valle_, Hak. Soc. i. 103.]
1813.—"The enormous bats which darken its branches frequently exceed 6 feet in length from the tip of each wing, and from their resemblance to that animal are not improperly called FLYING-FOXES."—_Forbes, Or. Mem._ iii. 246; [2nd ed. ii. 269].
[1869.—"They (in Batchian) are almost the only people in the Archipelago who eat the great fruit-eating bats called by us 'FLYING FOXES' ... they are generally cooked with abundance of spices and condiments, and are really very good eating, something like hare."—_Wallace, Malay Archip._, ed. 1890, p. 256.]
1882.—"... it is a common belief in some places that emigrant coolies hang with heads downward, like FLYING-FOXES, or are ground in mills for oil."—_Pioneer Mail_, Dec. 13, p. 579.
FOGASS, s. A word of Port. origin used in S. India; _fogaça_, from _fogo_, 'fire,' a cake baked in embers. It is composed of minced radish with chillies, &c., used as a sort of curry, and eaten with rice.
1554.—"... fecimus iter per amoenas et non infrugiferas Bulgarorum convalles: quo fere tempore pani usu sumus subcinericio, FUGACIAS vocant."—_Busbequii Epist._ i. p. 42.
FOLIUM INDICUM. (See MALABATHRUM.) The article appears under this name in Milburn (1813, i. 283), as an article of trade.
FOOL'S RACK, s. (For _Rack_ see ARRACK.) _Fool Rack_ is originally, as will be seen from Garcia and Acosta, the name of the strongest distillation from _toddy_ or _sura_, the 'flower' (_p'hūl_, in H. and Mahr.) of the spirit. But the 'striving after meaning' caused the English corruption of this name to be applied to a peculiarly abominable and pernicious spirit, in which, according to the statement of various old writers, the stinging sea-blubber was mixed, or even a distillation of the same, with a view of making it more ardent.
1563.—"... this çura they distil like brandy (_agua ardente_): and the result is a liquor like brandy; and a rag steeped in this will burn as in the case of brandy; and this fine spirit they call FULA, which means 'flower'; and the other quality that remains they call ORRACA, mixing with it a small quantity of the first kind...."—_Garcia_, f. 67.
1578.—"... la qual (_sura_) en vasos despues distilan, para hazer agua ardiente, de la qual una, a que ellos llaman FULA, que quiere dezir 'flor,' es mas fina ... y la segunda, que llaman ORRACA, no tanto."—_Acosta_, p. 101.
1598.—"This _Sura_ being [beeing] distilled, is called FULA or Nipe [see NIPA], and is as excellent _aqua vitae_ as any is made in _Dort_ of their best renish [rennish] wine, but this is of the finest kinde of distillation."—_Linschoten_, 101; [Hak. Soc. ii. 49].
1631.—"DURAEUS.... Apparet te etiam a vino adusto, nec Arac Chinensi, abhorrere? BONTIUS. Usum commendo, abusum abominor ... at cane pejus et angue vitandum est quod Chinenses avarissimi simul et astutissimi bipedum, mixtis Holothuriis in mari fluctuantibus, parant ... eaque tam exurentis sunt caloris ut solo attactu vesicas in cute excitent...."—_Jac. Bontii, Hist. Nat. et Med. Ind., Dial._ iii.
1673.—"Among the worst of these (causes of disease) FOOL RACK (Brandy) made of _Blubber_, or _Carvil_, by the _Portugals_, because it swims always in a Blubber, as if nothing else were in it; but touch it, and it stings like nettles; the latter, because sailing on the Waves it bears up like a _Portuguese Carvil_ (see CARAVEL): It is, being taken, a Gelly, and distilled causes those that take it to be FOOLS...."—_Fryer_, 68-69.
[1753.—"... that fiery, single and simple distilled spirit, called FOOL, with which our seamen were too frequently intoxicated."—_Ives_, 457.
[1868.—"The first spirit that passes over is called 'PHÚL.'"—_B. H. Powell, Handbook, Econ. Prod. of Punjab_, 311.]
FOOZILOW, TO, v. The imperative _p'huslāo_ of the H. verb _p'huslānā_, 'to flatter or cajole,' used, in a common Anglo-Indian fashion (see BUNNOW, PUCKAROW, LUGOW), as a verbal infinitive.
FORAS LANDS, s. This is a term peculiar to the island of Bombay, and an inheritance from the Portuguese. They are lands reclaimed from the sea, by the construction of the VELLARD (q.v.) at BREECH-CANDY, and other embankments, on which account they are also known as 'Salt Batty [see BATTA] (_i.e._ rice) -grounds.' The Court of Directors, to encourage reclamation, in 1703 authorised these lands to be leased rent-free to the reclaimers for a number of years, after which a small quit-rent was to be fixed. But as individuals would not undertake the maintenance of the embankments, the Government stepped in and constructed the Vellard at considerable expense. The lands were then let on terms calculated to compensate the Government. The tenure of the lands, under these circumstances, for many years gave rise to disputes and litigation as to tenant-right, the right of Government to resume, and other like subjects. The lands were known by the title FORAS, from the peculiar tenure, which should perhaps be _Foros_, from _foro_, 'a quit-rent.' The Indian Act VI. of 1851 arranged for the termination of these differences, by extinguishing the disputed rights of Government, except in regard to lands taken up for public purposes, and by the constitution of a Foras Land Commission to settle the whole matter. This work was completed by October 1853. The roads from the Fort crossing the "Flats," or FORAS LANDS, between Malabar Hill and Parell were generally known as "the FORAS Roads": but this name seems to have passed away, and the Municipal Commissioners have superseded that general title by such names as Clerk Road, Bellasis Road, Falkland Road. One name, 'Comattee-poora FOREST Road,' perhaps preserves the old generic title under a disguise.
FORASDĀRS are the holders of FORAS LANDS. See on the whole matter _Bombay Selections_, No. III., New Series, 1854. The following quaint quotation is from a petition of Forasdārs of Mahim and other places regarding some points in the working of the Commission:
1852.—"... that the case with respect to the old and new salt batty grounds, may it please your Honble. Board to consider deeply, is totally different, because in their original state the grounds were not of the nature of other sweet waste grounds on the island, let out as FORAS, nor these grounds were of that state as one could saddle himself at the first undertaking thereof with leases or grants even for that smaller rent as the FORAS is under the denomination of FORAS is same other denomination to it, because the depth of these grounds at the time when sea-water was running over them was so much that they were a perfect sea-bay, admitting fishing-boats to float towards Parell."—In _Selections_, as above, p. 29.
FOUJDAR, PHOUSDAR, &c., s. Properly a military commander (P. _fauj_, 'a military force,' _fauj-dār_, 'one holding such a force at his disposal'), or a military governor of a district. But in India, an officer of the Moghul Government who was invested with the charge of the police, and jurisdiction in criminal matters. Also used in Bengal, in the 18th century, for a criminal judge. In the _Āīn_, a _Faujdār_ is in charge of several pergunnahs under the _Sipāh-sālār_, or Viceroy and C.-in-Chief of the Subah (_Gladwin's Ayeen_, i. 294; [_Jarrett_, ii. 40]).
1683.—"The FOUSDAR received another Perwanna directed to him by the Nabob of Decca ... forbidding any merchant whatsoever trading with any _Interlopers_."—_Hedges, Diary_, Nov. 8; [Hak. Soc. i. 136].
[1687.—"Mullick Burcoordar PHOUSDARDAR of Hughly."—_Ibid._ ii. lxv.]
1690.—"... If any Thefts or Robberies are committed in the Country, the FOUSDAR, another officer, is oblig'd to answer for them...."—_Ovington_, 232.
1702.—"... Perwannas directed to all FOUJDARS."—_Wheeler_, i. 405.
[1727.—"FOUZDAAR." See under HOOGLY.]
1754.—"The PHOUSDAR of Vellore ... made overtures offering to acknowledge Mahomed Ally."—_Orme_, i. 372.
1757.—"PHOUSDAR...."—_Ives_, 157.
1783.—"A complaint was made that Mr. Hastings had sold the office of PHOUSDAR of Hoogly to a person called Khân Jehân Khân, on a corrupt agreement."—_11th Report on Affairs of India_, in _Burke_, vi. 545.
1786.—"... the said PHOUSDAR (of Hoogly) had given a receipt of bribe to the patron of the city, meaning Warren Hastings, to pay him annually 36,000 rupees a year."—_Articles agst. Hastings_, in _Ibid._ vii. 76.
1809.—"The FOOJADAR, being now in his capital, sent me an excellent dinner of fowls, and a pillau."—_Ld. Valentia_, i. 409.
1810.—
"For ease the harass'd FOUJDAR prays When crowded Courts and sultry days Exhale the noxious fume, While poring o'er the cause he hears The lengthened lie, and doubts and fears The culprit's final doom." _Lines by Warren Hastings._
1824.—"A messenger came from the 'FOUJDAH' (chatellain) of Suromunuggur, asking why we were not content with the quarters at first assigned to us."—_Heber_, i. 232. The form is here plainly a misreading; for the Bishop on next page gives FOUJDAR.
FOUJDARRY, PHOUSDARRY, s. P. _faujdārī_, a district under a _faujdār_ (see FOUJDAR); the office and jurisdiction of a _faujdār_; in Bengal and Upper India, 'police jurisdiction,' 'criminal' as opposed to 'civil' justice. Thus the chief criminal Court at Madras and Bombay, up to 1863, was termed the FOUJDARY Adawlut, corresponding to the _Nizamut Adawlut_ of Bengal. (See ADAWLUT.)
[1802.—"The Governor in Council of Fort St. George has deemed it to be proper at this time to establish a Court of FOZDARRY Adaulut."—_Procl._ in _Logan, Malabar_, ii. 350; iii. 351.]
FOWRA, s. In Upper India, a mattock or large hoe; the tool generally employed in digging in most parts of India. Properly speaking (H.) _phāoṛā_. (See MAMOOTY.)
[1679.—(Speaking of diamond digging) "Others with iron PAWRAES or spades heave it up to a heap."—_S. Master_, in _Kistna Man._ 147.
[1848.—"On one side Bedullah and one of the grasscutters were toiling away with FOWRAHS, a kind of spade-pickaxe, making water-courses."—_Mrs. Mackenzie, Life in the Mission_, i. 373.]
1880.—"It so fell out the other day in Cawnpore, that, when a _patwari_ endeavoured to remonstrate with some cultivators for taking water for irrigation from a pond, they knocked him down with the handle of a PHAORA and cut off his head with the blade, which went an inch or more into the ground, whilst the head rolled away several feet."—_Pioneer Mail_, March 4.
FOX, FLYING. (See FLYING-FOX.)
FRAZALA, FARASOLA, FRAZIL, FRAIL, s. Ar. _fārsala_, a weight formerly much used in trade in the Indian seas. As usual, it varied much locally, but it seems to have run from 20 to 30 lbs., and occupied a place intermediate between the (smaller) maund and the BAHAR; the _fārsala_ being generally equal to ten (small) maunds, the _bahār_ equal to 10, 15, or 20 _fārsalas_. See _Barbosa_ (Hak. Soc.) 224; _Milburn_, i. 83, 87, &c.; _Prinsep's Useful Tables_, by Thomas, pp. 116, 119.
1510.—"They deal by FARASOLA, which _farasola_ weighs about twenty-five of our lire."—_Varthema_, p. 170. On this Dr. Badger notes: "_Farasola_ is the plural of _fārsala_ ... still in ordinary use among the Arabs of the Red Sea and Persian Gulf; but I am unable to verify (its) origin." Is the word, which is sometimes called _frail_, the same as a _frail_, or basket, of figs? And again, is it possible that _fārsala_ is the same word as '_parcel_,' through Latin _particella_? We see that this is Sir R. Burton's opinion (_Camõens_, iv. 390; [_Arab. Nights_, vi. 312]). [The _N.E.D._ says: "O. F. _frayel_ of unknown origin."]
[1516.—"FARAZOLA." See under EAGLE-WOOD.]
1554.—"The _baar_ (see BAHAR) of cloves in Ormuz contains 20 FARAÇOLA, and besides these 20 ffaraçolas it contains 3 maunds (_mãos_) more, which is called _picottaa_ (see PICOTA)."—_A. Nunez_, p. 5.
[1611.—"The weight of Mocha 25 lbs. 11 oz. every FRASULA, and 15 frasulas makes a bahar."—_Danvers, Letters_, i. 123.]
1793.—"Coffee per FRAIL ... Rs. 17."—_Bombay Courier_, July 20.
FREGUEZIA, s. This Portuguese word for 'a parish' appears to have been formerly familiar in the west of India.
c. 1760.—"The island ... still continues divided into three Roman Catholic parishes, or FREGUEZIAS, as they call them; which are _Bombay_, _Mahim_, and _Salvaçam_."—_Grose_, i. 45.
FULEETA, s. Properly P. _palīta_ or _fatīla_, 'a slow-match,' as of a matchlock, but its usual colloquial Anglo-Indian application is to a cotton slow-match used to light cigars, and often furnished with a neat or decorated silver tube. This kind of cigar-light is called at Madras RAMASAMMY (q.v.).
FULEETA-PUP, s. This, in Bengal, is a well-known dish in the repertory of the ordinary native cook. It is a corruption of '_fritter-puff_'!
FURLOUGH, s. This word for a soldier's leave has acquired a peculiar citizenship in Anglo-Indian colloquial, from the importance of the matter to those employed in Indian service. It appears to have been first made the subject of systematic regulation in 1796. The word seems to have come to England from the Dutch _Verlof_, 'leave of absence,' in the early part of the 17th century, through those of our countrymen who had been engaged in the wars of the Netherlands. It is used by Ben Jonson, who had himself served in those wars:
1625.—
"_Pennyboy, Jun._ Where is the deed? hast thou it with thee?
_Picklock._ No. It is a thing of greater consequence Than to be borne about in a black box Like a Low-Country VORLOFFE, or Welsh brief." _The Staple of News_, Act v. sc. 1.
FURNAVEESE, n.p. This once familiar title of a famous Mahratta Minister (_Nana Furnaveese_) is really the Persian _fard-navīs_, 'statement writer,' or secretary.
[1824.—"The head civil officer is the FURNAVESE (a term almost synonymous with that of minister of finance) who receives the accounts of the renters and collectors of revenue."—_Malcolm, Central India_, 2nd ed. i. 531.]
FUSLY, adj. Ar.—P. _faṣlī_, relating to the _faṣl_, season or crop. This name is applied to certain solar eras established for use in revenue and other civil transactions, under the Mahommedan rule in India, to meet the inconvenience of the lunar calendar of the Hijra, in its want of correspondence with the natural seasons. Three at least of these eras were established by Akbar, applying to different parts of his dominions, intended to accommodate themselves as far as possible to the local calendars, and commencing in each case with the Hijra year of his accession to the throne (A.H. 963 = A.D. 1555-56), though the month of commencement varies. [See _Āīn_, ed. _Jarrett_, ii. 30.] The _Faṣlī_ year of the Deccan again was introduced by Shāh Jehān when settling the revenue system of the Mahratta country in 1636; and as it starts with the Hijra date of that year, it is, in numeration, two years in advance of the others.
Two of these _faṣlī_ years are still in use, as regards revenue matters, viz. the _Faṣlī_ of Upper India, under which the _Faṣlī_ year 1286 began 2nd April 1878; and that of Madras, under which _Faslī_ year 1286 began 1st July 1877.
FUTWA, s. Ar. _fatwā_. The decision of a council of men learned in Mahommedan law, on any point of Moslem law or morals. But technically and specifically, the deliverance of a Mahommedan law-officer on a case put before him. Such a deliverance was, as a rule, given officially and in writing, by such an officer, who was attached to the Courts of British India up to a little later than the middle of last century, and it was more or less a basis of the judge's decision. (See more particularly under ADAWLUT, CAZEE and LAW-OFFICER.)
1796.—"In all instances wherein the FUTWAH of the LAW-OFFICERS of the _Nizamut-Adaulat_ shall declare the prisoners liable to more severe punishment than under the evidence, and all the circumstances of the case shall appear to the Court to be just and equitable...."—_Regn. VI._ of 1796, § ii.
1836.—"And it is hereby enacted that no Court shall, on a Trial of any person accused of the offence made punishable by this Act require any FUTWA from any Law-Officer...."—_Act XXX. of 1836, regarding Thuggee_, § iii.
G
GALEE, s. H. _gālī_, abuse; bad language.
[1813.—"... the grossest GALEE, or abuse, resounded throughout the camp."—_Broughton, Letters from a Mahr. Camp_, ed. 1892, p. 205.
[1877.—"You provoke me to give you GALI (abuse), and then you cry out like a neglected wife."—_Allardyce, The City of Sunshine_, ii. 2.]
GALLEECE, s. Domestic Hindustani _gālīs_, 'a pair of braces,' from the old-fashioned _gallows_, now obsolete, except in Scotland, [S. Ireland and U.S.,] where the form is _gallowses_.
GALLE, POINT DE, n.p. A rocky cape, covering a small harbour and a town with old fortifications, in the S.W. of Ceylon, familiar to all Anglo-Indians for many years as a coaling-place of mail-steamers. The Portuguese gave the town for crest a cock (_Gallo_), a legitimate pun. The serious derivations of the name are numerous. Pridham says that it is _Galla_, 'a Rock,' which is probable. But Chitty says it means 'a Pound,' and was so called according to the Malabars (_i.e._ Tamil people) from "... this part of the country having been anciently set aside by Ravana for the breeding of his cattle" (_Ceylon Gazetteer_, 1832, p. 92). Tennent again says it was called after a tribe, the _Gallas_, inhabiting the neighbouring district (see ii. 105, &c.). [Prof. Childers (_5 ser. Notes & Queries_, iii. 155) writes: "In Sinhalese it is _Gālla_, the etymology of which is unknown; but in any case it can have nothing to do with 'rock,' the Sinhalese for which is _gala_ with a short _a_ and a single _l_."] Tennent has been entirely misled by Reinaud in supposing that Galle could be the _Kala_ of the old Arab voyages to China, a port which certainly lay in the Malay seas. (See CALAY.)
1518.—"He tried to make the port of Columbo, before which he arrived in 3 days, but he could not make it because the wind was contrary, so he tacked about for 4 days till he made the port of GALLE, which is in the south part of the island, and entered it with his whole squadron; and then our people went ashore killing cows and plundering whatever they could find."—_Correa_, ii. 540.
1553.—"In which Island they (the Chinese), as the natives say, left a language which they call _Chingálla_, and the people themselves _Chingállas_, particularly those who dwell from PONTA DE GÁLLE onwards, facing the south and east. For adjoining that point they founded a City called Tanabaré (see DONDERA HEAD), of which a large part still stands; and from being hard by that CAPE OF GÁLLE, the rest of the people, who dwelt from the middle of the Island upwards, called the inhabitants of this part _Chingálla_, and their language the same, as if they would say language or people of the _Chins_ of _Gálle_."—_Barros_, III. ii. cap. 1. (This is, of course, all fanciful.)
[1554.—"He went to the port of GABALIQUAMA, which our people now call PORTO DE GALE."—_Castanheda_, ii. ch. 23.]
c. 1568.—"Il piotta s'ingannò per ciochè il CAPO DI GALLI dell'Isola di Seilan butta assai in mare."—_Cesare de' Federici_, in _Ramusio_, iii. 396_v_.
1585.—"Dopo haver nauigato tre giorni senza veder terra, al primo di Maggio fummo in vista di PUNTA DI GALLO, laquale è assai pericolosa da costeggiare."—_G. Balbi_, f. 19.
1661.—"Die Stadt PUNTO-GALE ist im Jahr 1640 vermittelst Gottes gnadigem Seegen durch die Tapferkeit des Commandanten Jacob Koster den Neiderländen zu teil geworden."—_W. Schulze_, 190.
1691.—"We passed by Cape Comoryn, and came to PUNTOGALE."—_Valentijn_, ii. 540.
GALLEGALLE, s. A mixture of lime and linseed oil, forming a kind of mortar impenetrable to water (Shakespear), Hind. _galgal_.
1621.—"Also the justis, Taccomon Done, sent us word to geve ouer making GALLEGALLE in our howse we hired of China Capt., because the white lyme did trowble the player or singing man, next neighbour...."—_Cocks's Diary_, ii. 190.
GALLEVAT, s. The name applied to a kind of galley, or war-boat with oars, of small draught of water, which continued to be employed on the west coast of India down to the latter half of the 18th century. The work quoted below under 1717 explains the _galleywatts_ to be "large boats like Gravesend Tilt-boats; they carry about 6 Carvel-Guns and 60 men at small arms, and Oars; They sail with a Peak Sail like the Mizen of a Man-of-War, and row with 30 or 40 Oars.... They are principally used for landing Troops for a Descent...." (p. 22). The word is highly interesting from its genealogical tree; it is a descendant of the great historical and numerous family of the _Galley_ (galley, galiot, galleon, galeass, galleida, galeoncino, &c.), and it is almost certainly the immediate parent of the hardly less historical _Jolly-boat_, which plays so important a part in British naval annals. [Prof. Skeat takes _jolly-boat_ to be an English adaptation of Danish _jolle_, 'a yawl'; Mr. Foster remarks that _jollyvatt_ as an English word, is at least as old as 1495-97 (_Oppenheim, Naval Accounts and Inventories, Navy Rec. Soc._ viii. 193) (_Letters_, iii. 296).] If this be true, which we can hardly doubt, we shall have three of the boats of the British man-of-war owing their names (_quod minime reris!_) to Indian originals, viz. the _Cutter_, the _Dingy_, and the _Jolly-boat_ to CATUR, DINGY and GALLEVAT. This last derivation we take from Sir J. Campbell's _Bombay Gazetteer_ (xiii. 417), a work that one can hardly mention without admiration. This writer, who states that a form of the same word, _galbat_, is now generally used by the natives in Bombay waters for large foreign vessels, such as English ships and steamers, is inclined to refer it to _jalba_, a word for a small boat used on the shores of the Red Sea (see _Dozy and Eng._, p. 276), which appears below in a quotation from Ibn Batuta, and which vessels were called by the early Portuguese _geluas_. Whether this word is the parent of _galley_ and its derivatives, as Sir J. Campbell thinks, must be very doubtful, for _galley_ is much older in European use than he seems to think, as the quotation from Asser shows. The word also occurs in Byzantine writers of the 9th century, such as the Continuator of Theophanes quoted below, and the Emperor Leo. We shall find below the occurrence of _galley_ as an Oriental word in the form _jalia_, which looks like an Arabized adoption from a Mediterranean tongue. The Turkish, too, still has _ḳālyūn_ for a ship of the line, which is certainly an adoption from _galeone_. The origin of _galley_ is a very obscure question. Amongst other suggestions mentioned by Diez (_Etym. Worterb._, 2nd ed. i. 198-199) is one from γαλεός, a shark, or from γαλεώτης, a sword-fish—the latter very suggestive of a galley with its aggressive beak; another is from γάλη, a word in Hesychius, which is the apparent origin of '_gallery_.' It is possible that _galeota_, _galiote_, may have been taken directly from the shark or sword-fish, though in imitation of the _galea_ already in use. For we shall see below that _galiot_ was used for a pirate. [The _N.E.D._ gives the European synonymous words, and regards the ultimate etymology of _galley_ as unknown.]
The word _gallevat_ seems to come directly from the _galeota_ of the Portuguese and other S. European nations, a kind of inferior galley with only one bank of oars, which appears under the form _galion_ in Joinville, _infra_ (not to be confounded with the _galleons_ of a later period, which were larger vessels), and often in the 13th and 14th centuries as _galeota_, _galiotes_, &c. It is constantly mentioned as forming part of the Portuguese fleets in India. Bluteau defines _galeota_ as "a small galley with one mast, and with 15 or 20 benches a side, and one oar to each bench."
A. _Galley._
c. 865.—"And then the incursion of the Russians (τῶν Ῥὼς) afflicted the Roman territory (these are a Scythian nation of rude and savage character), devastating Pontus ... and investing the City itself when Michael was away engaged in war with the Ishmaelites.... So this incursion of these people afflicted the empire on the one hand, and on the other the advance of the fleet on Crete, which with some 20 cymbaria, and 7 GALLEYS (γαλέας), and taking with it cargo-vessels also, went about, descending sometimes on the Cyclades Islands, and sometimes on the whole coast (of the main) right up to Proconnesus."—_Theophanis Continuatio_, Lib. iv. 33-34.
A.D. 877.—"Crescebat insuper diebus singulis perversorum numerus; adeo quidem, ut si triginta ex eis millia una die necarentur, alii succedebant numero duplicato. Tunc rex Aelfredus jussit cymbas et GALEAS, id est longas naves, fabricari per regnum, ut navali proelio hostibus adventantibus obviaret."—_Asser, Annales Rer. Gest. Aelfredi Magni_, ed. _West_, 1722, p. 29.
c. 1232.—"En cele navie de Genevois avoit soissante et dis GALEIS, mout bien armées; cheuetaine en estoient dui grant home de Gene...."—_Guillaume de Tyr_, Texte Français, ed. _Paulin Paris_, i. 393.
1243.—Under this year Matthew Paris puts into the mouth of the Archbishop of York a punning couplet which shows the difference of accent with which GALEA in its two senses was pronounced:
"In terris galeas, in aquis formido GALEIAS: Inter eas et eas consulo cautus eas."
1249.—"Lors s'esmut notre GALIE, et alames bien une grant lieue avant que li uns ne parlast à l'autre.... Lors vint messires Phelippes de Monfort en un GALION,[135] et escria au roy: 'Sires, sires, parlés à vostre frere le conte de Poitiers, qui est en cel autre vessel.' Lors escria li roys: 'Alume, alume!'"—_Joinville_, ed. _de Wailly_, p. 212.
1517.—"At the Archinale ther (at Venice) we saw in makyng iiii^{xx} (_i.e._ 80) new GALYES and GALYE Bastards, and GALYE Sotyltes, besyd they that be in viage in the haven."—_Torkington's Pilgrimage_, p. 8.
1542.—"They said that the Turk had sent orders to certain lords at Alexandria to make him up GALLEYS (_galés_) in wrought timber, to be sent on camels to Suez; and this they did with great diligence ... insomuch that every day a GALLEY was put together at Suez ... where they were making up 50 GALLEYS, and 12 GALEONS, and also small rowing-vessels, such as CATURS, much swifter than ours."—_Correa_, iv. 237.
B. _Jalia._
1612.—"... and coming to Malaca and consulting with the General they made the best arrangements that they could for the enterprise, adding a flotilla ... sufficient for any need, for it consisted of seven GALEOTS, a _calamute_ (?), a SANGUICEL, five _bantins_,[136] and one JALIA."—_Bocarro_, 101.
1615.—"You must know that in 1605 there had come from the Reino (_i.e._ Portugal) one Sebastian Gonçalves Tibau ... of humble parentage, who betook himself to Bengal and commenced life as a soldier; and afterwards became a factor in cargoes of salt (which forms the chief traffic in those parts), and acquiring some capital in this business, with that he bought a JALIA, a kind of vessel that is there used for fighting and trading at once."—_Ibid._ 431.
1634.—"Many others (of the Firingis) who were on board the _ghrábs_, set fire to their vessels, and turned their faces towards hell. Out of the 64 large _dingas_, 57 _ghrábs_, and 200 JALIYAS, one _ghráb_ and two JALIYAS escaped."—Capture of Hoogly in 1634, _Bādshāh Nāma_, in _Elliot_, vii. 34.
C. _Jalba_, _Jeloa_, &c.
c. 1330.—"We embarked at this town (Jedda) on a vessel called JALBA which belonged to Rashīd-eddīn al-alfī al-Yamanī, a native of Ḥabsh."—_Ibn Batuta_, ii. 158. The Translators comment: "A large boat or gondola made of planks stitched together with coco-nut fibre."
1518.—"And Merocem, Captain of the fleet of the Grand Sultan, who was in Cambaya ... no sooner learned that Goa was taken ... than he gave up all hopes of bringing his mission to a fortunate termination, and obtained permission from the King of Cambaya to go to Judá ... and from that port set out for Suez in a shallop" (GELUA).—_Alboquerque_, Hak. Soc. iii. 19.
1538.—"... before we arrived at the Island of Rocks, we discerned three vessels on the other side, that seemed to us to be GELOAS, or _Terradas_, which are the names of the vessels of that country."—_Pinto_, in _Cogan_, p. 7.
[1611.—"Messengers will be sent along the coast to give warning of any JELBA or ship approaching."—_Danvers, Letters_, i. 94.]
1690.—"In this is a Creek very convenient for building Grabbs or GELOAS."—_Ovington_, 467.
D. _Galliot._
In the first quotation we have _galiot_ in the sense of "pirate."
c. 1232.—"L'en leur demanda de quel terre; il respondirent de Flandres, de Hollande et de Frise; et ce estoit voirs que il avoient esté GALIOT et ulague de mer, bien huit anz; or s'estoient repenti et pour penitence venoient en pelerinage en Jerusalem."—_Guill. de Tyr_, as above, p. 117.
1337.—"... que elles doivent partir pour uenir au seruice du roy le jer J. de may l'an 337 au plus tart e doiuent couster les d. 40 galées pour quatre mois 144000 florins d'or, payez en partie par la compagnie des Bardes ... et 2000 autres florins pour viretons et 2 GALIOTES."—_Contract with Genoese for Service of Philip of Valois_, quoted by _Jal_, ii. 337.
1518.—"The Governor put on great pressure to embark the force, and started from Cochin the 20th September, 1518, with 17 sail, besides the Goa foists, taking 3 GALLEYS (_galés_) and one GALEOTA, two brigantines (_bargantys_), four caravels, and the rest round ships of small size."—_Correa_, ii. 539.
1548.—"... pera a GUALVETA em que ha d'andar o alcaide do maar."—_S. Botelho, Tombo_, 239.
1552.—"As soon as this news reached the Sublime Porte the Sandjak of Katif was ordered to send Murad-Beg to take command of the fleet, enjoining him to leave in the port of Bassora one or two ships, five galleys, and a GALIOT."—_Sidi 'Ali_, p. 48.
" "They (the Portuguese) had 4 ships as big as carracks, 3 _ghurābs_ or great (rowing) vessels, 6 Portuguese caravels and 12 smaller ghurabs, _i.e._ GALIOTS with oars."—_Ibid._ 67-68. Unfortunately the translator does not give the original Turkish word for _galiot_.
c. 1610.—"Es grandes Galeres il y peut deux et trois cens hommes de guerre, et en d'autres grandes GALIOTES, qu'ils nomment _Fregates_, il y en peut cent...."—_Pyrard de Laval_, ii. 72; [Hak. Soc. ii. 118].
[1665.—"He gave a sufficient number of GALIOTES to escort them to sea."—_Tavernier_, ed. _Ball_, i. 193.]
1689.—"He embarked about the middle of October in the year 1542, in a GALIOT, which carried the new Captain of Comorin."—_Dryden, Life of Xavier._ (In _Works_, ed. 1821, xvi, 87.)
E. _Gallevat._
1613.—"Assoone as I anchored I sent Master _Molineux_ in his Pinnasse, and Master _Spooner_, and _Samuell Squire_ in my GELLYWATTE to sound the depths within the sands."—_Capt. N. Downton_, in _Purchas_, i. 501. This illustrates the origin of _Jolly-boat_.
[1679.—"I know not how many GALWETS."—In _Hedges, Diary_, Hak. Soc. ii. clxxxiv.]
1717.—"Besides the Salamander Fire-ship, Terrible Bomb, six GALLEYWATTS of 8 guns, and 60 men each, and 4 of 6 guns and 50 men each."—_Authentic and Faithful History of that Arch-Pyrate Tulajee Angria_ (1756), p. 47.
c. 1760.—"Of these armed boats called GALLEVATS, the Company maintains also a competent number, for the service of their marine."—_Grose_, ii. 62.
1763.—"The GALLEVATS are large row-boats, built like the grab, but of smaller dimensions, the largest rarely exceeding 70 tons; they have two masts ... they have 40 or 50 stout oars, and may be rowed four miles an hour."—_Orme_, i. 409.
[1813.—"... here they build vessels of all sizes, from a ship of the line to the smallest grabs and GALLIVATS, employed in the Company's services."—_Forbes, Or. Mem._ 2nd ed. i. 94-5.]
GAMBIER, s. The extract of a climbing shrub (_Uncaria Gambier_, Roxb.? _Nauclea Gambier_, Hunter; N.O. _Rubiaceae_) which is a native of the regions about the Straits of Malacca, and is much grown in plantations in Singapore and the neighbouring islands. The substance in chemical composition and qualities strongly resembles CUTCH (q.v.), and the names _Catechu_ and _Terra Japonica_ are applied to both. The plant is mentioned in Debry, 1601 (iii. 99), and by Rumphius, c. 1690 (v. 63), who describes its use in mastication with betel-nut; but there is no account of the catechu made from it, known to the authors of the _Pharmacographia_, before 1780. Crawfurd gives the name as Javanese, but Hanbury and Flückiger point out the resemblance to the Tamil name for catechu, _Katta Kāmbu_ (_Pharmacographia_, 298 _seqq._). [Mr. Skeat points out that the standard Malay name is _gambir_, of which the origin is uncertain, but that the English word is clearly derived from it.]
GANDA, s. This is the H. name for a rhinoceros, _gainḍa_, _genḍa_ from Skt. _gaṇḍa_ (giving also _gaṇḍaka_, _gaṇḍānga_, _gajendra_). The note on the passage in Barbosa by his Hak. Soc. editor is a marvel in the way of error. The following is from a story of Correa about a battle between "Bober Mirza" (_i.e._ Sultan Baber) and a certain King "Cacandar" (Sikandar?), in which I have been unable to trace even what events it misrepresents. But it keeps Fernan Mendez Pinto in countenance, as regards the latter's statement about the advance of the King of the Tartars against Peking with four score thousand rhinoceroses!
"The King Cacandar divided his army into five battles well arrayed, consisting of 140,000 horse and 280,000 foot, and in front of them a battle of 800 elephants, which fought with swords upon their tusks, and on their backs castles with archers and musketeers. And in front of the elephants 80 rhinoceroses (GANDAS), like that which went to Portugal, and which they call _bichá_ (?); these on the horn which they have over the snout carried three-pronged iron weapons with which they fought very stoutly ... and the Mogors with their arrows made a great discharge, wounding many of the elephants and the GANDAS, which as they felt the arrows, turned and fled, breaking up the battles...."—_Correa_, iii. 573-574.
1516.—"The King (of Guzerat) sent a GANDA to the King of Portugal, because they told him that he would be pleased to see her."—_Barbosa_, 58.
1553.—"And in return for many rich presents which this Diogo Fernandez carried to the King, and besides others which the King sent to Affonso Alboquerque, there was an animal, the biggest which Nature has created after the elephant, and the great enemy of the latter ... which the natives of the land of Cambaya, whence this one came, call GANDA, and the Greeks and Latins Rhinoceros. And Affonso d'Alboquerque sent this to the King Don Manuel, and it came to this Kingdom, and it was afterwards lost on its way to Rome, when the King sent it as a present to the Pope."—_Barros,_ Dec. II. liv. x. cap. 1. [Also see _d'Alboquerque_, Hak. Soc. iv. 104 _seq._].
GANTON, s. This is mentioned by some old voyagers as a weight or measure by which pepper was sold in the Malay Archipelago. It is presumably Malay _gantang_, defined by Crawfurd as "a dry measure, equal to about a gallon." [Klinkert has: "_gantang_, a measure of capacity 5 _katis_ among the Malays; also a gold weight, formerly 6 _suku_, but later 1 _bongkal_, or 8 _suku_." _Gantang-gantang_ is 'cartridge-case.']
1554.—"Also a candy of Goa, answers to 140 GAMTAS, equivalent to 15 _paraas_, 30 _medidas_ at 42 medidas to the paraa."—_A. Nunes_, 39.
[1615.—"... 1000 GANTANS of pepper."—_Foster, Letters_, iii. 168.]
" "I sent to borow 4 or five GANTAS of oyle of Yasemon Dono.... But he returned answer he had non, when I know, to the contrary, he bought a parcell out of my handes the other day."—_Cocks's Diary_, i. 6.
GANZA, s. The name given by old travellers to the metal which in former days constituted the inferior currency of Pegu. According to some it was lead; others call it a mixt metal. Lead in rude lumps is still used in the bazars of Burma for small purchases. (_Yule, Mission to Ava_, 259.) The word is evidently Skt. _kaṉsa_, 'bell-metal,' whence Malay _gangsa_, which last is probably the word which travellers picked up.
1554.—"In this Kingdom of Pegu there is no coined money, and what they use commonly consists of dishes, pans, and other utensils of service, made of a metal like _frosyleyra_ (?), broken in pieces; and this is called GAMÇA...."—_A. Nunes_, 38.
" "... vn altra statua cosi fatta di GANZA; che è vn metallo di che fanno le lor monete, fatte di rame e di piombo mescolati insieme."—_Cesare Federici_, in _Ramusio_, iii. 394_v_.
c. 1567.—"The current money that is in this Citie, and throughout all this kingdom, is called GANSA or GANZA, which is made of copper and lead. It is not the money of the king, but every man may stampe it that will...."—_Caesar Frederick_, E.T., in _Purchas_, iii. 1717-18.
1726.—"Rough Peguan GANS (a brass mixt with lead)...."—_Valentijn, Chor._ 34.
1727.—"Plenty of GANSE or Lead, which passeth all over the Pegu Dominions, for Money."—_A. Hamilton_, ii. 41; [ed. 1744, ii. 40].
GARCE, s. A cubic measure for rice, &c., in use on the Madras coast, as usual varying much in value. Buchanan (_infra_) treats it as a weight. The word is Tel. _gārisa_, _gārise_, Can. _garasi_, Tam. _karisai_. [In Chingleput salt is weighed by the _Garce_ of 124 maunds, or nearly 5.152 tons (_Crole, Man._ 58); in Salem, 400 _Markals_ (see MERCALL) are 185.2 cubic feet, or 18 quarters English (_Le Fanu, Man._ ii. 329); in Malabar, 120 _Paras_ of 25 Macleod seers, or 10,800 lbs. (_Logan, Man._ ii. clxxix.). As a superficial measure in the N. Circars, it is the area which will produce one _Garce_ of grain.]
[1684-5.—"A Generall to Conimeer of this day date enordring them to provide 200 GARS of salt...."—_Pringle, Diary Ft. St. Geo._ 1st ser. iv. 40, who notes that a still earlier use of the word will be found in _Notes and Exts._ i. 97.]
1752.—"Grain Measures.
1 Measure weighs about 26 lb. 1 oz. avd. 8 Do. is 1 _Mercal_ 21 " " 3200 Do. is 400 do., or 1 GARSE 8400 " " " _Brooks, Weights and Measures_, &c., p. 6.
1759.—"... a GARCE of rice...."—In _Dalrymple, Or. Rep._ i. 120.
1784.—"The day that advice was received ... (of peace with Tippoo) at Madras, the price of rice fell there from 115 to 80 pagodas the GARCE."—In _Seton-Karr_, i. 13.
1807.—"The proper native weights used in the Company's Jaghire are as follows: 10 _Vara hun_ (Pagodas) = 1 _Polam_, 40 _Polams_ = 1 _Visay_, 8 _Visay_ (Vees) = 1 _Manungu_, 20 _Manungus_ (Maunds) = 1 _Baruays_, 20 _Baruays_ (Candies) = 1 _Gursay_, called by the English GARSE. The _Vara hun_ or Star _Pagoda_ weighs 52¾ grains, therefore the _Visay_ is nearly three pounds avoirdupois (see VISS); and the GARSE is nearly 1265 lbs."—_F. Buchanan, Mysore_, &c., i. 6.
By this calculation, the GARSE should be 9600 lbs. instead of 1265 as printed.
GARDEE, s. A name sometimes given, in 18th century, to native soldiers disciplined in European fashion, _i.e._ SEPOYS (q.v.). The _Indian Vocabulary_ (1788) gives: "GARDEE—a tribe inhabiting the provinces of Bijapore, &c., esteemed good foot soldiers." The word may be only a corruption of 'guard,' but probably the origin assigned in the second quotation may be well founded; 'Guard' may have shaped the corruption of _Gharbi_. The old Bengal sepoys were commonly known in the N.W. as _Purbias_ or Easterns (see POORUB). [Women in the Amazon corps at Hyderabad (Deccan), known as the _Ẓafar Paltan_, or 'Victorious Battalion,' were called GARDUNEE (_Gārdanī_), the feminine form of _Gārad_ or _Guard_.]
1762.—"A coffre who commanded the Telingas and GARDEES ... asked the horseman whom the horse belonged to?"—_Native Letter_, in _Van Sittart_, i. 141.
1786.—"... originally they (Sipahis) were commanded by Arabians, or those of their descendants born in the Canara and Concan or Western parts of India, where those foreigners style themselves _Gharbies_ or Western. Moreover these corps were composed mostly of Arabs, Negroes, and Habissinians, all of which bear upon that coast the same name of _Gharbi_.... In time the word _Gharbi_ was corrupted by both the French and Indians into that of GARDI, which is now the general name of Sipahies all over India save Bengal ... where they are stiled _Talingas_."—Note by Transl. of _Seir Mutaqherin_, ii. 93.
[1815.—"The women composing them are called GARDUNEES, a corruption of our word _Guard_."—_Blacker, Mem. of the Operations in India_ in 1817-19, p. 213 note.]
GARDENS, GARDEN-HOUSE, s. In the 18th century suburban villas at Madras and Calcutta were so called. 'Garden Reach' below Fort William took its name from these.
1682.—"Early in the morning I was met by Mr. Littleton and most of the Factory, near Hugly, and about 9 or 10 o'clock by Mr. Vincent near the Dutch GARDEN, who came attended by severall Boats and Budgerows guarded by 35 Firelocks, and about 50 Rashpoots and Peons well armed."—_Hedges, Diary_, July 24; [Hak. Soc. i. 32].
1685.—"The whole Council ... came to attend the President at the GARDEN-HOUSE...."—_Pringle, Diary, Fort St. Geo._ 1st ser. iv. 115; in _Wheeler_, i. 139.
1747.—"In case of an Attack at the GARDEN HOUSE, if by a superior Force they should be oblig'd to retire, according to the orders and send a Horseman before them to advise of the Approach...."—_Report of Council of War at Fort St. David_, in _India Office MS. Records_.
1758.—"The guard of the redoubt retreated before them to the GARDEN-HOUSE."—_Orme_, ii. 303.
" "Mahomed Isoof ... rode with a party of horse as far as Maskelyne's GARDEN."—_Ibid._ iii. 425.
1772.—"The place of my residence at present is a GARDEN-HOUSE of the Nabob, about 4 miles distant from Moorshedabad."—_Teignmouth, Mem._ i. 34.
1782.—"A body of Hyder's horse were at St. Thomas's Mount on the 29th ult. and Gen. Munro and Mr. Brodie with great difficulty escaped from the General's GARDENS. They were pursued by Hyder's horse within a mile of the Black Town."—_India Gazette_, May 11.
1809.—"The gentlemen of the settlement live entirely in their GARDEN-HOUSES, as they very properly call them."—_Ld. Valentia_, i. 389.
1810.—"... Rural retreats called GARDEN-HOUSES."—_Williamson, V. M._ i. 137.
1873.—"To let, or for sale, Serle's GARDENS at Adyar.—For particulars apply," &c.—_Madras Mail_, July 3.
GARRY, GHARRY, s. H. _gāṛī_, a cart or carriage. The word is used by Anglo-Indians, at least on the Bengal side, in both senses. Frequently the species is discriminated by a distinctive prefix, as _palkee-garry_ (palankin carriage), _sej-garry_ (chaise), _rel-garry_ (railway carriage), &c. [The modern _dawk-garry_ was in its original form called the "Equirotal Carriage," from the four wheels being of equal dimensions. The design is said to have been suggested by Lord Ellenborough. (See the account and drawing in _Grant, Rural Life in Bengal_, 3 _seq._).]
1810.—"The common G'HORRY ... is rarely, if ever, kept by any European, but may be seen plying for hire in various parts of Calcutta."—_Williamson, V. M._ i. 329.
1811.—The GARY is represented in Solvyns's engravings as a two-wheeled _rath_ [see RUT] (_i.e._ the primitive native carriage, built like a light hackery) with two ponies.
1866.—"My husband was to have met us with a two-horse GHAREE."—_Trevelyan, Dawk Bungalow_, 384.
[1892.—"The BRŪM _gārī_, brougham; the _fitton_ GĀRĪ, phaeton or barouche; the _vāgnīt_, waggonette, are now built in most large towns.... The _vāgnīt_ seems likely to be the carriage of the future, because of its capacity."—_R. Kipling, Beast and Man in India_, 193.]
GAUM, GONG, s. A village, H. _gāon_, from Skt. _grāma_.
1519.—"In every one of the said villages, which they call GUÃOOS."—_Goa Proclam._ in _Arch. Port. Orient._, fasc. 5, 38.
_Gāonwār_ occurs in the same vol. (p. 75), under the forms _gancare_ and _guancare_, for the village heads in Port. India.
GAURIAN, adj. This is a convenient name which has been adopted of late years as a generic name for the existing Aryan languages of India, _i.e._ those which are radically sprung from, or cognate to, the Sanskrit. The name (according to Mr. E. L. Brandreth) was given by Prof. Hoernle; but it is in fact an adoption and adaptation of a term used by the Pundits of Northern India. They divide the colloquial languages of (civilised) India into the 5 _Gauṛas_ and 5 _Drāviras_ [see DRAVIDIAN]. The _Gauṛas_ of the Pundits appear to be (1) Bengalee (_Bangālī_) which is the proper language of _Gauḍa_, or Northern Bengal, from which the name is taken (see GOUR C.), (2) Oṛiya, the language of Orissa, (3) Hindī, (4) Panjābī, (5) Sindhī; their _Drāvira_ languages are (1) Telinga, (2) Karṇāṭaka (Canarese), (3) Marāṭhī, (4) Gurjara (Gujarātī), (5) Drāvira (Tamil). But of these last (3) and (4) are really to be classed with the Gauṛian group, so that the latter is to be considered as embracing 7 principal languages. Kashmīrī, Singhalese, and the languages or dialects of Assam, of Nepaul, and some others, have also been added to the list of this class.
The extraordinary analogies between the changes in grammar and phonology from Sanskrit in passing into those Gaurian languages, and the changes of Latin in passing into the Romance languages, analogies extending into minute details, have been treated by several scholars; and a very interesting view of the subject is given by Mr. Brandreth in vols. xi. and xii. of the _J.R.A.S._, N.S.
GAUTAMA, n.p. The surname, according to Buddhist legend, of the Sakya tribe from which the Buddha Sakya Muni sprang. It is a derivative from _Gotama_, a name of "one of the ancient Vedic bard-families" (_Oldenberg_). It is one of the most common names for Buddha among the Indo-Chinese nations. The _Sommona_-CODOM of many old narratives represents the Pali form of _S'ramaṇa Gautama_, "The Ascetic Gautama."
1545.—"I will pass by them of the sect of GODOMEM, who spend their whole life in crying day and night on those mountains, GODOMEM, GODOMEM, and desist not from it until they fall down stark dead to the ground."—_F. M. Pinto_, in _Cogan_, p. 222.
c. 1590.—See under GODAVERY passage from _Āīn_, where GOTAM occurs.
1686.—"J'ai cru devoir expliquer toutes ces choses avant que de parler de _Sommono_-KHODOM (c'est ainsi que les Siamois appellent le Dieu qu'ils adorent à present)."—_Voy. de Siam, Des Pères Jesuites_, Paris, 1686, p. 397.
1687-88.—"Now tho' they say that several have attained to this Felicity (_Nireupan_, _i.e._ Nirvana) ... yet they honour only one alone, whom they esteem to have surpassed all the rest in Vertue. They call him _Sommona_-CODOM; and they say that CODOM was his Name, and that Sommona signifies in the _Balie_ Tongue a _Talapoin_ of the Woods."—_Hist. Rel. of Siam_, by _De La Loubere_, E.T. i. 130.
[1727.—"... inferior Gods, such as _Somma_ CUDDOM...."—_A. Hamilton_, ed. 1744, ii. 54.]
1782.—"Les Pegouins et les Bahmans.... Quant à leurs Dieux, ils en comptent sept principaux.... Cependant ils n'en adorent qu'un seul, qu'ils appellent GODEMAN...."—_Sonnerat_, ii. 299.
1800.—"GOTMA, or GOUTUM, according to the Hindoos of India, or GAUDMA among the inhabitants of the more eastern parts, is said to have been a philosopher ... he taught in the Indian schools, the heterodox religion and philosophy of Boodh. The image that represents Boodh is called Gautama, or GOUTUM...."—_Symes, Embassy_, 299.
1828.—"The titles or synonymes of Buddha, as they were given to me, are as follow: "KOTAMO (_Gautama_) ... _Somana_-KOTAMO, agreeably to the interpretation given me, means in the Pali language, the priest GAUTAMA."—_Crawfurd, Emb. to Siam_, p. 367.
GAVEE, s. Topsail. Nautical jargon from Port. _gavea_, the top. (_Roebuck_).
GAVIAL, s. This is a name adopted by zoologists for one of the alligators of the Ganges and other Indian rivers, _Gavialis gangeticus_, &c. It is the less dangerous of the Gangetic saurians, with long, slender, sub-cylindrical jaws expanding into a protuberance at the muzzle. The name must have originated in some error, probably a clerical one, for the true word is Hind. _ghaṛiyāl_, and _gavial_ is nothing. The term (_gariyālī_) is used by Baber (p. 410), where the translator's note says: "The GERIALI is the round-mouthed crocodile," words which seem to indicate the _magar_ (see MUGGUR) (_Crocodilus biporcatus_) not the _ghaṛiyāl_.
c. 1809.—"In the Brohmoputro as well as in the Ganges there are two kinds of crocodile, which at Goyalpara are both called _Kumir_; but each has a specific name. The _Crocodilus Gangeticus_ is called GHORIYAL, and the other is called _Bongcha_."—_Buchanan's Rungpoor_, in _Eastern India_, iii. 581-2.
GAZAT, s. This is domestic Hind. for 'dessert.' (_Panjab N. & Q._ ii. 184).
GECKO, s. A kind of house lizard. The word is not now in Anglo-Indian use; it is a naturalist's word; and also is French. It was no doubt originally an onomatopoeia from the creature's reiterated utterance. Marcel Devic says the word is adopted from Malay _gekok_ [_gēkoq_]. This we do not find in Crawfurd, who has _tăké_, _tăkék_, and _goké_, all evidently attempts to represent the utterance. In Burma the same, or a kindred lizard, is called _tokté_, in like imitation.
1631.—Bontius seems to identify this lizard with the GUANA (q.v.), and says its bite is so venomous as to be fatal unless the part be immediately cut out, or cauterized. This is no doubt a fable. "Nostratis ipsum animal apposito vocabulo GECCO vocant; quippe non secus ac _Coccyx_ apud nos suum cantum iterat, etiam _gecko_ assiduo sonat, prius edito stridore qualem Picus emittit."—Lib. V. cap. 5, p. 57.
1711.—"CHACCOS, as Cuckoos receive their Names from the Noise they make.... They are much like lizards, but larger. 'Tis said their Dung is so venomous," &c.—_Lockyer_, 84.
1727.—"They have one dangerous little Animal called a JACKOA, in shape almost like a Lizard. It is very malicious ... and wherever the Liquor lights on an Animal Body, it presently cankers the Flesh."—_A. Hamilton_, ii. 131; [ed. 1744, ii. 136].
This is still a common belief. (See BISCOBRA).
1883.—"This was one of those little house lizards called GECKOS, which have pellets at the ends of their toes. They are not repulsive brutes like the garden lizard, and I am always on good terms with them. They have full liberty to make use of my house, for which they seem grateful, and say chuck, chuck, chuck."—_Tribes on My Frontier_, 38.
GENTOO, s. and adj. This word is a corruption of the Portuguese _Gentio_, 'a gentile' or heathen, which they applied to the Hindus in contradistinction to the _Moros_ or 'Moors,' _i.e._ Mahommedans. [See MOOR.] Both terms are now obsolete among English people, except perhaps that _Gentoo_ still lingers at Madras in the sense B; for the terms _Gentio_ and _Gentoo_ were applied in two senses:
A. To the Hindūs generally. B. To the Telugu-speaking Hindūs of the Peninsula specially, and to their language.
The reason why the term became thus specifically applied to the Telugu people is probably because, when the Portuguese arrived, the Telugu monarchy of Vijayanagara, or Bijanagar (see BISNAGAR, NARSINGA) was dominant over great part of the Peninsula. The officials were chiefly of Telugu race, and thus the people of this race, as the most important section of the Hindūs, were _par excellence_ the _Gentiles_, and their language the Gentile language. Besides these two specific senses, _Gentio_ was sometimes used for _heathen_ in general. Thus in F. M. Pinto: "A very famous Corsair who was called Hinimilau, a Chinese by nation, and who from a _Gentio_ as he was, had a little time since turned Moor...."—Ch. L.
A.—
1548.—"The _Religiosos_ of this territory spend so largely, and give such great alms at the cost of your Highness's administration that it disposes of a good part of the funds.... I believe indeed they do all this in real zeal and sincerity ... but I think it might be reduced a half, and all for the better; for there are some of them who often try to make Christians by force, and worry the GENTOOS (_jentios_) to such a degree that it drives the population away."—_Simao Botelho, Cartas_, 35.
1563.—"... Among the _Gentiles_ (GENTIOS) Rão is as much as to say 'King.'"—_Garcia_, f. 35_b_.
" "This ambergris is not so highly valued among the Moors, but it is highly prized among the GENTILES."—_Ibid._ f. 14.
1582.—"A GENTILE ... whose name was Canaca."—_Castañeda_, trans. by N. L., f. 31.
1588.—In a letter of this year to the Viceroy, the King (Philip II.) says he "understands the GENTIOS are much the best persons to whom to farm the _alfandegas_ (customs, &c.), paying well and regularly, and it does not seem contrary to canon-law to farm to them, but on this he will consult the learned."—In _Arch. Port. Orient._ fasc. 3, 135.
c. 1610.—"Ils (les Portugais) exercent ordinairement de semblables cruautez lors qu'ils sortent en trouppe le long des costes, bruslans et saccageans ces pauures GENTILS qui ne desirent que leur bonne grace, et leur amitié mais ils n'en ont pas plus de pitié pour cela."—_Mocquet_, 349.
1630.—"... which GENTILES are of two sorts ... first the purer GENTILES ... or else the impure or vncleane _Gentiles_ ... such are the husbandmen or inferior sort of people called the _Coulees_."—_H. Lord, Display_, &c., 85.
1673.—"The finest Dames of the GENTUES disdained not to carry Water on their Heads."—_Fryer_, 116.
" "GENTUES, the Portuguese idiom for _Gentiles_, are the Aborigines."—_Ibid._ 27.
1679.—In Fort St. Geo. Cons. of 29th January, the BLACK TOWN of Madras is called "the GENTUE Town."—_Notes and Exts._, No. ii. 3.
1682.—"This morning a GENTOO sent by Bulchund, Governour of Hugly and Cassumbazar, made complaint to me that Mr. Charnock did shamefully—to y^e great scandal of our Nation—keep a GENTOO woman of his kindred, which he has had these 19 years."—_Hedges, Diary_, Dec. 1.; [Hak. Soc. i. 52].
1683.—"The ceremony used by these GENTU'S in their sicknesse is very strange; they bring y^e sick person ... to y^e brinke of y^e River Ganges, on a _Cott_...."—_Ibid._ May 10; [Hak. Soc. i. 86].
In Stevens's Trans. of _Faria y Sousa_ (1695) the Hindus are still called _Gentiles_. And it would seem that the English form GENTOO did not come into general use till late in the 17th century.
1767.—"In order to transact Business of any kind in this Countrey you must at least have a Smattering of the Language.... The original Language of this Countrey (or at least the earliest we know of) is the Bengala or GENTOO; this is commonly spoken in all parts of the Countrey. But the politest Language is the Moors or Mussulmans, and Persian."—_MS. Letter of James Rennell._
1772.—"It is customary with the GENTOOS, as soon as they have acquired a moderate fortune, to dig a pond."—_Teignmouth, Mem._ i. 36.
1774.—"When I landed (on Island of Bali) the natives, who are GENTOOS, came on board in little canoes, with outriggers on each side."—_Forrest, V. to N. Guinea_, 169.
1776.—"A Code of GENTOO Laws or Ordinations of the Pundits. From a Persian Translation, made from the original written in the Shanskrit Language. London, Printed in the Year 1776."—(Title of Work by Nathaniel Brassey Halhed.)
1778.—"The peculiar patience of the GENTOOS in Bengal, their affection to business, and the peculiar cheapness of all productions either of commerce or of necessity, had concurred to render the details of the revenue the most minute, voluminous, and complicated system of accounts which exist in the universe."—_Orme_, ii. 7 (Reprint).
1781.—"They (Syrian Christians of Travancore) acknowledged a GENTOO Sovereign, but they were governed even in temporal concerns by the bishop of Angamala."—_Gibbon_, ch. xlvii.
1784.—"Captain Francis Swain Ward, of the Madras Establishment, whose paintings and drawings of GENTOO Architecture, &c., are well known."—In _Seton-Karr_, i. 31.
1785.—"I found this large concourse (at Chandernagore) of people were gathered to see a GENTOO woman burn herself with her husband."—_Ibid._ i. 90.
" "The original inhabitants of India are called GENTOOS."—_Carraccioli's Life of Clive_, i. 122.
1803.—"_Peregrine._ O mine is an accommodating palate, hostess. I have swallowed burgundy with the French, hollands with the Dutch, sherbet with a Turk, sloe-juice with an Englishman, and water with a simple GENTOO."—_Colman's John Bull_, i. sc. 1.
1807.—"I was not prepared for the entire nakedness of the GENTOO inhabitants."—_Lord Minto in India_, 17.
B.—
1648.—"The Heathen who inhabit the kingdom of _Golconda_, and are spread all over India, are called JENTIVES."—_Van Twist_, 59.
1673.—"Their Language they call generally GENTU ... the peculiar Name of their Speech is _Telinga_."—_Fryer_, 33.
1674.—"50 Pagodas gratuity to John Thomas ordered for good progress in the GENTU tongue, both speaking and writing."—_Fort St. Geo. Cons._, in _Notes and Exts._ No. i. 32.
[1681.—"He hath the GENTUE language."—In _Yule, Hedges' Diary_, Hak. Soc. ii. cclxxxiv.]
1683.—"Thursday, 21st June.... The Hon. Company having sent us a Law with reference to the Natives ... it is ordered that the first be translated into Portuguese, GENTOO, Malabar, and Moors, and proclaimed solemnly by beat of drum."—_Madras Consultation_, in _Wheeler_, i. 314.
1719.—"Bills of sale wrote in GENTOO on Cajan leaves, which are entered in the Register kept by the Town Conicoply for that purpose."—_Ibid._ ii. 314.
1726.—"The proper vernacular here (Golconda) is the GENTOOS (_Jentiefs_) or Telingaas."—_Valentijn, Chor._ 37.
1801.—"The GENTOO translation of the Regulations will answer for the Ceded Districts, for even ... the most Canarine part of them understand GENTOO."—_Munro_, in _Life_, i. 321.
1807.—"A Grammar of the GENTOO language, as it is understood and spoken by the GENTOO People, residing north and north-westward of Madras. By a Civil Servant under the Presidency of Fort St. George, many years resident in the Northern Circars. Madras. 1807."
1817.—The third grammar of the Telugu language, published in this year, is called a 'GENTOO Grammar.'
1837.—"I mean to amuse myself with learning GENTOO, and have brought a Moonshee with me. GENTOO is the language of this part of the country [Godavery delta], and one of the prettiest of all the dialects."—_Letters from Madras_, 189.
GHAUT, s. Hind. _ghāt_.
A. A landing-place; a path of descent to a river; the place of a ferry, &c. Also a quay or the like.
B. A path of descent from a mountain; a mountain pass; and hence
C., n.p. The mountain ranges parallel to the western and eastern coasts of the Peninsula, through which the _ghāts_ or passes lead from the table-lands above down to the coast and lowlands. It is probable that foreigners hearing these tracts spoken of respectively as the country above and the country below the _Ghāts_ (see BALAGHAUT) were led to regard the word _Ghāts_ as a proper name of the mountain range itself, or (like De Barros below) as a word signifying _range_. And this is in analogy with many other cases of mountain nomenclature, where the name of a pass has been transferred to a mountain chain, or where the word for 'a pass' has been mistaken for a word for 'mountain range.' The proper sense of the word is well illusstrated from Sir A. Wellesley, under B.
A.—
1809.—"The _dandys_ there took to their paddles, and keeping the beam to the current the whole way, contrived to land us at the destined GAUT."—_Ld. Valentia_, i. 185.
1824.—"It is really a very large place, and rises from the river in an amphitheatral form ... with many very fine GHÂTS descending to the water's edge."—_Heber_, i. 167.
B.—
c. 1315.—"In 17 more days they arrived at Gurganw. During these 17 days the GHÁTS were passed, and great heights and depths were seen amongst the hills, where even the elephants became nearly invisible."—_Amīr Khusrū_, in _Elliot_, iii. 86.
This passage illustrates how the transition from B to C occurred. The Ghāts here meant are not a range of mountains so called, but, as the context shows, the passes among the Vindhya and Sātpūra hills. Compare the two following, in which 'down the _ghauts_' and 'down the _passes_' mean exactly the same thing, though to many people the former expression will suggest 'down through a range of mountains called the Ghauts.'
1803.—"The enemy are down the GHAUTS in great consternation."—_Wellington_, ii. 333.
" "The enemy have fled northward, and are getting down the _passes_ as fast as they can."—_M. Elphinstone_, in _Life_ by _Colebrooke_, i. 71.
1826.—"Though it was still raining, I walked up the Bohr GHÂT, four miles and a half, to Candaulah."—_Heber_, ii. 136, ed. 1844. That is, up one of the Passes, from which Europeans called the mountains themselves "the GHAUTS."
The following passage indicates that the great Sir Walter, with his usual sagacity, saw the true sense of the word in its geographical use, though misled by books to attribute to the (so-called) 'Eastern Ghauts' the character that belongs to the Western only.
1827.—"... they approached the Ghauts, those tremendous mountain passes which descend from the table-land of Mysore, and through which the mighty streams that arise in the centre of the Indian Peninsula find their way to the ocean."—_The Surgeon's Daughter_, ch. xiii.
C.—
1553.—"The most notable division which Nature hath planted in this land is a chain of mountains, which the natives, by a generic appellation, because it has no proper name, call GATE, which is as much as to say _Serra_."—_De Barros_, Dec. I. liv. iv. cap. vii.
1561.—"This _Serra_ is called GATE."—_Correa, Lendas_, ii. 2, 56.
1563.—"The _Cuncam_, which is the land skirting the sea, up to a lofty range which they call GUATE."—_Garcia_, f. 34_b_.
1572.—
"Da terra os Naturaes lhe chamam GATE, Do pe do qual pequena quantidade Se estende hũa fralda estreita, que combate Do mar a natural ferocidade...." _Camões_, vii. 22.
Englished by Burton:
"The country-people call this range the GHAUT, and from its foot-hills scanty breadth there be, whose seaward-sloping coast-plain long hath fought 'gainst Ocean's natural ferocity...."
1623.—"We commenced then to ascend the mountain-(range) which the people of the country call GAT, and which traverses in the middle the whole length of that part of India which projects into the sea, bathed on the east side by the Gulf of Bengal, and on the west by the Ocean, or Sea of Goa."—_P. della Valle_, ii. 32; [Hak. Soc. ii. 222].
1673.—"The Mountains here are one continued ridge ... and are all along called GAOT."—_Fryer_, 187.
1685.—"On les appelle, _montagnes de_ GATTE, c'est comme qui diroit montagnes de montagnes, _Gatte_ en langue du pays ne signifiant autre chose que montagne" (quite wrong).—_Ribeyro, Ceylan_, (Fr. Transl.), p. 4.
1727.—"The great Rains and Dews that fall from the Mountains of GATTI, which ly 25 or 30 leagues up in the Country."—_A. Hamilton_, i. 282; [ed. 1744, ii. 285].
1762.—"All the South part of India save the Mountains of GATE (a string of Hills in ye country) is level Land the Mould scarce so deep as in England.... As you make use of every expedient to drain the water from your tilled ground, so the Indians take care to keep it in theirs, and for this reason sow only in the level grounds."—_MS. Letter of James Rennell_, March 21.
1826.—"The mountains are nearly the same height ... with the average of Welsh mountains.... In one respect, and only one, the GHÂTS have the advantage,—their precipices are higher, and the outlines of the hills consequently bolder."—_Heber_, ed. 1844, ii. 136.
GHEE, s. Boiled butter; the universal medium of cookery throughout India, supplying the place occupied by oil in Southern Europe, and more; [the _samn_ of Arabia, the _raughan_ of Persia]. The word is Hind. _ghī_, Skt. _ghṛita_. A short but explicit account of the mode of preparation will be found in the _English Cyclopaedia_ (Arts and Sciences), s.v.; [and in fuller detail in _Watt, Econ. Dict._ iii. 491 _seqq._].
c. 1590.—"Most of them (Akbar's elephants) get 5 s. (ers) of sugar, 4 s. of GHÍ, and half a _man_ of rice mixed with chillies, cloves, &c."—_Āīn-i-Akbarī_, i. 130.
1673.—"They will drink milk, and boil'd butter, which they call GHE."—_Fryer_, 33.
1783.—"In most of the prisons [of Hyder 'Ali] it was the custom to celebrate particular days, when the funds admitted, with the luxury of plantain fritters, a draught of sherbet, and a convivial song. On one occasion the old Scotch ballad, 'My wife has ta'en the gee,' was admirably sung, and loudly encored.... It was reported to the Kelledar (see KILLADAR) that the prisoners said and sung throughout the night of nothing but GHEE.... The Kelledar, certain that discoveries had been made regarding his malversations in that article of garrison store, determined to conciliate their secrecy by causing an abundant supply of this unaccustomed luxury to be thenceforth placed within the reach of their farthing purchases."—_Wilks, Hist. Sketches_, ii. 154.
1785.—"The revenues of the city of Decca ... amount annually to two kherore (see CRORE), proceeding from the customs and duties levied on GHEE."—_Carraccioli, L. of Clive_, i. 172.
1817.—"The great luxury of the Hindu is butter, prepared in a manner peculiar to himself, and called by him GHEE."—_Mill, Hist._ i. 410.
GHILZAI, n.p. One of the most famous of the tribes of Afghanistan, and probably the strongest, occupying the high plateau north of Kandahar, and extending (roundly speaking) eastward to the Sulimānī mountains, and north to the Kābul River. They were supreme in Afghanistan at the beginning of the 18th century, and for a time possessed the throne of Ispahan. The following paragraph occurs in the article AFGHANISTAN, in the 9th ed. of the _Encyc. Britan._, 1874 (i. 235), written by one of the authors of this book:—
"It is remarkable that the old Arab geographers of the 10th and 11th centuries place in the Ghilzai country" (_i.e._ the country now occupied by the Ghilzais, or nearly so) "a people called KHILIJIS, whom they call a tribe of Turks, to whom belonged a famous family of Delhi Kings. The probability of the identity of the KHILIJIS and GHILZAIS is obvious, and the question touches others regarding the origin of the Afghans; but it does not seem to have been gone into."
Nor has the writer since ever been able to go into it. But whilst he has never regarded the suggestion as more than a probable one, he has seen no reason to reject it. He may add that on starting the idea to Sir Henry Rawlinson (to whom it seemed new), a high authority on such a question, though he would not accept it, he made a candid remark to the effect that the Ghilzais had undoubtedly a very Turk-like aspect. A belief in this identity was, as we have recently noticed, entertained by the traveller Charles Masson, as is shown in a passage quoted below. And it has also been maintained by Surgeon-Major Bellew, in his _Races of Afghanistan_ (1880), [who (p. 100) refers the name to _Khilichī_, a swordsman. The folk etymology of De Guignes and D'Herbelot is _Kall_, 'repose,' _atz_, 'hungry,' given to an officer by Ogouz Khān, who delayed on the road to kill game for his sick wife].
All the accounts of the Ghilzais indicate great differences between them and the other tribes of Afghanistan; whilst there seems nothing impossible, or even unlikely, in the partial assimilation of a Turki tribe in the course of centuries to the Afghans who surround them, and the consequent assumption of a quasi-Afghan genealogy. We do not find that Mr. Elphinstone makes any explicit reference to the question now before us. But two of the notes to his _History_ (5th ed. p. 322 and 384) seem to indicate that it was in his mind. In the latter of these he says: "The Khiljis ... though Turks by descent ... had been so long settled among the Afghans that they had almost become identified with that people; but they probably mixed more with other nations, or at least with their Turki brethren, and would be more civilized than the generality of Afghan mountaineers." The learned and eminently judicious William Erskine was also inclined to accept the identity of the two tribes, doubting (but perhaps needlessly) whether the Khiliji had been really of Turki race. We have not been able to meet with any translated author who mentions both Khiliji and Ghilzai. In the following quotations all the earlier refer to Khiliji, and the later to Ghilzai. Attention may be called to the expressions in the quotation from Zīauddīn Barnī, as indicating some great difference between the Turk proper and the Khiliji even then. The language of Baber, again, so far as it goes, seems to indicate that by his time the Ghilzais were regarded as an Afghan clan.
c. 940.—"Hajjāj had delegated 'Abdar-rahmān ibn Mahommed ibn al-Ash'ath to Sijistān, Bost and Rukhāj (Arachosia) to make war on the Turk tribes diffused in those regions, and who are known as Ghūz and KHULJ...."—_Maṣ'ūdī_, v. 302.
c. 950.—"The KHALAJ is a Turkī tribe, which in ancient times migrated into the country that lies between India and the parts of Sijistān beyond the Ghūr. They are a pastoral people and resemble the Turks in their natural characteristics, their dress and their language."—_Istakhri_, from _De Goeje's_ text, p. 245.
c. 1030.—"The Afgháns and KHILJÍS having submitted to him (Sabaktigín), he admitted thousands of them ... into the ranks of his armies."—_Al-'Utbi_, in _Elliot_, ii. 24.
c. 1150.—"The Khilkhs (read KHILIJ) are people of Turk race, who, from an early date invaded this country (Dāwar, on the banks of the Helmand), and whose dwellings are spread abroad to the north of India and on the borders of Ghaur and of Western Sijistān. They possess cattle, wealth, and the various products of husbandry; they all have the aspect of Turks, whether as regards features, dress, and customs, or as regards their arms and manner of making war. They are pacific people, doing and thinking no evil."—_Edrisi_, i. 457.
1289.—"At the same time Jalálu-d dín (Khilji), who was _'Ariz-i-mamálik_ (Muster-master-general), had gone to Bahárpúr, attended by a body of his relations and friends. Here he held a muster and inspection of the forces. He came of a race different from that of the Turks, so he had no confidence in them, nor would the Turks own him as belonging to the number of their friends.... The people high and low ... were all troubled by the ambition of the KHILJIS, and were strongly opposed to Jalálu-d dín's obtaining the crown.... Sultán Jalálu-d dín Fíroz KHILJI ascended the throne in the ... year 688 A.H.... The people of the city (of Delhi) had for 80 years been governed by sovereigns of Turk extraction, and were averse to the succession of the _Khiljis_ ... they were struck with admiration and amazement at seeing the _Khiljis_ occupying the throne of the Turks, and wondered how the throne had passed from the one to the other."—_Ziáu-d-dín Barní_, in _Elliot_, iii. 134-136.
14th cent.—The continuator of Rashíduddín enumerates among the tribes occupying the country which we now call Afghanistan, _Ghūris_, _Herawis_, _Nigudaris_, _Sejzis_, KHILIJ, Balūch and Afghāns. See _Notices et Extraits_, xiv. 494.
c. 1507.—"I set out from Kábul for the purpose of plundering and beating up the quarters of the GHILJIS ... a good farsang from the Ghilji camp, we observed a blackness, which was either owing to the Ghiljis being in motion, or to smoke. The young and inexperienced men of the army all set forward full speed; I followed them for two kos, shooting arrows at their horses, and at length checked their speed. When five or six thousand men set out on a pillaging party, it is extremely difficult to maintain discipline.... A minaret of skulls was erected of the heads of these Afghans."—_Baber_, pp. 220-221; see also p. 225.
[1753.—"The CLIGIS knowing that his troops must pass thro' their mountains, waited for them in the defiles, and successively defeated several bodies of Mahommed's army."—_Hanway, Hist. Acc._ iii. 24.]
1842.—"The GHILJI tribes occupy the principal portion of the country between Kándahár and Ghazní. They are, moreover, the most numerous of the Afghân tribes, and if united under a capable chief might ... become the most powerful.... They are brave and warlike, but have a sternness of disposition amounting to ferocity.... Some of the inferior Ghiljís are so violent in their intercourse with strangers that they can scarcely be considered in the light of human beings, while no language can describe the terrors of a transit through their country, or the indignities which have to be endured.... The Ghiljis, although considered, and calling themselves, Afghâns, and moreover employing the Pashto, or Afghân dialect, are undoubtedly a mixed race.
"The name is evidently a modification or corruption of KHALJÍ or KHILAJÍ, that of a great Turkí tribe mentioned by Sherífudín in his history of Taimúr...."—_Ch. Masson, Narr. of various Journeys_, &c., ii. 204, 206, 207.
1854.—"The Ghúri was succeeded by the KHILJI dynasty; also said to be of Turki extraction, but which seems rather to have been of Afghán race; and it may be doubted if they are not of the GHILJÍ Afgháns."—_Erskine, Báber and Humáyun_, i. 404.
1880.—"As a race the GHILJI mix little with their neighbours, and indeed differ in many respects, both as to internal government and domestic customs, from the other races of Afghanistan ... the great majority of the tribe are pastoral in their habits of life, and migrate with the seasons from the lowlands to the highlands with their families and flocks, and easily portable black hair tents. They never settle in the cities, nor do they engage in the ordinary handicraft trades, but they manufacture carpets, felts, &c., for domestic use, from the wool and hair of their cattle.... Physically they are a remarkably fine race ... but they are a very barbarous people, the pastoral class especially, and in their wars excessively savage and vindictive.
"Several of the GHILJI or Ghilzai-clans are almost wholly engaged in the carrying trade between India and Afghanistan, and the Northern States of Central Asia, and have been so for many centuries."—_Races of Afghanistan_, by _Bellew_, p. 103.
GHOUL, s. Ar. _ghūl_, P. _ghōl_. A goblin, ἔμπουσα, or man-devouring demon, especially haunting wildernesses.
c. 70.—"In the deserts of Affricke yee shall meet oftentimes with fairies,[137] appearing in the shape of men and women; but they vanish soone away, like fantasticall illusions."—_Pliny_, by _Ph. Holland_, vii. 2.
c. 940.—"The Arabs relate many strange stories about the GHŪL and their transformations.... The Arabs allege that the two feet of the GHŪL are ass's feet.... These Ghūl appeared to travellers in the night, and at hours when one meets with no one on the road; the traveller taking them for some of their companions followed them, but the Ghūl led them astray, and caused them to lose their way."—_Maṣ'ūdī_, iii. 314 _seqq._ (There is much more after the copious and higgledy-piggledy Plinian fashion of this writer.)
c. 1420.—"In exitu deserti ... rem mirandam dicit contigisse. Nam cum circiter mediam noctem quiescentes magno murmure strepituque audito suspicarentur omnes, Arabes praedones ad se spoliandos venire ... viderunt plurimas equitum turmas transeuntium.... Plures qui id antea viderant, daemones (GHŪLS, no doubt) esse per desertum vagantes asseruere."—_Nic. Conti_, in _Poggio_, iv.
1814.—"The Afghauns believe each of the numerous solitudes in the mountains and desarts of their country to be inhabited by a lonely daemon, whom they call _Ghoolee Beeabaun_ (the GOULE or Spirit of the Waste); they represent him as a gigantic and frightful spectre, who devours any passenger whom chance may bring within his haunts."—_Elphinstone's Caubul_, ed. 1839, i. 291.
[GHURRA, s. Hind. _ghaṛa_, Skt. _ghaṭa_. A water-pot made of clay, of a spheroidal shape, known in S. India as the CHATTY.
[1827.—"... the Rajah sent ... 60 GURRAHS (earthen vessels holding a gallon) of sugar-candy and sweetmeats."—_Mundy, Pen and Pencil Sketches_, 66.]
GHURRY, GURREE, s. Hind. _ghaṛī_. A clepsydra or water-instrument for measuring time, consisting of a floating cup with a small hole in it, adjusted so that it fills and sinks in a fixed time; also the gong by which the time so indicated is struck. This latter is properly _ghaṛiyāl_. Hence also a clock or watch; also the 60th part of a day and night, equal therefore to 24 minutes, was in old Hindu custom the space of time indicated by the clepsydra just mentioned, and was called a _ghaṛī_. But in Anglo-Indian usage, the word is employed for 'an hour,' [or some indefinite period of time]. The water-instrument is sometimes called PUN-GHURRY (_panghaṛī_ _quasi_ _pānī-ghaṛī_); also the Sun-dial, DHOOP-GHURRY (_dhūp_, 'sunshine'); the hour-glass, RET-GHURRY (_ret_, _retā_, 'sand').
(Ancient).—"The magistrate, having employed the first four GHURRIES of the day in bathing and praying, ... shall sit upon the Judgment Seat."—_Code of the Gentoo Laws_ (_Halhed_, 1776), 104.
[1526.—"GHERI." See under PUHUR.
[c. 1590.—An elaborate account of this method of measuring time will be found in _Āīn_, ed. _Jarrett_, iii. 15 _seq._
[1616.—"About a GUARY after, the rest of my company arrived with the money."—_Foster, Letters_, iv. 343.]
1633.—"First they take a great Pot of Water ... and putting therein a little Pot (this lesser pot having a small hole in the bottome of it), the water issuing into it having filled it, then they strike on a great plate of brasse, or very fine metal, which stroak maketh a very great sound; this stroak or parcell of time they call a _Goome_, the small Pot being full they call a GREE, 8 GREES make a _Par_, which _Par_ (see PUHUR) is three hours by our accompt."—_W. Bruton_, in _Hakl._ v. 51.
1709.—"Or un GARI est une de leurs heures, mais qui est bien petite en comparaison des nôtres; car elle n'est que de vingt-neuf minutes et environ quarante-trois secondes."(?)—_Lettres Edif._ xi. 233.
1785.—"We have fixed the _Coss_ at 6,000 _Guz_, which distance must be travelled by the postmen in a GHURRY and a half.... If the letters are not delivered according to this rate ... you must flog the _Hurkârehs_ belonging to you."—_Tippoo's Letters_, 215.
[1869.—Wallace describes an instrument of this kind in use on board a native vessel. "I tested it with my watch and found that it hardly varied a minute from one hour to another, nor did the motion of the vessel have any effect upon it, as the water in the bucket of course kept level."—_Wallace, Malay Archip._, ed. 1890, p. 314.]
GINDY, s. The original of this word belongs to the Dravidian tongues; Malayāl. _kiṇḍi_; Tel. _giṇḍi_; Tam. _kiṇṇi_, from v. _kiṇu_, 'to be hollow'; and the original meaning is a basin or pot, as opposed to a flat dish. In Malabar the word is applied to a vessel resembling a coffee-pot without a handle, used to drink from. But in the Bombay dialect of H., and in Anglo-Indian usage, _giṇḍi_ means a wash-hand basin of tinned copper, such as is in common use there (see under CHILLUMCHEE).
1561.—"... GUINDIS of gold...."—_Correa, Lendas_, II. i. 218.
1582.—"After this the Capitaine Generall commanded to discharge theyr Shippes, which were taken, in the whiche was bound store of rich Merchaundize, and amongst the same these peeces following:
"Foure great GUYNDES of silver...."—_Castañeda_, by N. L., f. 106.
1813.—"At the English tables two servants attend after dinner, with a GINDEY and ewer, of silver or white copper."—_Forbes, Or. Mem._ ii. 397; [2nd ed. ii. 30; also i. 333].
1851.—"... a tinned bason, called a GENDEE...."—_Burton, Scinde, or the Unhappy Valley_, i. 6.
GINGALL, JINJALL, s. H. _janjāl_, 'a swivel or wall-piece'; a word of uncertain origin. [It is a corruption of the Ar. _jazā'il_ (see JUZAIL).] It is in use with Europeans in China also.
1818.—"There is but one gun in the fort, but there is much and good sniping from matchlocks and GINGALS, and four Europeans have been wounded."—_Elphinstone, Life_, ii. 31.
1829.—"The moment the picket heard them, they fired their long _ginjalls_, which kill a mile off."—_Shipp's Mem._ iii. 40.
[1900.—"GINGALS, or JINGALS, are long tapering guns, six to fourteen feet in length, borne on the shoulders of two men and fired by a third. They have a stand, or tripod, reminding one of a telescope...."—_Ball, Things Chinese_, 38.]
GINGELI, GINGELLY, &c. s. The common trade name for the seed and oil of _Sesamum indicum_, v. _orientale_. There is a H. [not in _Platts' Dict._] and Mahr. form _jinjalī_, but most probably this also is a trade name introduced by the Portuguese. The word appears to be Arabic _al-juljulān_, which was pronounced in Spain _al-jonjolīn_ (_Dozy_ and _Engelmann_, 146-7), whence Spanish _aljonjoli_, Italian _giuggiolino_, _zerzelino_, &c., Port. _girgelim_, _zirzelim_, &c., Fr. _jugeoline_, &c., in the Philippine Islands _ajonjoli_. The proper H. name is _til_. It is the σήσαμον of Dioscorides (ii. 121), and of Theophrastus (_Hist. Plant._ i. 11). [See _Watt, Econ. Dict._ VI. ii. 510 _seqq._]
1510.—"Much grain grows here (at Zeila) ... oil in great quantity, made not from olives, but from ZERZALINO."—_Varthema_, 86.
1552.—"There is a great amount of GERGELIM."—_Castanheda_, 24.
[1554.—"... oil of JERGELIM and quoquo (COCO)."—_Botelho, Tombo_, 54.]
1599.—"... Oyle of ZEZELINE, which they make of a Seed, and it is very good to eate, or to fry fish withal."—_C. Fredericke_, ii. 358.
1606.—"They performed certain anointings of the whole body, when they baptized, with oil of coco-nut, or of GERGELIM."—_Gouvea_, f. 39.
c. 1610.—"I'achetay de ce poisson frit en l'huile de GERSELIN (petite semence comme nauete dont ils font huile) qui est de tres-mauvais goust."—_Mocquet_, 232.
[1638.—Mr. Whiteway notes that "in a letter of Amra Rodriguez to the King, of Nov. 30 (India Office MSS. _Book of the Monssons_, vol. iv.), he says: 'From Masulipatam to the furthest point of the Bay of Bengal runs the coast which we call that of GERGILIM.' They got Gingeli thence, I suppose."]
c. 1661.—"La gente più bassa adopra un'altro olio di certo seme detto TELSELIN, che è una spezie del di setamo, ed è alquanto amarognolo."—_Viag. del P. Gio. Grueber_, in _Thevenot, Voyages Divers_.
1673.—"Dragmes de Soussamo ou graine de GEORGELINE."—App. to _Journal d'Ant. Galland_, ii. 206.
1675.—"Also much Oil of _Sesamos_ or JUJOLINE is there expressed, and exported thence."—_T. Heiden, Vervaerlyke Schipbreuk_, 81.
1726.—"From Orixa are imported hither (Pulecat), with much profit, Paddy, also ... GINGELI-seed Oil...."—_Valentijn, Chor._ 14.
" "An evil people, gold, a drum, a wild horse, an ill conditioned woman, sugar-cane, GERGELIM, a Bellale (or cultivator) without foresight—all these must be wrought sorely to make them of any good."—Native Apophthegms translated in _Valentijn_, v. (_Ceylon_) 390.
1727.—"The Men are bedaubed all over with red Earth, or Vermilion, and are continually squirting GINGERLY Oyl at one another."—_A. Hamilton_, i. 128; [ed. 1744, i. 130].
1807.—"The oil chiefly used here, both for food and unguent, is that of _Sesamum_, by the English called GINGELI, or sweet oil."—_F. Buchanan, Mysore_, &c. i. 8.
1874.—"We know not the origin of the word GINGELI, which Roxburgh remarks was (as it is now) in common use among Europeans."—_Hanbury & Flückiger_, 426.
1875.—"Oils, JINJILI or Til...."—_Table of Customs Duties, imposed on Imports into B. India_, up to 1875.
1876.—"There is good reason for believing that a considerable portion of the olive oil of commerce is but the JINJILI, or the ground-nut, oil of India, for besides large exports, of both oils to Europe, several thousand tons of the sesamum seed, and ground-nuts in smaller quantities, are exported annually from the south of India to France, where their oil is expressed, and finds its way into the market, as olive oil."—_Suppl. Report on Supply of Drugs to India_, by Dr. Paul, India Office, March, 1876.
GINGER, s. The root of _Zingiber officinale_, Roxb. We get this word from the Arabic _zānjabīl_, Sp. _agengibre_ (_al-zānjabīl_), Port. _gingibre_, Latin _zingiber_, Ital. _zenzero_, _gengiovo_, and many other old forms.
The Skt. name is _sṛiñgavera_, professedly connected with _sṛiñga_, 'a horn,' from the antler-like form of the root. But this is probably an introduced word shaped by this imaginary etymology. Though ginger is cultivated all over India, from the Himālaya to the extreme south,[138] the best is grown in Malabar, and in the language of that province (Malayālam) green ginger is called _inchi_ and _inchi-ver_, from _inchi_, 'root.' _Inchi_ was probably in an earlier form of the language _siñchi_ or _chiñchi_, as we find it in Canarese still _sūnti_, which is perhaps the true origin of the H. _sonth_ for 'dry ginger,' [more usually connected with Skt. _suṇṭhi_, _suṇṭh_, 'to dry'].
It would appear that the Arabs, misled by the form of the name, attributed _zānjabīl_ or _zinjabīl_, or ginger, to the coast of _Zinj_ or Zanzibar; for it would seem to be ginger which some Arabic writers speak of as 'the plant of Zinj.' Thus a poet quoted by Kazwīnī enumerates among the products of India the _shajr al-Zānij_ or _Arbor Zingitana_, along with shisham-wood, pepper, steel, &c. (see _Gildemeister_, 218). And Abulfeda says also: "At Melinda is found the plant of Zinj" (_Geog._ by _Reinaud_, i. 257). In Marino Sanudo's map of the world also (c. 1320) we find a rubric connecting _Zinziber_ with _Zinj_. We do not indeed find ginger spoken of as a product of eastern continental Africa, though Barbosa says a large quantity was produced in Madagascar, and Varthema says the like of the Comoro Islands.
c. A.D. 65.—"Ginger (Ζιγγίβερις) is a special kind of plant produced for the most part in Troglodytic Arabia, where they use the green plant in many ways, as we do rue (πήγανον), boiling it and mixing it with drinks and stews. The roots are small, like those of _cyperus_, whitish, and peppery to the taste and smell...."—_Dioscorides_, ii. cap. 189.
c. A.D. 70.—"This pepper of all kinds is most biting and sharpe.... The blacke is more kindly and pleasant.... Many have taken Ginger (which some call Zimbiperi and others ZINGIBERI) for the root of that tree; but it is not so, although in tast it somewhat resembleth pepper.... A pound of GINGER is commonly sold at Rome for 6 deniers...."—_Pliny_, by _Ph. Holland_, xii. 7.
c. 620-30.—"And therein shall they be given to drink a cup of wine, mixed with the water of ZENJEBIL...."—_The Koran_, ch. lxxvi. (by _Sale_).
c. 940.—"Andalusia possesses considerable silver and quicksilver mines.... They export from it also saffron, and roots of ginger (? _'arūḳ al_-ZANJABĪL)."—_Maṣ'ūdi_, i. 367.
1298.—"Good ginger (GENGIBRE) also grows here (at Coilum—see QUILON), and it is known by the same name of _Coilumin_, after the country."—_Marco Polo_, Bk. III. ch. 22.
c. 1343.—"GIENGIOVO si è di piu maniere, cioe _belledi_ (see COUNTRY), e _colombino_, e _micchino_, e detti nomi portano per le contrade, onde sono nati ispezialmente il _colombino_ e il _micchino_, che primieramente il belledi nasce in molte contrade dell'India, e il colombino nasce nel Isola del Colombo d'India, ed ha la scorza sua piana, e delicata, e cenerognola; e il micchino viene dalle contrade del Mecca ... e ragiona che il buono giengiovo dura buono 10 anni," &c.—_Pegolotti_, in _Della Decima_, iii. 361.
c. 1420.—"His in regionibus (Malabar) GINGIBER oritur, quod _belledi_ (see COUNTRY), _gebeli et neli_[139] vulgo appellatur. Radices sunt arborum duorum cubitorum altitudine, foliis magnis instar enulae (elecampane), duro cortice, veluti arundinum radices, quae fructum tegunt; ex eis extrahitur gingiber, quod immistum cineri, ad solemque expositum, triduo exsiccatur."—_N. Conti_, in _Poggio_.
1580.—In a list of drugs sold at Ormuz we find
ZENZERI da buli (presumably from DABUL.) " mordaci " Mecchini " beledi ZENZERO condito in giaga (preserved in JAGGERY?) —_Gasparo Balbi_, f. 54.
GINGERLY, s. A coin mentioned as passing in Arabian ports by _Milburn_ (i. 87, 91). Its country and proper name are doubtful. [The following quotations show that GINGERLEE or GERGELIN was a name for part of the E. coast of India, and Mr. Whiteway (see GINGELI) conjectures that it was so called because the oil was produced there.] But this throws no light on the gold coin of Milburn.
1680-81.—"The form of the pass given to ships and vessels, and Register of Passes given (18 in all), bound to Jafnapatam, Manilla, Mocha, GINGERLEE, Tenasserim, &c."—_Fort St. Geo. Cons. Notes and Exts._, App. No. iii. p. 47.
1701.—The _Carte Marine depuis Suratte jusqu'au Detroit de Malaca_, par le R. Père P. P. Tachard, shows the coast tract between _Vesegapatam_ and _Iagrenate_ as GERGELIN.
1753.—"Some authors give the Coast between the points of Devi and Gaudewari, the name of the Coast of GERGELIN. The Portuguese give the name of GERGELIM to the plant which the Indians call _Ellu_, from which they extract a kind of oil."—_D'Anville_, 134.
[Mr. Pringle (_Diary Fort St. Geo._ 1st ser. iii. 170) identifies the _Gingerly_ Factory with Vizagapatam. See also i. 109; ii. 99.]
GINGHAM, s. A kind of stuff, defined in the _Draper's Dictionary_ as made from cotton yarn dyed before being woven. The Indian ginghams were apparently sometimes of cotton mixt with some other material. The origin of this word is obscure, and has been the subject of many suggestions. Though it has long passed into the English language, it is on the whole most probable that, like CHINTZ and CALICO, the term was one originating in the Indian trade.
We find it hardly possible to accept the derivation, given by Littré, from "_Guingamp_, ville de Bretagne, où il y a des fabriques de tissus." This is also alleged, indeed, in the _Encycl. Britannica_, 8th ed., which states, under the name of Guingamp, that there are in that town manufactures of _ginghams_, to which the town gives its name. [So also in 9th ed.] We may observe that the productions of Guingamp, and of the Côtes-du-Nord generally, are of _linen_, a manufacture dating from the 15th century. If it could be shown that _gingham_ was either originally applied to linen fabrics, or that the word occurs before the Indian trade began, we should be more willing to admit the French etymology as possible.
The _Penny Cyclopaedia_ suggests a derivation from _guingois_, 'awry.' "The variegated, striped, and crossed patterns may have suggested the name."
'Civilis,' a correspondent of _Notes and Queries_ (5 ser. ii. 366, iii. 30) assigns the word to an Indian term, _ginghām_, a stuff which he alleges to be in universal use by Hindu women, and a name which he constantly found, when in judicial employment in Upper India, to be used in inventories of stolen property and the like. He mentions also that in Sir G. Wilkinson's _Egypt_, the word is assigned to an Egyptian origin. The alleged Hind. word is unknown to us and to the dictionaries; if used as 'Civilis' believes, it was almost certainly borrowed from the English term.
It is likely enough that the word came from the Archipelago. Jansz's _Javanese Dict._ gives "_ginggang_, a sort of striped or chequered East Indian _lijnwand_," the last word being applied to cotton as well as linen stuffs, equivalent to French _toile_. The verb _ginggang_ in Javanese is given as meaning 'to separate, to go away,' but this seems to throw no light on the matter; nor can we connect the name with that of a place on the northern coast of Sumatra, a little E. of Acheen, which we have seen written _Gingham_ (see _Bennett's Wanderings_, ii. 5, 6; also _Elmore, Directory to India and China Seas_, 1802, pp. 63-64). This place appears prominently as _Gingion_ in a chart by W. Herbert, 1752. Finally, Bluteau gives the following:—"GUINGAM. So in some parts of the kingdom (Portugal) they call the excrement of the Silkworm, _Bombicis excrementum_. GUINGÃO. A certain stuff which is made in the territories of the Mogul. _Beirames_, GUINGOENS, _Canequis_, &c. (_Godinho, Viagam da India_, 44)." Wilson gives _kinḍan_ as the Tamil equivalent of _gingham_, and perhaps intends to suggest that it is the original of this word. The _Tamil Dict._ gives "_kinḍan_, a kind of coarse cotton cloth, striped or chequered." [The _Madras Gloss._ gives Can. _ginta_, Tel. _gintena_, Tam. _kinḍan_, with the meaning of "double-thread texture." The _N.E.D._, following Scott, _Malayan Words in English_, 142 _seq._, accepts the Javanese derivation as given above: "Malay _ginggang_ ... a striped or checkered cotton fabric known to Europeans in the East as '_gingham_.' As an adjective, the word means, both in Malay and Javanese, where it seems to be original, 'striped.' The full expression is _kāin ginggang_, 'striped cloth' (_Grashuis_). The Tamil '_kinḍan_, a kind of coarse cotton cloth, striped or chequered' (quoted in _Yule_), cannot be the source of the European forms, nor, I think, of the Malayan forms. It must be an independent word, or a perversion of the Malayan term." On the other hand, Prof. Skeat rejects the Eastern derivation on the ground that "no one explains the spelling. The right explanation is simply that _gingham_ is an old English spelling of _Guingamp_. See the account of the 'towne of Gyngham' in the _Paston Letters_, ed. _Gairdner_, iii. 357." (8th ser. _Notes and Queries_, iv. 386.)]
c. 1567.—Cesare Federici says there were at Tana many weavers who made "_ormesini_ e GINGANI di lana e di bombaso"—ginghams of wool and cotton.—_Ramusio_, iii. 387_v_.
1602.—"With these toils they got to Arakan, and took possession of two islets which stood at the entrance, where they immediately found on the beach two sacks of mouldy biscuit, and a box with some GINGHAMS (_guingões_) in it."—_De Couto_, Dec. IV. liv. iv. cap. 10.
1615.—"Captain Cock is of opinion that the GINGHAMS, both white and browne, which yow sent will prove a good commodity in the Kinge of Shashmahis cuntry, who is a Kinge of certaine of the most westermost ilandes of Japon ... and hath conquered the ilandes called The Leques."—_Letter appd. to Cocks's Diary_, ii. 272.
1648.—"The principal names (of the stuffs) are these: GAMIGUINS, BAFTAS, _Chelas_ (see PIECE-GOODS), _Assamanis_ (_asmānīs_? sky-blues), _Madafoene_, _Beronis_ (see BEIRAMEE), _Tricandias_, _Chittes_ (see CHINTZ), _Langans_ (see LUNGOOTY?), _Toffochillen_ (_Tafṣīla_, a gold stuff from Mecca; see ADATI, ALLEJA), _Dotias_ (see DHOTY)."—_Van Twist_, 63.
1726.—In a list of cloths at Pulicat:
"_Gekeperde_ GINGGANGS (Twilled ginghams) Ditto _Chialones_ (shaloons?)"—_Valentijn, Chor._ 14.
Also
"Bore (?) GINGGANES driedraad."—v. 128.
1770.—"Une centaine de balles de mouchoirs, de pagnes, et de GUINGANS, d'un très beau rouge, que les Malabares fabriquent à Gaffanapatam, où ils sont établis depuis très longtemps."—_Raynal, Hist. Philos._, ii. 15, quoted by _Littré_.
1781.—"The trade of Fort St. David's consists in longcloths of different colours, sallamporees, morees, dimities, GINGHAMS, and succatoons."—_Carraccioli's L. of Clive_, i. 5. [Mr. Whiteway points out that this is taken word for word from _Hamilton, New Account_ (i. 355), who wrote 40 years before.]
" "_Sadras_ est renommé par ses GUINGANS, ses toiles peintes; et _Paliacate_ par ses mouchoirs."—_Sonnerat_, i. 41.
1793.—"Even the GINGHAM waistcoats, which striped or plain have so long stood their ground, must, I hear, ultimately give way to the stronger KERSEYMERE (q.v.)."—_Hugh Boyd, Indian Observer_, 77.
1796.—"GUINGANI are cotton stuffs of Bengal and the Coromandel coast, in which the cotton is interwoven with thread made from certain barks of trees."—_Fra Paolino, Viaggio_, p. 35.
GINGI, JINJEE, &c., n.p. Properly _Chenji_, [_Shenji_; and this from Tam. _shingi_, Skt. _sṛingi_, 'a hill']. A once celebrated hill-fortress in S. Arcot, 50 [44] m. N.E. of Cuddalore, 35 m. N.W. from Pondicherry, and at one time the seat of a Mahratta principality. It played an important part in the wars of the first three-quarters of the 18th century, and was held by the French from 1750 to 1761. The place is now entirely deserted.
c. 1616.—"And then they were to publish a proclamation in Negapatam, that no one was to trade at Tevenapatam, at Porto Novo, or at any other port of the Naik of GINJA, or of the King of Massulapatam, because these were declared enemies of the state, and all possible war should be made on them for having received among them the Hollanders...."—_Bocarro_, p. 619.
1675.—"Approve the treaty with the Cawn [see KHAN] of CHENGIE."—_Letter from Court to Fort St. Geo._ In _Notes and Exts._, No. i. 5.
1680.—"Advice received ... that Santogee, a younger brother of Sevagee's, had seized upon Rougnaut Pundit, the Soobidar of CHENGY Country, and put him in irons."—_Ibid._ No. iii. 44.
1752.—"It consists of two towns, called the Great and Little GINGEE.... They are both surrounded by one wall, 3 miles in circumference, which incloses the two towns, and five mountains of ragged rock, on the summits of which are built 5 strong forts.... The place is inaccessible, except from the east and south-east.... The place was well supplied with all manner of stores, and garrisoned by 150 Europeans, and sepoys and black people in great numbers...."—_Cambridge, Account of the War_, &c., 32-33.
GINSENG, s. A medical root which has an extraordinary reputation in China as a restorative, and sells there at prices ranging from 6 to 400 dollars an ounce. The plant is _Aralia Ginseng_, Benth. (N.O. _Araliaceae_). The second word represents the Chinese name _Jên-Shên_. In the literary style the drug is called simply _Shên_. And possibly _Jên_, or 'Man,' has been prefixed on account of the forked radish, man-like aspect of the root. European practitioners do not recognise its alleged virtues. That which is most valued comes from Corea, but it grows also in Mongolia and Manchuria. A kind much less esteemed, the root of _Panax quinquefolium_, L., is imported into China from America. A very closely-allied plant occurs in the Himālaya, _A. Pseudo-Ginseng_, Benth. _Ginseng_ is first mentioned by Alv. Semedo (Madrid, 1642). [See _Ball, Things Chinese_, 268 _seq._, where Dr. P. Smith seems to believe that it has some medicinal value.]
GIRAFFE, s. English, not Anglo-Indian. Fr. _girafe_, It. _giraffa_, Sp. and Port. _girafa_, old Sp. _azorafa_, and these from Ar. _al-zarāfa_, a cameleopard. The Pers. _surnāpa_, _zurnāpa_, seems to be a form curiously divergent of the same word, perhaps nearer the original. The older Italians sometimes make _giraffa_ into _seraph_. It is not impossible that the latter word, in its biblical use, may be radically connected with _giraffe_.
The oldest mention of the animal is in the Septuagint version of Deut. xiv. 5, where the word _zămăr_, rendered in the English Bible 'chamois,' is translated καμηλοπαρδάλις; and so also in the Vulgate _camelopardalus_, [probably the 'wild goat' of the Targums, not the _giraffe_ (_Encycl. Bibl._ i. 722)]. We quote some other ancient notices of the animal, before the introduction of the word before us:
c. B.C. 20.—"The animals called _camelopards_ (καμηλοπαρδάλεις) present a mixture of both the animals comprehended in this appellation. In size they are smaller than camels, and shorter in the neck; but in the distinctive form of the head and eyes. In the curvature of the back again they have some resemblance to a camel, but in colour and hair, and in the length of tail, they are like panthers."—_Diodorus_, ii. 51.
c. A.D. 20.—"_Camelleopards_ (καμηλοπαρδάλεις) are bred in these parts, but they do not in any respect resemble leopards, for their variegated skin is more like the streaked and spotted skin of fallow deer. The hinder quarters are so very much lower than the fore quarters, that it seems as if the animal sat upon its rump.... It is not, however, a wild animal, but rather like a domesticated beast; for it shows no sign of a savage disposition."—_Strabo_, Bk. XVI. iv. § 18, E.T. by _Hamilton_ and _Falconer_.
c. A.D. 210.—Athenaeus, in the description which he quotes of the wonderful procession of Ptolemy Philadelphus at Alexandria, besides many other strange creatures, details 130 Ethiopic sheep, 20 of Eubœa, 12 white _koloi_, 26 Indian oxen, 8 Aethiopic, a huge white bear, 14 pardales and 16 panthers, 4 lynxes, 3 _arkēloi_, one _camēlopardalis_, 1 Ethiopic Rhinoceros.—Bk. V. cap. xxxii.
c. A.D. 520.—
"Ἔννεπέ μοι κἀκεῖνα, πολύθρος Μοῦσα λιγεῖα, μικτὰ φύσιν θηρῶν, διχόθεν κεκερασμένα, φῦλα, πάρδαλιν αἰολόνωτον ὁμοῦ ξυνήν τε κάμηλον. * * * * * * * * Δειρή οἱ ταναὴ, στικτὸν δέμας, οὖατα βαιὰ, ψιλὸν ὕπερθε κάρη, δολιχοὶ πόδες εὐρέα ταρσὰ, κώλων δ' οὐκ ἴσα μέτρα, πόδες τ' οὐ πάμπαν ὁμοῖοι, ἀλλ' οἱ πρόσθεν ἔασιν ἀρείονες, ὑστάτιοι δὲ πολλὸν ὀλιζότεροι."—κ. τ. λ. _Oppiani Cynegetica_, iii. 461 _seqq._
c. 380.—"These also presented gifts, among which besides other things a certain species of animal, of nature both extraordinary and wonderful. In size it was equal to a camel, but the surface of its skin marked with flower-like spots. Its hinder parts and the flanks were low, and like those of a lion, but the shoulders and forelegs and chest were much higher in proportion than the other limbs. The neck was slender, and in regard to the bulk of the rest of the body was like a swan's throat in its elongation. The head was in form like that of a camel, but in size more than twice that of a Libyan ostrich.... Its legs were not moved alternately, but by pairs, those on the right side being moved together, and those on the left together, first one side and then the other.... When this creature appeared the whole multitude was struck with astonishment, and its form suggesting a name, it got from the populace, from the most prominent features of its body, the improvised name of _camelopardalis_."—_Heliodorus, Aethiopica_, x. 27.
c. 940.—"The most common animal in those countries is the _giraffe_ (ZARĀFA) ... some consider its origin to be a variety of the camel; others say it is owing to a union of the camel with the panther: others in short that it is a particular and distinct species, like the horse, the ass, or the ox, and not the result of any cross-breed.... In Persian the giraffe is called _Ushturgāo_ ('camel-cow'). It used to be sent as a present from Nubia to the kings of Persia, as in later days it was sent to the Arab princes, to the first khālifs of the house of 'Abbās, and to the Wālis of Misr.... The origin of the giraffe has given rise to numerous discussions. It has been noticed that the panther of Nubia attains a great size, whilst the camel of that country is of low stature, with short legs," &c., &c.—_Maṣ'ūdī_, iii. 3-5.
c. 1253.—"Entre les autres joiaus que il (le Vieil de la Montagne) envoia au Roy, li envoia un oliphant de cristal mout bien fait, et une beste que l'on appelle ORAFLE, de cristal aussi."—_Joinville_, ed. _de Wailly_, 250.
1271.—"In the month of Jumada II. a female giraffe in the Castle of the Hill (at Cairo) gave birth to a young one, which was nursed by a cow."—_Makrizi_ (by _Quatremère_), i. pt. 2, 106.
1298.—"Mais bien ont GIRAFFES assez qui naissent en leur pays."—_Marco Polo, Pauthier's_ ed., p. 701.
1336.—"Vidi in Kadro (Cairo) animal GERAFFAN nomine, in anteriori parte multum elevatum, longissimum collum habens, ita ut de tecto domus communis altitudinis comedere possit. Retro ita demissum est ut dorsum ejus manu hominis tangi possit. Non est ferox animal, sed ad modum jumenti pacificum, colore albo et rubeo pellem habens ordinatissime decoratam."—_Gul. de Boldensele_, 248-249.
1384.—"Ora racconteremo della GIRAFFA che bestia ella è. La giraffa è fatta quasi come lo struzzolo, salvo che l'imbusto suo non ha penne ('just like an ostrich, except that it has no feathers on its body'!) anzi ha lana branchissima ... ella è veramente a vedere una cosa molto contraffatta."—_Simone Sigoli, V. al Monte Sinai_, 182.
1404.—"When the ambassadors arrived in the city of Khoi, they found in it an ambassador, whom the Sultan of Babylon had sent to Timour Bey.... He had also with him 6 rare birds and a beast called JORNUFA ..." (then follows a very good description).—_Clavijo_, by _Markham_, pp. 86-87.
c. 1430.—"Item, I have also been in Lesser India, which is a fine Kingdom. The capital is called Dily. In this country are many elephants, and animals called SURNASA (for _surnafa_), which is like a stag, but is a tall animal and has a long neck, 4 fathoms in length or longer."—_Schiltberger_, Hak. Soc. 47.
1471.—"After this was brought foorthe a giraffa, which they call GIRNAFFA, a beaste as long legged as a great horse, or rather more; but the hinder legges are halfe a foote shorter than the former," &c. (The Italian in _Ramusio_, ii. f. 102, has "vna ZIRAPHA, la quale essi chiamano Zirnapha ouer GIRAFFA.")—_Josafa Barbaro_, in _Venetians in Persia_, Hak. Soc. 54.
1554.—"Il ne fut onc que les grands seigneurs quelques barbares qu'ilz aient esté, n'aimassent qu'on leurs presentast les bestes d'estranges pais. Aussi en auons veu plusieurs au chasteau du Caire ... entre lesquelles est celle qu'ilz nomment vulgairement ZURNAPA."—_P. Belon_, f. 118. It is remarkable to find Belon adopting this Persian form in Egypt.
GIRJA, s. This is a word for a Christian church, commonly used on the Bengal side of India, from Port. _igreja_, itself a corruption of _ecclesia_. Khāfī Khān (c. 1720) speaking of the Portuguese at Hoogly, says they called their places of worship _Kalīsā_ (_Elliot_, vii. 211). No doubt _Kalīsā_, as well as _igreja_, is a form of _ecclesia_, but the superficial resemblance is small, so it may be suspected that the Musulman writer was speaking from book-knowledge only.
1885.—"It is related that a certain Maulví, celebrated for the power of his curses, was called upon by his fellow religionists to curse a certain church built by the English in close proximity to a _Masjid_. Anxious to stand well with them, and at the same time not to offend his English rulers, he got out of the difficulty by cursing the building thus:
'GIR JĀ GHAR! GIR JĀ GHAR! GIR JĀ!'
(_i.e._) 'Fall down, house! Fall down, house! Fall down!' or simply
'Church-house! Church-house! Church!'"—_W. J. D'Gruyther_, in _Panjab Notes and Queries_, ii. 125.
The word is also in use in the Indian Archipelago:
1885.—"The village (of Wai in the Moluccas) is laid out in rectangular plots.... One of its chief edifices is the GREDJA, whose grandeur quite overwhelmed us; for it is far more elaborately decorated than many a rural parish church at home."—_H. O. Forbes, A Naturalist's Wanderings_, p. 294.
GOA, n.p. Properly _Gowa_, _Gova_, Mahr. _Goven_, [which the _Madras Gloss._ connects with Skt. _go_, 'a cow,' in the sense of the 'cowherd country']. The famous capital of the Portuguese dominions in India since its capture by Albuquerque in 1510. In earlier history and geography the place appears under the name of SINDĀBŪR or SANDĀBŪR (Sundāpūr?) (q.v.). _Govā_ or _Kuva_ was an ancient name of the southern Konkan (see in _H. H. Wilson's Works, Vishnu Purana_, ii. 164, note 20). We find the place called by the Turkish admiral Sidi 'Ali GOWAI-_Sandābūr_, which may mean "Sandābūr of Gova."
1391.—In a copper grant of this date (S. 1313) we have mention of a chief city of Kankan (see CONCAN) called GOWA and GOWĀPŪRA. See the grant as published by Major Legrand Jacob in _J. Bo. Br. B. As. Soc._ iv. 107. The translation is too loose to make it worth while to transcribe a quotation; but it is interesting as mentioning the reconquest of Goa from the _Turushkas_, _i.e._ Turks or foreign Mahommedans. We know from Ibn Batuta that Mahommedan settlers at Hunāwar had taken the place about 1344.
1510 (but referring to some years earlier). "I departed from the city of Dabuli aforesaid, and went to another island which is about a mile distant from the mainland and is called GOGA.... In this island there is a fortress near the sea, walled round after our manner, in which there is sometimes a captain who is called Savaiu, who has 400 mamelukes, he himself being also a mameluke."—_Varthema_, 115-116.
c. 1520.—"In the Island of _Tissoury_, in which is situated the city of GOA, there are 31 ALDEAS, and these are as follows...."—In _Archiv. Port. Orient._, fasc. 5.
c. 1554.—"At these words (addressed by the Vizir of Guzerat to a Portuguese Envoy) my wrath broke out, and I said: 'Malediction! You have found me with my fleet gone to wreck, but please God in his mercy, before long, under favour of the Pādshāh, you shall be driven not only from Hormuz, but from Diu and GOWA too!'"—_Sidi 'Ali Kapudān_, in _J. Asiat._ Ser. I. tom. ix. 70.
1602.—"The island of GOA is so old a place that one finds nothing in the writings of the Canaras (to whom it always belonged) about the beginning of its population. But we find that it was always so frequented by strangers that they used to have a proverbial saying: 'Let us go and take our ease among the cool shades of GOE _moat_,' which in the old language of the country means 'the cool fertile land.'"—_Couto_, IV. x. cap. 4.
1648.—"All those that have seen _Europe_ and _Asia_ agree with me that the Port of GOA, the Port of _Constantinople_, and the Port of _Toulon_, are three of the fairest Ports of all our vast continent."—_Tavernier_, E.T. ii. 74; [ed. _Ball_, i. 186].
GOA PLUM. The fruit of _Parinarium excelsum_, introduced at Goa from Mozambique, called by the Portuguese _Matomba_. "The fruit is almost pure brown sugar in a paste" (_Birdwood, MS._).
GOA POTATO. _Dioscorea aculeata_ (_Birdwood, MS._).
GOA POWDER. This medicine, which in India is procured from Goa only, is invaluable in the virulent eczema of Bombay, and other skin diseases. In eczema it sometimes acts like magic, but smarts like the cutting of a knife. It is obtained from _Andira Araroba_ (N.O. _Leguminosae_), a native (we believe) of S. America. The active principle is Chrysophanic acid (_Commn. from Sir G. Birdwood_).
GOA STONE. A factitious article which was in great repute for medical virtues in the 17th century. See quotation below from Mr. King. Sir G. Birdwood tells us it is still sold in the Bombay Bazar.
1673.—"The _Paulistines_ enjoy the biggest of all the Monasteries at St. Roch; in it is a Library, an Hospital, and an Apothecary's Shop well furnished with Medicines, where _Gasper Antonio_, a Florentine, a Lay-Brother of the Order, the Author of the GOA-STONES, brings them in 50,000 _Xerephins_, by that invention Annually; he is an Old Man, and almost Blind."—_Fryer_, 149-150.
1690.—"The double excellence of this Stone (snake-stone) recommends its worth very highly ... and much excels the deservedly famed _Gaspar Antoni_, or GOA STONE."—_Ovington_, 262.
1711.—"GOA STONES or _Pedra de Gasper Antonio_, are made by the Jesuits here: They are from ¼ to 8 Ounces each; but the Sise makes no Difference in the Price: We bought 11 Ounces for 20 _Rupees_. They are often counterfeited, but 'tis an easie Matter for one who has seen the right Sort, to discover it.... _Manooch's_ Stones at Fort St. George come the nearest to them ... both Sorts are deservedly cried up for their Vertues."—_Lockyer_, 268.
1768-71.—"Their medicines are mostly such as are produced in the country. Amongst others, they make use of a kind of little artificial stone, that is manufactured at GOA, and possesses a strong aromatic scent. They give scrapings of this, in a little water mixed with sugar, to their patients."—_Stavorinus_, E.T. i. 454.
1867.—"The GOA-STONE was in the 16th (?) and 17th centuries as much in repute as the Bezoar, and for similar virtues ... It is of the shape and size of a duck's egg, has a greyish metallic lustre, and though hard, is friable. The mode of employing it was to take a minute dose of the powder scraped from it in one's drink every morning ... So precious was it esteemed that the great usually carried it about with them in a casket of gold filigree."—_Nat. Hist. of Gems_, by _C. W. King, M.A._, p. 256.
GOBANG, s. The game introduced some years ago from Japan. The name is a corr. of Chinese _K'i-p'an_, 'checker-board.'
[1898.—"GO, properly _gomoku narabe_, often with little appropriateness termed 'checkers' by European writers, is the most popular of the indoor pastimes of the Japanese,—a very different affair from the simple game known to Europeans as GOBAN or GOBANG, properly the name of the board on which GO is played."—_Chamberlain, Things Japanese_, 3rd ed., 190 _seq._, where a full account of the game will be found.]
GODAVERY, n.p. Skt. _Godāvarī_, 'giving kine.' Whether this name of northern etymology was a corruption of some indigenous name we know not. [The Dravidian name of the river is _Goday_ (Tel. _gode_, 'limit'), of which the present name is possibly a corruption.] It is remarkable how the Godavery is ignored by writers and map-makers till a comparatively late period, with the notable exception of D. João de Castro, in a work, however, not published till 1843. Barros, in his trace of the coasts of the Indies (Dec. I. ix. cap. 1), mentions GUDAVARIJ as a place adjoining a cape of the same name (which appears in some much later charts as C. _Gordewar_), but takes no notice of the great river, so far as we are aware, in any part of his history. Linschoten also speaks of the _Punto de_ GUADOVARYN, but not of the river. Nor does his map show the latter, though showing the Kistna distinctly. The small general map of India in "_Cambridge's Acc. of the War in India_," 1761, confounds the sources of the Godavery with those of the Mahanadi (of Orissa) and carries the latter on to combine with the western rivers of the Ganges Delta. This was evidently the prevailing view until Rennell published the first edition of his _Memoir_ (1783), in which he writes:
"The Godavery river, or Gonga GODOWRY, commonly called _Ganga_ in European maps, and sometimes _Gang_ in Indian histories, has generally been represented as the same river with that of Cattack.
"As we have no authority that I can find for supposing it, the opinion must have been taken up, on a supposition that there was no opening between the mouths of the Kistna and Mahanadee (or Cattack river) of magnitude sufficient for such a river as the Ganga" (pp. 74-75) [also _ibid._ 2nd ed. 244]. As to this error see also a quotation from D'Anville under KEDGEREE. It is probable that what that geographer says in his _Éclaircissemens_, p. 135, that he had no real idea of the Godavery. That name occurs in his book only as "la pointe de GAUDEWARI." This point, he says, is about E.N.E. of the "river of Narsapur," at a distance of about 12 leagues; "it is a low land, intersected by several river-arms, forming the mouths of that which the maps, esteemed to be most correct, call _Wenseron_; and the river of Narsapur is itself one of those arms, according to a MS. map in my possession." Narsaparam is the name of a taluk on the westernmost delta branch, or Vasishta Godāvarī [see _Morris, Man. of Godavery Dist._, 193]. _Wenseron_ appears on a map in Baldaeus (1672), as the name of one of the two mouths of the Eastern or Gautamī Godāvarī, entering the sea near Coringa. It is perhaps the same name as _Injaram_ on that branch, where there was an English Factory for many years.
In the neat map of "Regionum Choromandel, Golconda, et Orixa," which is in Baldaeus (1672), there is no indication of it whatever except as a short inlet from the sea called GONDEWARY.
1538.—"The noblest rivers of this province (_Daquem_ or Deccan) are six in number, to wit: Crusna (_Krishna_), in many places known as Hinapor, because it passes by a city of this name (_Hindapūr?_); Bivra (read _Bima?_); these two rivers join on the borders of the Deccan and the land of CANARA (q.v.), and after traversing great distances enter the sea in the Oria territory; Malaprare (_Malprabha?_); GUODAVAM (read GUODAVARI) otherwise called Gangua; Purnadi; Tapi. Of these the Malaprare enters the sea in the Oria territory, and so does the GUODAVAM; but Purnadi and Tapi enter the Gulf of Cambay at different points."—_João de Castro, Primeiro Roteiro da Costa da India_, pp. 6, 7.
c. 1590.—"Here (in Berar) are rivers in abundance; especially the Ganga of Gotam, which they also call GODOVĀRĪ. The Ganga of Hindustan they dedicate to Mahadeo, but this Ganga to Gotam. And they tell wonderful legends of it, and pay it great adoration. It has its springs in the Sahyā Hills near Trimbak, and passing through the Wilāyat of Ahmadnagar, enters Berār and thence flows on to Tilingāna."—_Āīn-i-Akbari_ (orig.) i. 476; [ed. _Jarrett,_ ii. 228.] We may observe that the most easterly of the Delta branches of the Godavery is still called _Gautami_.
GODDESS, s. An absurd corruption which used to be applied by our countrymen in the old settlements in the Malay countries to the young women of the land. It is Malay _gādīs_, 'a virgin.'
c. 1772.—
"And then how strange, at night opprest By toils, with songs you're lulled to rest; Of rural GODDESSES the guest, Delightful!" _W. Marsden_, in _Memoirs_, 14.
1784.—"A lad at one of these entertainments, asked another his opinion of a GADDEES who was then dancing. 'If she were plated with gold,' replied he, 'I would not take her for my concubine, much less for my wife.'"—_Marsden's H. of Sumatra_, 2nd ed., 230.
GODOWN, s. A warehouse for goods and stores; an outbuilding used for stores; a store-room. The word is in constant use in the Chinese ports as well as in India. The H. and Beng. _gudām_ is apparently an adoption of the Anglo-Indian word, not its original. The word appears to have passed to the continent of India from the eastern settlements, where the Malay word GADONG is used in the same sense of 'store-room,' but also in that of 'a house built of brick or stone.' Still the word appears to have come primarily from the South of India, where in Telugu _giḍaṅgi_, _giḍḍangi_, in Tamil _kiḍaṅgu_, signify 'a place where goods lie,' from _kiḍu_, 'to lie.' It appears in Singhalese also as _gudāma_. It is a fact that many common Malay and Javanese words are Tamil, or only to be explained by Tamil. Free intercourse between the Coromandel Coast and the Archipelago is very ancient, and when the Portuguese first appeared at Malacca they found there numerous settlers from S. India (see s.v. KLING). Bluteau gives the word as _palavra da India_, and explains it as a "logea quasi debaixo de chão" ("almost under ground"), but this is seldom the case.
[1513.—"... in which all his rice and a GUDAM full of mace was burned."—_Letter of F. P. Andrade to Albuquerque_, Feb. 22, India Office, MSS. _Corpo Chronologico_, vol. I.
[1552.—"At night secretly they cleared their GUDAMS, which are rooms almost under ground, for fear of fire."—_Barros_, Dec. II. Bk. vi. ch. 3.]
1552.—"... and ordered them to plunder many GODOWNS (_gudoes_) in which there was such abundance of clove, nutmeg, mace, and sandal wood, that our people could not transport it all till they had called in the people of Malacca to complete its removal."—_Castanheda_, iii. 276-7.
1561.—"... GODOWNS (_Gudões_), which are strong houses of stone, having the lower part built with lime."—_Correa_, II. i. 236. (The last two quotations refer to events in 1511.)
1570.—"... but the merchants have all one house or _Magazon_, which house they call GODON, which is made of brickes."—_Caesar Frederike_, in _Hakl._
1585.—"In the Palace of the King (at Pegu) are many magazines both of gold and of silver.... Sandalwood, and lign-aloes, and all such things, have their _gottons_ (GOTTONI), which is as much as to say separate chambers."—_Gasparo Balbi_, f. 111.
[c. 1612.—"... if I did not he would take away from me the key of the GADONG."—_Danvers, Letters_, i. 195.]
1613.—"As fortelezas e fortificações de Malayos ordinariamente erão aedifficios de matte entaypado, de que havia muytas casas e armenyas ou GODOENS que são aedifficios sobterraneos, em que os mercadores recolhem as roupas de Choromandel per il perigo de fogo."—_Godinho de Eredia_, 22.
1615.—"We paid Jno. Dono 70 _taies_ or plate of bars in full payment of the fee symple of the GADONGE over the way, to westward of English howse, whereof 100 _taies_ was paid before."—_Cocks's Diary_, i. 39; [in i. 15 GEDONGE].
[ " "An old ruined brick house or GODUNG."—_Foster, Letters_, iii. 109.
[ " "The same goods to be locked up in the GADDONES."—_Ibid._ iii. 159.]
1634.—
"Virão das ruas as secretas minas * * * * * Das abrazadas casas as ruinas, E das riquezas os GUDÕES desertos." _Malacca Conquistada_, x. 61.
1680.—"Rent Rowle of Dwelling Houses, GOEDOWNS, etc., within the Garrison in Christian Town."—In _Wheeler_, i. 253-4.
1683.—"I went to ye Bankshall to mark out and appoint a Plat of ground to build a GODOWN for ye Honble. Company's Salt Petre."—_Hedges, Diary_, March 5; [Hak. Soc. i. 67].
1696.—"Monday, 3rd August. The Choultry Justices having produced examinations taken by them concerning the murder of a child in the Black town, and the robbing of a GODOWN within the walls:—it is ordered that the Judge-Advocate do cause a session to be held on Tuesday the 11th for the trial of the criminals."—_Official Memorandum_, in _Wheeler_, i. 303.
[1800.—"The cook-room and ZODOUN at the Laul Baug are covered in."—_Wellington_, i. 66.]
1809.—"The Black Hole is now part of a GODOWN or warehouse: it was filled with goods, and I could not see it."—_Ld. Valentia_, i. 237.
1880.—"These 'GODOWNS' ... are one of the most marked features of a Japanese town, both because they are white where all else is gray, and because they are solid where all else is perishable."—_Miss Bird's Japan_, i. 264.
GOGLET, GUGLET. s. A water-bottle, usually earthenware, of globular body with a long neck, the same as what is called in Bengal more commonly a _surāhī_ (see SERAI, B., KOOZA). This is the usual form now; the article described by Linschoten and Pyrard, with a sort of cullender mouth and pebbles shut inside, was somewhat different. Corrupted from the Port. _gorgoleta_, the name of such a vessel. The French have also in this sense _gargoulette_, and a word _gargouille_, our medieval _gurgoyle_; all derivations from _gorga_, _garga_, _gorge_, 'the throat,' found in all the Romance tongues. _Tom Cringle_ shows that the word is used in the W. Indies.
1598.—"These cruses are called GORGOLETTA."—_Linschoten_, 60; [Hak. Soc. i. 207].
1599.—In _Debry_, vii. 28, the word is written GORGOLANE.
c. 1610.—"Il y a une pièce de terre fort delicate, et toute percée de petits trous façonnez, et au dedans y a de petites pierres qui ne peuvent sortir, c'est pour nettoyer le vase. Ils appellent cela GARGOULETTE: l'eau n'en sorte que peu à la fois."—_Pyrard de Laval_, ii. 43; [Hak Soc. ii. 74, and see i. 329].
[1616.—"... 6 GORGOLETTS."—_Foster, Letters_, iv. 198.]
1648.—"They all drink out of GORGELANES, that is out of a Pot with a Spout, without setting the Mouth thereto."—_T. Van Spilbergen's Voyage_, 37.
c. 1670.—"Quand on est à la maison on a des GOURGOULETTES ou aiguières d'une certaine pierre poreuse."—_Bernier_ (ed. Amst.), ii. 214; [and comp. ed. _Constable_, 356].
1688.—"L'on donne à chacun de ceux que leur malheur conduit dans ces saintes prisons, un pot de terre plein d'eau pour se laver, un autre plus propre de ceux qu'on appelle GURGULETA, aussi plein d'eau pour boire."—_Dellon, Rel. de l'Inquisition de Goa_, 135.
c. 1690.—"The Siamese, Malays, and Macassar people have the art of making from the larger coco-nut shells most elegant drinking vessels, cups, and those other receptacles for water to drink called GORGELETTE, which they set with silver, and which no doubt by the ignorant are supposed to be made of the precious Maldive cocos."—_Rumphius_, I. iii.
1698.—"The same way they have of cooling their Liquors, by a wet cloth wrapped about their GURGULETS and Jars, which are vessels made of a porous Kind of Earth."—_Fryer_, 47.
1726.—"However, they were much astonished that the water in the GORGOLETS in that tremendous heat, especially out of doors, was found quite cold."—_Valentijn, Choro._ 59.
1766.—"I perfectly remember having said that it would not be amiss for General Carnac to have a man with a GOGLET of water ready to pour on his head, whenever he should begin to grow warm in debate."—_Lord Clive, Consn. Fort William_, Jan. 29. In _Long_, 406.
1829.—"Dressing in a hurry, find the drunken bheesty ... has mistaken your boot for the GOGLET in which you carry your water on the line of march."—_Shipp's Memoirs_, ii. 149.
c. 1830.—"I was not long in finding a bottle of very tolerable rum, some salt junk, some biscuit, and a GOGLET, or porous earthen jar of water, with some capital cigars."—_Tom Cringle_, ed. 1863, 152.
1832.—"Murwan sent for a woman named Joada, and handing her some virulent poison folded up in a piece of paper, said, 'If you can throw this into Hussun's GUGGLET, he on drinking a mouthful or two of water will instantly bring up his liver piece-meal.'"—_Herklots, Qanoon-e-Islam_, 156.
1855.—"To do it (gild the Rangoon Pagoda) they have enveloped the whole in an extraordinary scaffolding of bamboos, which looks as if they had been enclosing the pagoda in basketwork to keep it from breaking, as you would do with a water GOGLET for a _dâk_ journey."—In _Blackwood's Mag._, May, 1856.
GOGO, GOGA, n.p. A town on the inner or eastern shore of Kattywar Peninsula, formerly a seaport of some importance, with an anchorage sheltered by the Isle of Peram (the _Beiram_ of the quotation from Ibn Batuta). Gogo appears in the Catalan map of 1375. Two of the extracts will show how this unhappy city used to suffer at the hands of the Portuguese. Gogo is now superseded to a great extent by Bhaunagar, 8 m. distant.
1321.—"Dated from CAGA the 12th day of October, in the year of the Lord 1321."—_Letter of Fr. Jordanus_, in _Cathay_, &c. i. 228.
c. 1343.—"We departed from Beiram and arrived next day at the city of ḲŪKA, which is large, and possesses extensive bazars. We anchored 4 miles off because of the ebb tide."—_Ibn Batuta_, iv. 60.
1531.—"The Governor (Nuno da Cunha) ... took counsel to order a fleet to remain behind to make war upon Cambaya, leaving Antonio de Saldanha with 50 sail, to wit: 4 galeons, and the rest galleys and galeots, and rowing-vessels of the King's, with some private ones eager to remain, in the greed for prize. And in this fleet there stayed 1000 men with good will for the plunder before them, and many honoured gentlemen and captains. And running up the Gulf they came to a city called GOGA, peopled by rich merchants; and the fleet entering by the river ravaged it by fire and sword, slaying much people...."—_Correa_, iii. 418.
[c. 1590.—"GHOGEH." See under SURATH.]
1602.—"... the city of GOGÁ, which was one of the largest and most opulent in traffic, wealth and power of all those of Cambaya.... This city lies almost at the head of the Gulf, on the western side, spreading over a level plain, and from certain ruins of buildings still visible, seems to have been in old times a very great place, and under the dominion of certain foreigners."—_Couto_, IV. vii. cap. 5.
1614.—"The passage across from Surrate to GOGA is very short, and so the three fleets, starting at 4 in the morning, arrived there at nightfall.... The next day the Portuguese returned ashore to burn the city ... and entering the city they set fire to it in all quarters, and it began to blaze with such fury that there was burnt a great quantity of merchandize (_fazendas de porte_), which was a huge loss to the Moors.... After the burning of the city they abode there 3 days, both captains and soldiers content with the abundance of their booty, and the fleet stood for Dio, taking, besides the goods that were on board, many boats in tow laden with the same."—_Bocarro, Decada_, 333.
[c. 1660.—"A man on foot going by land to a small village named the GAUGES, and from thence crossing the end of the Gulf, can go from Diu to Surat in four or five days...."—_Tavernier_, ed. _Ball_, ii. 37.]
1727.—"GOGA is a pretty large Town ... has some Trade.... It has the Conveniences of a Harbour for the largest Ships, though they lie dry on soft Mud at low Water."—_A. Hamilton_, i. 143.
GOGOLLA, GOGALA, n.p. This is still the name of a village on a peninsular sandy spit of the mainland, opposite to the island and fortress of Diu, and formerly itself a fort. It was known in the 16th century as the _Villa dos Rumes_, because Melique Az (Malik Ayāz, the Mahom. Governor), not much trusting the Rumes (_i.e._ the Turkish Mercenaries), "or willing that they should be within the Fortress, sent them to dwell there." (_Barros_, II. iii. cap. 5).
1525.—"Paga DYO e GOGOLLA a el Rey de Cambaya treze layques em tangas ... xiij laiques."—_Lembrança_, 34.
1538.—In _Botelho, Tombo_, 230, 239, we find "Alfandegua de GUOGUALAA."
1539.—"... terminating in a long and narrow tongue of sand, on which stands a fort which they call GOGALA, and the Portuguese the _Villa dos Rumes_. On the point of this tongue the Portuguese made a beautiful round bulwark."—_João de Castro, Primeiro Roteiro_, p. 218.
GOLAH, s. Hind. _golā_ (from _gol_, 'round'). A store-house for grain or salt; so called from the typical form of such store-houses in many parts of India, viz. a circular wall of mud with a conical roof. [One of the most famous of these is the _Golā_ at Patna, completed in 1786, but never used.]
[1785.—"We visited the GOLA, a building intended for a public granary."—In _Forbes, Or. Mem._ 2nd ed. ii. 445.]
1810.—"The GOLAH, or warehouse."—_Williamson, V. M._ ii. 343.
1878.—"The villagers, who were really in want of food, and maddened by the sight of those GOLAHS stored with grain, could not resist the temptation to help themselves."—_Life in the Mofussil_, ii. 77.
GOLD MOHUR FLOWER, s. _Caesalpinia pulcherrima_, Sw. The name is a corruption of the H. _gulmor_, which is not in the dictionaries, but is said to mean 'peacock-flower.'
[1877.—"The crowd began to press to the great GOOL-MOHUR tree."—_Allardyce, City of Sunshine_, iii. 207.]
GOLE, s. The main body of an army in array; a clustered body of troops; an irregular squadron of horsemen. P.—H. _ghol_; perhaps a confusion with the Arab. _jaul_ (_gaul_), 'a troop': [but Platts connects it with Skt. _kula_, 'an assemblage'].
1507.—"As the right and left are called Berânghâr and Sewânghâr ... and are not included in the centre which they call GHŪL, the right and left do not belong to the GHŪL."—_Baber_, 227.
1803.—"When within reach, he fired a few rounds, on which I formed my men into two GHOLES.... Both GHOLES attempted to turn his flanks, but the men behaved ill, and we were repulsed."—_Skinner, Mil. Mem._ i. 298.
1849.—"About this time a large GOLE of horsemen came on towards me, and I proposed to charge; but as they turned at once from the fire of the guns, and as there was a _nullah_ in front, I refrained from advancing after them."—_Brigadier Lockwood, Report of 2nd Cavalry Division at Battle of Goojerat._
GOMASTA, GOMASHTAH, s. Hind. from Pers. _gumāshtah_, part. 'appointed, delegated.' A native agent or factor. In Madras the modern application is to a clerk for vernacular correspondence.
1747.—"As for the Salem Cloth they beg leave to defer settling any Price for that sort till they can be advised from the GOA MASTERS (!) in that Province."—_Ft. St. David Consn._, May 11. MS. Records in India Office.
1762.—"You will direct the gentleman, GOMASTAHS, _Muttasuddies_ (see MOOTSUDDY), and _Moonshies_, and other officers of the English Company to relinquish their farms, _taalucs_ (see TALOOK), GUNGES, and GOLAHS."—_The Nabob to the Governor_, in _Van Sittart_, i. 229.
1776.—"The Magistrate shall appoint some one person his GOMASTAH or Agent in each Town."—_Halhed's Code_, 55.
1778.—"The Company determining if possible to restore their investment to the former condition ... sent GOMASTAHS, or Gentoo factors in their own pay."—_Orme_, ed. 1803, ii. 57.
c. 1785.—"I wrote an order to my GOMASTAH in the factory of Hughly."—_Carraccioli's Life of Clive_, iii. 448.
1817.—"The banyan hires a species of broker, called a GOMASTAH, at so much a month."—_Mill's Hist._ iii. 13.
1837.—"... (The Rajah) sent us a very good breakfast; when we had eaten it, his GOMASHTA (a sort of secretary, at least more like that than anything else) came to say ..."—_Letters from Madras_, 128.
GOMBROON, n.p. The old name in European documents of the place on the Persian Gulf now known as _Bandar 'Abbās_, or _'Abbāsī_. The latter name was given to it when Shāh 'Abbās, after the capture and destruction of the island city of Hormuz, established a port there. The site which he selected was the little town of GAMRŪN. This had been occupied by the Portuguese, who took it from the 'King of Lar' in 1612, but two years later it was taken by the Shāh. The name is said (in the _Geog. Magazine_, i. 17) to be Turkish, meaning 'a Custom House.' The word alluded to is probably _gumruḳ_, which has that meaning, and which is again, through Low Greek, from the Latin _commercium_. But this etymology of the name seems hardly probable. That indicated in the extract from A. Hamilton below is from Pers. _ḳamrūn_, 'a shrimp,' or Port. _camarão_, meaning the same.
The first mention of Gombroon in the E. I. Papers seems to be in 1616, when Edmund Connok, the Company's chief agent in the Gulf, calls it "_Gombraun_, the best port in all Persia," and "that hopeful and glorious port of Gombroon" (_Sainsbury_, i. 484-5; [_Foster, Letters_, iv. 264]). There was an English factory here soon after the capture of Hormuz, and it continued to be maintained in 1759, when it was taken by the Comte d'Estaing. The factory was re-established, but ceased to exist a year or two after.
[1565.—"_Bamdel_ GOMBRUC, so-called in Persian and Turkish, which means Custom-house."—_Mestre Afonso's Overland Journey, Ann. Maritim. e Colon._ ser. 4. p. 217.]
1614.—(The Captain-major) "under orders of Dom Luis da Gama returned to succour COMORÃO, but found the enemy's fleet already there and the fort surrendered.... News which was heard by Dom Luis da Gama and most of the people of Ormuz in such way as might be expected, some of the old folks of Ormuz prognosticating at once that in losing COMORÃO Ormuz itself would be lost before long, seeing that the former was like a barbican or outwork on which the rage of the Persian enemy spent itself, giving time to Ormuz to prepare against their coming thither."—_Bocarro, Decada_, 349.
1622.—"That evening, at two hours of the night, we started from below that fine tree, and after travelling about a league and a half ... we arrived here in COMBRÙ, a place of decent size and population on the sea-shore, which the Persians now-a-days, laying aside as it were the old name, call the 'Port of Abbas,' because it was wrested from the Portuguese, who formerly possessed it, in the time of the present King Abbas."—_P. della Valle_, ii. 413; [in Hak. Soc. i. 3, he calls it COMBU].
c. 1630.—"GUMBROWN (or _Gomroon_, as some pronounce it) is by most Persians Κατ' ἐξοχὴν cald _Bander_ or the Port Towne ... some (but I commend them not) write it _Gamrou_, others _Gomrow_, and other-some _Cummeroon_.... A Towne it is of no Antiquity, rising daily out of the ruines of late glorious (now most wretched) _Ormus_."—_Sir T. Herbert_, 121.
1673.—"The Sailors had stigmatized this place of its Excessive Heat, with this sarcastical Saying, _That there was but an Inch-Deal between_ GOMBEROON _and Hell_"—_Fryer_, 224.
Fryer in another place (marginal rubric, p. 331) says: "GOMBROON ware, made of Earth, the best next China." Was this one of the sites of manufacture of the Persian porcelain now so highly prized? ["The main varieties of this Perso-Chinese ware are the following:—(1) A sort of semi-porcelain, called by English dealers, quite without reason, '_Gombroon_ ware,' which is pure white and semi-transparent, but, unlike Chinese porcelain, is soft and friable where not protected by the glaze."—_Ency. Brit._ 9th ed. xix. 621.]
1727.—"This GOMBROON was formerly a Fishing Town, and when _Shaw Abass_ began to build it, had its Appellation from the Portugueze, in Derision, because it was a good place for catching Prawns and Shrimps, which they call CAMERONG."—_A. Hamilton_, i. 92; [ed. 1744, i. 93].
1762.—"As this officer (Comte d'Estaing) ... broke his parole by taking and destroying our settlements at GOMBROON, and upon the west Coast of Sumatra, at a time when he was still a prisoner of war, we have laid before his Majesty a true state of the case."—In _Long_, 288.
GOMUTÍ, s. Malay _gumuti_ [Scott gives _gāmūti_]. A substance resembling horsehair, and forming excellent cordage (the _cabos negros_ of the Portuguese—_Marre, Kata-Kata Malayou_, p. 92), sometimes improperly called COIR (q.v.), which is produced by a palm growing in the Archipelago, _Arenga saccharifera_, Labill. (_Borassus Gomutus_, Lour.). The tree also furnishes _ḳalams_ or reed-pens for writing, and the material for the poisoned arrows used with the blow-tube. The name of the palm itself in Malay is _anau_. (See SAGWIRE.) There is a very interesting account of this palm in _Rumphius, Herb. Amb._, i. pl. xiii. Dampier speaks of the fibre thus:
1686.—"... There is another sort of Coire cables ... that are black, and more strong and lasting, and are made of Strings that grow like Horse-hair at the Heads of certain Trees, almost like the Coco-trees. This sort comes mostly from the Island of Timor."—i. 295.
GONG, s. This word appears to be Malay (or, according to Crawfurd, originally Javanese), _gong_ or _agong_. ["The word _gong_ is often said to be Chinese. Clifford and Swettenham so mark it; but no one seems to be able to point out the Chinese original" (_Scott, Malayan Words in English_, 53).] Its well-known application is to a disk of thin bell-metal, which when struck with a mallet, yields musical notes, and is used in the further east as a substitute for a bell. ["The name _gong_, _agong_, is considered to be imitative or suggestive of the sound which the instrument produces" (_Scott_, _loc. cit._ 51).] Marcel Devic says that the word exists in all the languages of the Archipelago; [for the variants see _Scott_, _loc. cit._]. He defines it as meaning "instrument de musique aussi appelé _tam-tam_"; but see under TOM-TOM. The great drum, to which Dampier applies the name, was used like the metallic _gong_ for striking the hour. Systems of _gongs_ variously arranged form harmonious musical instruments among the Burmese, and still more elaborately among the Javanese.
The word is commonly applied by Anglo-Indians also to the H. _ghanṭā_ (_ganṭa_, Dec.) or _ghaṛī_, a thicker metal disc, not musical, used in India for striking the hour (see GHURRY). The _gong_ being used to strike the hour, we find the word applied by Fryer (like _gurry_) to the hour itself, or interval denoted.
c. 1590.—"In the morning before day the Generall did strike his GONGO, which is an instrument of War that soundeth like a Bell."—(This was in Africa, near Benguela). _Advent. of Andrew Battel_, in _Purchas_, ii. 970.
1673.—"They have no Watches nor Hour-Glasses, but measure Time by the dropping of Water out of a Brass Bason, which holds a GHONG, or less than half an Hour; when they strike once distinctly, to tell them it's the First GHONG, which is renewed at the Second GHONG for Two, and so Three at the End of it till they come to Eight; when they strike on the Brass Vessel at their liberty to give notice the _Pore_ (see PUHUR) is out, and at last strike One leisurely to tell them it is the First _Pore_."—_Fryer_, 186.
1686.—"In the Sultan's Mosque (at Mindanao) there is a great Drum with but one Head, called a GONG; which is instead of a Clock. This GONG is beaten at 12 a Clock, at 3, 6, and 9."—_Dampier_, i. 333.
1726.—"These GONGS (gongen) are beaten very gently at the time when the Prince is going to make his appearance."—_Valentijn_, iv. 58.
1750-52.—"Besides these (in China) they have little drums, great and small kettle drums, GUNGUNGS or round brass basons like frying pans."—_Olof Toreen_, 248.
1817.—
"War music bursting out from time to time With GONG and tymbalon's tremendous chime."—_Lalla Rookh, Mokanna._
Tremendous sham poetry!
1878.—"... le nom plébéien ... sonna dans les salons.... Comme un coup de cymbale, un de ces GONGS qui sur les théâtres de féerie annoncent les apparitions fantastiques."—_Alph. Daudet, Le Nabab_, ch. 4.
GOODRY, s. A quilt; H. _gudṛī_. [The _gudṛī_, as distinguished from the _razāi_ (see ROZYE), is the bundle of rags on which Faḳīrs and the very poorest people sleep.]
1598.—"They make also faire couerlits, which they call GODORIINS [or] Colchas, which are very faire and pleasant to the eye, stitched with silke; and also of cotton of all colours and stitchinges."—_Linschoten_, ch. 9; [Hak. Soc. i. 61].
c. 1610.—"Les matelats et les couvertures sont de soye ou de toille de coton façonnée à toutes sortes de figures et couleur. Ils appellent cela GOULDRINS."—_Pyrard de Laval_, ii. 3; [Hak. Soc. ii. 4].
1653.—"GOUDRIN est vn terme Indou et Portugais, qui signifie des couuertures picquées de cotton."—_De la Boullaye-le-Gouz_, ed. 1657, p. 539.
[1819.—"He directed him to go to his place, and take a GODHRA of his (a kind of old patched counterpane of shreds, which Fuqueers frequently have to lie down upon and throw over their shoulders)."—_Tr. Lit. Soc. Bo._ i. 113.]
GOOGUL, s. H. _gugal_, _guggul_, Skt. _guggula_, _guggulu_. The aromatic gum-resin of the _Balsamodendron Mukul_, Hooker (_Amyris agallocha_, Roxb.), the _muḳl_ of the Arabs, and generally supposed to be the BDELLIUM of the ancients. It is imported from the Beyla territory, west of Sind (see _Bo. Govt. Selections_ (N.S.), No. xvii. p. 326).
1525.—(Prices at Cambay). "GUGALL d'orumuz (the maund), 16 _fedeas_."—_Lembrança_, 43.
1813.—"GOGUL is a species of bitumen much used at Bombay and other parts of India, for painting the bottom of ships."—_Milburn_, i. 137.
GOOJUR, n.p. H. _Gūjar_, Skt. _Gurjjara_. The name of a great Hindu clan, very numerous in tribes and in population over nearly the whole of Northern India, from the Indus to Rohilkhand. In the Delhi territory and the Doab they were formerly notorious for thieving propensities, and are still much addicted to cattle-theft; and they are never such steady and industrious cultivators as the _Jāts_, among whose villages they are so largely interspersed. In the Punjab they are Mahommedans. Their extensive diffusion is illustrated by their having given name to Gujarāt (see GOOZERAT) as well as to _Gujrāt_ and _Gujrānwāla_ in the Punjab. And during the 18th century a great part of Sahāranpūr District in the Northern Doab was also called _Gujrāt_ (see _Elliot's Races_, by _Beames_, i. 99 _seqq._).
1519.—"In the hill-country between Nilâb and Behreh ... and adjoining to the hill-country of Kashmīr, are the Jats, GUJERS, and many other men of similar tribes."—_Memoirs of Baber_, 259.
[1785.—"The road is infested by tribes of banditti called GOOGURS and mewatties."—In _Forbes, Or. Mem._ 2nd ed. II. 426.]
GOOLAIL, s. A pellet-bow. H. _gulel_, probably from Skt. _guḍa_, _gula_, the pellet used. [It is the Arabic _Kaus-al-bandūk_, by using which the unlucky Prince in the First Kalandar's Tale got into trouble with the Wazīr (_Burton, Arab. Nights_, i. 98).]
1560.—Busbeck speaks of being much annoyed with the multitude and impudence of kites at Constantinople: "ego interim cum MANUALI BALISTA post columnam sto, modo hujus, modo illius caudae vel alarum, ut casus tulerit, pinnas testaceis globis verberans, donec mortifero ictu unam aut alteram percussam decutio...."—_Busbeq. Epist._ iii. p. 163.
[c. 1590.—"From the general use of pellet bows which are fitted with bowstrings, sparrows are very scarce (in Kashmīr)."—_Āīn_, ed. _Jarrett_, ii. 351. In the original _kamān-i-guroha_, _guroha_, according to _Steingass, Dict._, being "a ball ... ball for a cannon, balista, or cross-bow."]
1600.—"O for a _stone-bow_ to hit him in the eye."—_Twelfth Night_, ii. 5.
1611.—
"Children will shortly take him for a wall, And set their _stone-bows_ in his forehead." _Beaum. & Flet., A King and No King_, V.
[1870.—"The GOOLEIL-BANS, or pellet-bow, generally used as a weapon against crows, is capable of inflicting rather severe injuries."—_Chevers, Ind. Med. Jurisprudence_, 337.]
GOOLMAUL, GOOLMOOL, s. H. _gol-māl_, 'confusion, jumble'; _gol-māl karnā_, 'to make a mess.'
[1877.—"The boy has made such a GOL-MOL (uproar) about religion that there is a risk in having anything to do with him."—_Allardyce, City of Sunshine_, ii. 106.]
[GOOMTEE, n.p. A river of the N.W.P., rising in the Shāhjahānpur District, and flowing past the cities of Lucknow and Jaunpur, and joining the Ganges between Benares and Ghāzipur. The popular derivation of the name, as in the quotation, is, as if _Ghūmtī_, from H. _ghūmnā_, 'to wind,' in allusion to its winding course. It is really from Skt. _gomati_, 'rich in cattle.'
[1848.—"The GHUMTI, which takes its name from its windings...."—_Buyers, Recoll. of N. India_, 240.]
GOONT, s. H. _gūnṭh_, _gūṭh_. A kind of pony of the N. Himālayas, strong but clumsy.
c. 1590.—"In the northern mountainous districts of Hindustan a kind of small but strong horses is bred, which is called GUṬ; and in the confines of Bengal, near Kúch, another kind of horses occurs, which rank between the _guṭ_ and Turkish horses, and are called _tánghan_ (see TANGUN); they are strong and powerful."—_Āīn_, i. 183; [also see ii. 280].
1609.—"On the further side of _Ganges_ lyeth a very mighty Prince, called _Raiaw Rodorow_, holding a mountainous Countrey ... thence commeth much Muske, and heere is a great breed of a small kind of Horse, called GUNTS, a true travelling scale-cliffe beast."—_W. Finch_, in _Purchas_, i. 438.
1831.—"In Cashmere I shall buy, without regard to price, the best GHOUNTE in Tibet."—_Jacquemont's Letters_, E.T. i. 238.
1838.—"Give your GŪNTH his head and he will carry you safely ... any horse would have struggled, and been killed; these GŪNTHS appear to understand that they must be quiet, and their master will help them."—_Fanny Parkes, Wanderings of a Pilgrim_, ii. 226.
GOORKA, GOORKALLY, n.p. H. _Gurkhā_, _Gurkhālī_. The name of the race now dominant in Nepāl, and taking their name from a town so called 53 miles W. of Khatmandu. [The name is usually derived from the Skt. _go-raksha_, 'cow-keeper.' For the early history see _Wright, H. of Nepāl_, 147]. They are probably the best soldiers of modern India, and several regiments of the Anglo-Indian army are recruited from the tribe.
1767.—"I believe, Sir, you have before been acquainted with the situation of Nipal, which has long been besieged by the GOORCULLY Rajah."—_Letter from Chief at Patna_, in _Long_, 526.
[ " "The Rajah being now dispossessed of his country, and shut up in his capital by the Rajah of GOERCULLAH, the usual channel of commerce has been obstructed."—_Letter from Council to E.I. Co._, in _Verelst, View of Bengal_, App. 36.]
GOOROO, s. H. _gurū_, Skt. _guru_; a spiritual teacher, a (Hindu) priest.
(Ancient).—"That brahman is called GURU who performs according to rule the rites on conception and the like, and feeds (the child) with rice (for the first time)."—_Manu_, ii. 142.
c. 1550.—"You should do as you are told by your parents and your GURU."—_Rāmāyana_ of Tulsī Dās, by _Growse_ (1878), 43.
[1567.—"GROUS." See quotation under CASIS.]
1626.—"There was a famous Prophet of the Ethnikes, named GORU."—_Purchas, Pilgrimage_, 520.
1700.—"... je suis fort surpris de voir à la porte ... le Pénitent au colier, qui demandoit à parler au GOUROU."—_Lettres Edif._, x. 95.
1810.—"Persons of this class often keep little schools ... and then are designated GOOROOS; a term implying that kind of respect we entertain for pastors in general."—_Williamson, V. M._ ii. 317.
1822.—"The Adventures of the GOOROO Paramartan; a tale in the Tamul Language" (translated by B. Babington from the original of Padre Beschi, written about 1720-1730), London.
1867.—"Except the GURU of Bombay, no priest on earth has so large a power of acting on every weakness of the female heart as a Mormon bishop at Salt Lake."—_Dixon's New America_, 330.
GOORUL, s. H. _gūral_, _goral_; the Himālayan chamois; _Nemorhoedus Goral_ of Jerdon. [_Cemas Goral_ of Blanford (_Mammalia_, 516).]
[1821.—"The flesh was good and tasted like that of the GHORUL, so abundant in the hilly belt towards India."—_Lloyd & Gerard's Narr._, ii. 112.
[1886.—"On Tuesday we went to a new part of the hill to shoot 'GUREL,' a kind of deer, which across a khud, looks remarkably small and more like a hare than a deer."—_Lady Dufferin, Viceregal Life_, 235.]
[GOORZEBURDAR, s. P. _gurz-bardār_, 'a mace-bearer.'
[1663.—"Among the Kours and the Mansebdars are mixed many GOURZE-BERDARS, or mace-bearers chosen for their tall and handsome persons, and whose business it is to preserve order in assemblies, to carry the King's orders, and execute his commands with the utmost speed."—_Bernier_, ed. _Constable_, 267.
[1717.—"Everything being prepared for the GOORZEBURDAR'S reception."—In _Yule, Hedges' Diary_, Hak. Soc. ii. ccclix.
[1727.—"GOOSBERDAR." See under HOSBOLHOOKUM.]
GOOZERAT, GUZERAT, n.p. The name of a famous province in Western India, Skt. _Gurjjara_, _Gurjjara-rāshtra_, Prakrit passing into H. and Mahr. _Gujarāt_, _Gujrāt_, taking its name from the Gūjar (see GOOJUR) tribe. The name covers the British Districts of Surat, Broach, Kaira, Panch Mahals, and Ahmedābād, besides the territories of the Gaekwar (see GUICOWAR) of Baroda, and a multitude of native States. It is also often used as including the peninsula of Kāthiāwāṛ or Surāshtra, which alone embraces 180 petty States.
c. 640.—Hwen T'sang passes through _Kiu-chi-lo_, _i.e._ GURJJARA, but there is some difficulty as to the position which he assigns to it.—_Pèlerins Bouddh._, iii. 166; [_Cunningham, Arch. Rep._ ii. 70 _seqq._].
1298.—"GOZURAT is a great Kingdom.... The people are the most desperate pirates in existence...."—_Marco Polo_, Bk. iii. ch. 26.
c. 1300.—"GUZERAT, which is a large country, within which are Kambáy, Somnát, Kanken-Tána, and several other cities and towns."—_Rashíduddín_, in _Elliot_, i. 67.
1300.—"The Sultan despatched Ulugh Khán to Ma'bar and GUJARÁT for the destruction of the idol-temple of Somnát, on the 20th of Jumádá'-l awwal, 698 H...."—_Amīr Khusrū_, in _Elliot_, iii. 74.
[c. 1330.—"JUZRAT." See under LAR.]
1554.—"At last we made the land of GUCHRÁT in Hindustan."—_Sidi 'Ali_, p. 79.
The name is sometimes used by the old writers for the people, and especially for the Hindu merchants or BANYANS (q.v.) of Guzerat. See _Sainsbury_, i. 445 and _passim_.
[c. 1605.—"And alsoe the GUZATTS do saile in the Portugalls shipps in euery porte of the East Indies...."—_Birdwood, First Letter Book_, 85.]
GOOZUL-KHANA, s. A bathroom; H. from Ar.—P. _ghusl-khāna_, of corresponding sense. The apartment so called was used by some of the Great Moghuls as a place of private audience.
1616.—"At eight, after supper he comes down to the GUZELCAN (v.l. GAZELCAN), a faire Court wherein in the middest is a Throne erected of freestone."—_Sir T. Roe_, in _Purchas_, ii.; [Hak. Soc. i. 106].
" "The thirteenth, at night I went to the GUSSELL CHAN, where is best opportunitie to doe business, and tooke with me the _Italian_, determining to walk no longer in darknesse, but to prooue the King...."—_Ibid._ p. 543; [in Hak. Soc. i. 202, GUZEL-CHAN; in ii. 459, GUSHEL CHOES].
c. 1660.—"The grand hall of the _Am-Kas_ opens into a more retired chamber, called the GOSEL-KANE, or the place to wash in. But few are suffered to enter there.... There it is where the king is seated in a chair ... and giveth a more particular Audience to his officers."—_Bernier_, E.T. p. 85; [ed. _Constable_, 265; _ibid._ 361 GOSLE-KANE].
GOPURA, s. The meaning of the word in Skt. is 'city-gate,' _go_ 'eye,' _pura_, 'city.' But in S. India the _gopuram_ is that remarkable feature of architecture, peculiar to the Peninsula, the great pyramidal tower over the entrance-gate to the precinct of a temple. See _Fergusson's Indian and Eastern Architecture_, 325, &c. [The same feature has been reproduced in the great temple of the Seth at Brindāban, which is designed on a S. Indian model. (_Growse, Mathura_, 260).] This feature is not, in any of the S. Indian temples, older than the 15th or 16th cent., and was no doubt adopted for purposes of defence, as indeed the _Śilpa-śāstra_ ('Books of Mechanical Arts') treatises imply. This fact may sufficiently dispose of the idea that the feature indicates an adoption of architecture from ancient Egypt.
1862.—"The GOPURAMS or towers of the great pagoda."—_Markham, Peru and India_, 408.
GORA, s. H. _gorā_, 'fair-complexioned.' A white man; a European soldier; any European who is not a SAHIB (q.v.). Plural _gorā-lōg_, 'white people.'
[1861.—"The cavalry ... rushed into the lines ... declaring that the GORA LOG (the European soldiers) were coming down upon them."—_Cave Browne, Punjab and Delhi_, i. 243.]
GORAWALLAH, s. H. _ghoṛā-wālā_, _ghoṛā_, 'a horse.' A groom or horsekeeper; used at Bombay. On the Bengal side SYCE (q.v.) is always used, on the Madras side HORSEKEEPER (q.v.).
1680.—GURRIALS, apparently for _ghoṛā-wālās_ (_Gurrials_ would be alligators, GAVIAL), are allowed with the horses kept with the Hoogly Factory.—See _Fort St. Geo. Consns. on Tour_, Dec. 12, in _Notes and Exts._, No. ii. 63.
c. 1848.—"On approaching the different points, one knows Mrs. —— is at hand, for her GORAHWALLAS wear green and gold _puggries_."—_Chow-Chow_, i. 151.
GORAYT, s. H. _goṛeṭ_, _goṛaiṭ_, [which has been connected with Skt. _ghur_, 'to shout']; a village watchman and messenger, [in the N.W.P. usually of a lower grade than the CHOKIDAR, and not, like him, paid a cash wage, but remunerated by a piece of rent-free land; one of the village establishment, whose special duty it is to watch crops and harvested grain].
[c. 1808.—"Fifteen messengers (GORAYITS) are allowed ¼ ser on the man of grain, and from 1 to 5 bigahs of land each."—_Buchanan, Eastern India_, ii. 231.]
GORDOWER, GOORDORE, s. A kind of boat in Bengal, described by Ives as "a vessel pushed on by paddles." Etym. obscure. _Ghuṛdauṛ_ is a horse-race, a race-course; sometimes used by natives to express any kind of open-air assemblage of Europeans for amusement. [The word is more probably a corr. of P. _girdāwā_, 'a patrol'; _girdāwar_, 'all around, a supervisor,' because such boats appear to be used in Bengal by officials on their tours of inspection.]
1757.—"To get two bolias (see BOLIAH), a GOORDORE, and 87 DANDIES (q.v.) from the Nazir."—_Ives_, 157.
GOSAIN, GOSSYNE, &c. s. H. and Mahr. _Gosāīn_, _Gosāī_, _Gosāvī_, _Gusā'īn_, &c., from Skt. _Goswāmī_, 'Lord of Passions' (lit. 'Lord of cows'), _i.e._ one who is supposed to have subdued his passions and renounced the world. Applied in various parts of India to different kinds of persons not necessarily celibates, but professing a life of religious mendicancy, and including some who dwell together in convents under a superior, and others who engage in trade and hardly pretend to lead a religious life.
1774.—"My hopes of seeing Teshu Lama were chiefly founded on the GOSAIN."—_Bogle_, in _Markham's Tibet_, 46.
c. 1781.—"It was at this time in the hands of a GOSINE, or Hindoo Religious."—_Hodges_, 112. (The use of this barbarism by Hodges is remarkable, common as it has become of late years.)
[1813.—"Unlike the generality of Hindoos, these GOSAINGS do not burn their dead...."—_Forbes, Or. Mem._ 2nd ed. i. 312-3; in i. 544 he writes GOSANNEE.]
1826.—"I found a lonely cottage with a light in the window, and being attired in the habit of a GOSSEIN, I did not hesitate to request a lodging for the night."—_Pandurang Hari_, 399; [ed. 1873, ii. 275].
GOSBECK, COSBEAGUE, s. A coin spoken of in Persia (at Gombroon and elsewhere). From the quotation from Fryer it appears that there was a _Goss_ and a _Gosbegi_, corresponding to Herbert's double and single _Cozbeg_. Mr. Wollaston in his _English-Persian Dict._ App. p. 436, among "Moneys now current in Persia," gives "5 _dínár_ = 1 GHĀZ; also a nominal money." The _ghāz_, then, is the name of a coin (though a coin no longer), and GHĀZ-BEGĪ was that worth 10 _dīnārs_. Marsden mentions a copper coin, called _kazbegi_ = 50 (nominal) _dīnārs_, or about 3½_d._ (_Numism. Orient._, 456.) But the value in _dīnārs_ seems to be in error. [Prof. Browne, who referred the matter to M. Husayn Kuli Khān, Secretary of the Persian Embassy in London, writes: "This gentleman states that he knows no word _ghāzī-beg_, or _g̣āzī-beg_, but that there was formerly a coin called _ghāz_, of which 5 went to the _shāhī_; but this is no longer used or spoken of." The _ghāz_ was in use at any rate as late as the time of Hajji Baba; see below.]
[1615.—"The chiefest money that is current in Persia is the _Abase_, which weigheth 2 _metzicales_. The second is the _mamede_, which is half an _abesse_. The third is the _shahey_ and is a quarter of an _abbesse_. In the _rial_ of eight are 13 _shayes_. In the _cheken_ of Venetia 20 _shayes_. In a _shaye_ are 2½ _bisties_ or CASBEGES 10. One _bistey_ is 4 CASBEGES or 2 _tanges_. The _Abasse_, _momede_ and _Shahey_ and _bistey_ are of silver; the rest are of copper like to the _pissas_ of India."—_Foster, Letters_, iii. 176.]
c. 1630.—"The _Abbasee_ is in our money sixteene pence; _Larree_ ten pence; _Mamoodee_ eight pence; _Bistee_ two pence; double COZBEG one penny; single COZBEG one half-penny; _Fluces_ are ten to a COZBEG."—_Sir T. Herbert_, ed. 1638, p. 231.
1673.—"A Banyan that seemingly is not worth a GOSBECK (the lowest coin they have)."—_Fryer_, 113. See also p. 343.
" "10 COSBEAGUES is 1 Shahee; 4 Shahees is one Abassee or 16_d._"—_Ibid._ 211.
"
"Brass money with characters, Are a GOSS, ten whereof compose a Shahee, A GOSBEEGE, five of which go to a Shahee." _Ibid._ 407.
1711.—"10 COZ, or _Pice_, a Copper Coin, are 1 Shahee."—_Lockyer_, 241.
1727.—"1 _Shahee_ is ... 10 GAAZ or COSBEGS."—_A. Hamilton_, ii. 311; [ed. 1744].
1752.—"10 COZBAUGUES or Pice (a Copper Coin) are 1 Shatree" (read _Shahee_).—_Brooks_, p. 37. See also in _Hanway_, vol. i. p. 292, KAZBEGIE; [in ii. 21, KAZBEKIE].
[1824.—"But whatever profit arose either from these services, or from the spoils of my monkey, he alone was the gainer, for I never touched a GHAUZ of it."—_Hajji Baba_, 52 _seq._]
1825.—"A toman contains 100 mamoodies; a new abassee, 2 mamoodies or 4 shakees ... a shakee, 10 COZ or COZBAUGUES, a small copper coin."—_Milburn_, 2nd ed. p. 95.
GOSHA, adj. Used in some parts, as an Anglo-Indian technicality, to indicate that a woman was secluded, and cannot appear in public. It is short for P. _gosha-nishīn_, 'sitting in a corner'; and is much the same as _parda-nishīn_ (see PURDAH).
GOUNG, s. Burm. _gaung_; a village head man. ["Under the Thoogyee were _Rwa_-GOUNG, or heads of villages, who aided in the collection of the revenue and were to some extent police officials." (_Gazetteer of Burma_, i. 480.)]
A. GOUR, s. H. _gāur_, _gāuri gāē_, (but not in the dictionaries), [Platts gives _gaur_, Skt. _gaura_, 'white, yellowish, reddish, pale red']. The great wild ox, _Gavaeus Gaurus_, Jerd.; [_Bos gaurus_, Blanford (_Mammalia_), 484 _seq._], the same as the BISON (q.v.). [The classical account of the animal will be found in _Forsyth, Highlands of Central India_, ed. 1889, pp. 109 _seqq._]
1806.—"They erect strong fences, but the buffaloes generally break them down.... They are far larger than common buffaloes. There is an account of a similar kind called the GORE; one distinction between it and the buffalo is the length of the hoof."—_Elphinstone_, in _Life_, i. 156.
B. GOUR, s. Properly Can. _gauḍ_, _gauṛ_, _gauḍa_. The head man of a village in the Canarese-speaking country; either as corresponding to PATEL, or to the ZEMINDAR of Bengal. [See _F. Buchanan, Mysore_, i. 268; _Rice, Mysore_, i. 579.]
c. 1800.—"Every Tehsildary is farmed out in villages to the GOURS or head-men."—In _Munro's Life_, iii. 92.
C. GOUR, n.p. _Gauṛ_, the name of a medieval capital of Bengal, which lay immediately south of the modern civil station of Malda, and the traces of which, with occasional Mahommedan buildings, extend over an immense area, chiefly covered with jungle. The name is a form of the ancient _Gauḍa_, meaning, it is believed, 'the country of sugar,' a name applied to a large part of Bengal, and specifically to the portion where those remains lie. It was the residence of a Hindu dynasty, the Senas, at the time of the early Mahommedan invasions, and was popularly known as _Lakhnāotī_; but the reigning king had transferred his seat to Nadiya (70 m. above Calcutta) before the actual conquest of Bengal in the last years of the 12th century. Gaur was afterwards the residence of several Mussulman dynasties. [See _Ravenshaw, Gaur, its Ruins and Inscriptions_, 1878.]
1536.—"But Xercansor [Shīr Khān Sūr, afterwards King of Hindustan as Shīr Shāh] after his success advanced along the river till he came before the city of GOURO to besiege it, and ordered a lodgment to be made in front of certain verandahs of the King's Palace which looked upon the river; and as he was making his trenches certain Rumis who were resident in the city, desiring that the King should prize them highly (_d'elles fizesse cabedal_) as he did the Portuguese, offered their service to the King to go and prevent the enemy's lodgment, saying that he should also send the Portuguese with them."—_Correa_, iii. 720.
[1552.—"CAOR." See under BURRAMPOOTER.]
1553.—"The chief city of the Kingdom (of Bengala) is called GOURO. It is situated on the banks of the Ganges, and is said to be 3 of our leagues in length, and to contain 200,000 inhabitants. On the one side it has the river for its defence, and on the landward faces a wall of great height ... the streets are so thronged with the concourse and traffic of people ... that they cannot force their way past ... a great part of the houses of this city are stately and well-wrought buildings."—_Barros_, IV. ix. cap. 1.
1586.—"From Patanaw I went to Tanda which is in the land of the GOUREN. It hath in times past been a kingdom, but is now subdued by Zelabdin Echebar ..."—_R. Fitch_, in _Hakluyt_, ii. 389.
1683.—"I went to see ye famous Ruins of a great Citty and Pallace called [of] GOWRE ... we spent 3½ hours in seeing ye ruines especially of the Pallace which has been ... in my judgment considerably bigger and more beautifull than the Grand Seignor's Seraglio at Constantinople or any other Pallace that I have seen in Europe."—_Hedges, Diary_, May 16; [Hak. Soc. i. 88].
GOVERNOR'S STRAITS, n.p. This was the name applied by the Portuguese (_Estreito do Gobernador_) to the Straits of Singapore, _i.e._ the straits south of that island (or New Strait). The reason of the name is given in our first quotation. The Governor in question was the Spaniard Dom João da Silva.
1615.—"The Governor sailed from Manilha in March of this year with 10 galleons and 2 galleys.... Arriving at the Straits of Sincapur, * * * * and passing by a new strait which since has taken the name of ESTREITO DO GOVERNADOR, there his galleon grounded on the reef at the point of the strait, and was a little grazed by the top of it."—_Bocarro_, 428.
1727.—"Between the small _Carimon_ and _Tanjong-bellong_ on the Continent, is the entrance of the Streights of _Sincapure_ before mentioned, and also into the STREIGHTS OF GOVERNADORE, the largest and easiest Passage into the _China Seas_."—_A. Hamilton_, ii. 122.
1780.—"Directions for sailing from Malacca to Pulo Timoan through GOVERNOR'S STRAITS, commonly called the Straits of Sincapour."—_Dunn's N. Directory_, 5th ed. p. 474. See also _Lettres Edif._, 1st ed. ii. 118.
1841.—"Singapore Strait, called GOVERNOR STRAIT, or New Strait, by the French and Portuguese."—_Horsburgh_, 5th ed. ii. 264.
GOW, GAOU, s. Dak. H. _gau_. An ancient measure of distance preserved in S. India and Ceylon. In the latter island, where the term still is in use, the _gawwa_ is a measure of about 4 English miles. It is Pali _gāvuta_, one quarter of a _yojana_, and that again is the Skt. _gavyūti_ with the same meaning. There is in Molesworth's _Mahr. Dictionary_, and in _Wilson_, a term _gaukos_ (see COSS), 'a land measure' (for which read 'distance measure'), the distance at which the lowing of a cow may be heard. This is doubtless a form of the same term as that under consideration, but the explanation is probably modern and incorrect. The _yojana_ with which the _gau_ is correlated, appears etymologically to be 'a yoking,' viz. "the stage, or distance to be gone in one harnessing without unyoking" (_Williams_); and the lengths attributed to it are very various, oscillating from 2½ to 9 miles, and even to 8 _krośas_ (see COSS). The last valuation of the _yojana_ would correspond with that of the _gau_ at ¼.
c. 545.—"The great Island (Taprobane), according to what the natives say, has a length of 300 GAUDIA, and a breadth of the same, _i.e._ 900 miles."—_Cosmas Indicopleustes_, (in _Cathay_, clxxvii.).
1623.—"From Garicota to Tumbre may be about a league and a half, for in that country distances are measured by GAÙ, and each GAÙ is about two leagues, and from Garicòta to Tumbre they said was not so much as a GAÙ of road."—_P. della Valle_, ii. 638; [Hak. Soc. ii. 230].
1676.—"They measure the distances of places in India by GOS and _Costes_. A GOS is about 4 of our common leagues, and a _Coste_ is one league."—_Tavernier_, E.T. ii. 30; [ed. _Ball_, i. 47].
1860.—"A GAOU in Ceylon expresses a somewhat indeterminate length, according to the nature of the ground to be traversed, a GAOU across a mountainous country being less than one measured on level ground, and a GAOU for a loaded cooley is also permitted to be shorter than for one unburthened, but on the whole the average may be taken _under four miles_."—_Tennent's Ceylon_, 4th ed. i. 467.
GRAB, s. This name, now almost obsolete, was applied to a kind of vessel which is constantly mentioned in the sea- and river-fights of India, from the arrival of the Portuguese down to near the end of the 18th century. That kind of etymology which works from inner consciousness would probably say: "This term has always been a puzzle to the English in India. The fact is that it was a kind of vessel much used by corsairs, who were said to _grab_ all that passed the sea. Hence," &c. But the real derivation is different.
The Rev. Howard Malcom, in a glossary attached to his _Travels_, defines it as "a square-rigged Arab vessel, having a projecting stern (stem?) and no bowsprit; it has two masts." Probably the application of the term may have deviated variously in recent days. [See _Bombay Gazetteer_, xiii. pt. i. 348.] For thus again in _Solvyns_ (_Les Hindous_, vol. i.) a _grab_ is drawn and described as a ship with three masts, a sharp prow, and a bowsprit. But originally the word seems, beyond question, to have been an Arab name for a _galley_. The proper word is Arab. _ghorāb_, 'a raven,' though adopted into Mahratti and Konkani as _gurāb_. Jal says, quoting Reinaud, that _ghorāb_ was the name given by the Moors to the true galley, and cites Hyde for the _rationale_ of the name. We give Hyde's words below. Amari, in a work quoted below (p. 397), points out the analogous _corvetta_ as perhaps a transfer of _ghurāb_:
1181.—"A vessel of our merchants ... making sail for the city of Tripoli (which God protect) was driven by the winds on the shore of that country, and the crew being in want of water, landed to procure it, but the people of the place refused it unless some corn were sold to them. Meanwhile there came a GHURĀB from Tripoli ... which took and plundered the crew, and seized all the goods on board the vessel."[140]—_Arabic Letter from_ Ubaldo, _Archbishop and other authorities of Pisa, to the Almohad Caliph_ Abu Yak'ub Yusuf, in _Amari, Diplomi Arabi_, p. 8.
The Latin contemporary version runs thus:
"Cum quidam nostri cari cives de Siciliâ cum carico frumenti ad Tripolim venirent, tempestate maris et vi ventorum compulsi, ad portum dictum Macri devenerunt; ibique aquâ deficiente, et cum pro eâ auriendâ irent, Barbarosi non permiserunt eos ... nisi prius eis de frumento venderent. Cumque inviti eis de frumento venderent _galea_ vestra de Tripoli armata," &c.—_Ibid._ p. 269.
c. 1200.—GHURĀB, Cornix, Corvus, galea.
* * * * *
GALEA, Ghurāb, Gharbān.—_Vocabulista Arabico_ (from Riccardian Library), pubd. Florence, 1871, pp. 148, 404.
1343.—"Jalansi ... sent us off in company with his son, on board a vessel called _al-'Ukairi_, which is like a GHORĀB, only more roomy. It has 60 oars, and when it engages is covered with a roof to protect the rowers from the darts and stone-shot."—_Ibn Batuta_, iv. 59.
1505.—In the _Vocabulary_ of Pedro de Alcala, _galera_ is interpreted in Arabic as GORÂB.
1554.—In the narrative of Sidi 'Ali Kapudān, in describing an action that he fought with the Portuguese near the Persian Gulf, he says the enemy's fleet consisted of 4 barques as big as CARRACKS (q.v.), 3 great GHURĀBS, 6 Karāwals (see CARAVEL) and 12 smaller GHURĀBS, or galliots (see GALLEVAT) with oars.—In _J. As._, ser. 1. tom. ix. 67-68.
[c. 1610.—"His royal galley called by them Ogate GOURABE (_gourabe_ means 'galley,' and _ogate_ 'royal')."—_Pyrard de Laval_, Hak. Soc. i. 312.]
1660.—"Jani Beg might attack us from the hills, the GHRÁBS from the river, and the men of Sihwān from the rear, so that we should be in a critical position."—_Mohammed M'asum_, in _Elliot_, i. 250. The word occurs in many pages of the same history.
[1679.—"My Selfe and Mr. Gapes GROB the stern most."—In _Hedges, Diary_, Hak. Soc. ii. clxxxiv.]
1690.—"_Galera_ ... ab Arabibus tam Asiaticis quam Africanis vocatur ... GHORÂB, _i.e._ Corvus, quasi piceâ nigredine, rostro extenso, et velis remisque sicut alis volans galera: unde et Vlacho Graece dicitur Μέλαινα."—_Hyde, Note on Peritsol_, in _Synt. Dissertt_. i. 97.
1673.—"Our Factors, having concerns in the cargo of the ships in this Road, loaded two GROBS and departed."—_Fryer_, 153.
1727.—"The _Muskat_ War ... obliges them (the Portuguese) to keep an _Armada_ of five or six Ships, besides small Frigates and GRABS of War."—_A. Hamilton_, i. 250; [ed. 1744, ii. 253].
1750-52.—"The ships which they make use of against their enemies are called GOERABBS by the Dutch, and GRABBS by the English, have 2 or 3 masts, and are built like our ships, with the same sort of rigging, only their prows are low and sharp as in gallies, that they may not only place some cannons in them, but likewise in case of emergency for a couple of oars, to push the GRABB on in a calm."—_Olof Toreen, Voyage_, 205.
c. 1754.—"Our E. I. Company had here (Bombay) one ship of 40 guns, one of 20, one GRAB of 18 guns, and several other vessels."—_Ives_, 43. Ives explains "Ketches, which they call GRABS." This shows the meaning already changed, as no galley could carry 18 guns.
c. 1760.—"When the Derby, Captain Ansell, was so scandalously taken by a few of Angria's GRABS."—_Grose_, i. 81.
1763.—"The GRABS have rarely more than two masts, though some have three; those of three are about 300 tons burthen; but the others are not more than 150: they are built to draw very little water, being very broad in proportion to their length, narrowing, however, from the middle to the end, where instead of bows they have a prow, projecting like that of a Mediterranean galley."—_Orme_ (reprint), i. 408-9.
1810.—"Here a fine English East Indiaman, there a GRAB, or a dow from Arabia."—_Maria Graham_, 142.
" "This GLAB (_sic_) belongs to an Arab merchant of Muscat. The Nakhodah, an Abyssinian slave."—_Elphinstone_, in _Life_, i. 232.
[1820.—"We had scarce set sail when there came in a GHORAB (a kind of boat) the Cotwal of Surat ..."—_Trans. Lit. Soc. Bo._ ii. 5.]
1872.—"Moored in its centre you saw some 20 or 30 GHURÁBS (grabs) from Maskat, Baghlahs from the Persian Gulf, Kotiyahs from Kach'h, and Pattimars or Batelas from the Konkan and Bombay."—_Burton, Sind Revisited_, i. 83.
GRAM, s. This word is properly the Portuguese _grão_, _i.e._ 'grain,' but it has been specially appropriated to that kind of vetch (_Cicer arietinum_, L.) which is the most general grain- (rather pulse-) food of horses all over India, called in H. _chanā_. It is the Ital. _cece_, Fr. _pois chiche_, Eng. _chick-pea_ or _Egypt. pea_, much used in France and S. Europe. This specific application of _grão_ is also Portuguese, as appears from Bluteau. The word _gram_ is in some parts of India applied to other kinds of pulse, and then this application of it is recognised by qualifying it as _Bengal gram_. (See remarks under CALAVANCE.) The plant exudes oxalate of potash, and to walk through a gram-field in a wet morning is destructive to shoe-leather. The natives collect the acid.
[1513.—"And for the food of these horses (exported from the Persian Gulf) the factor supplied GRÃOS."—_Albuquerque, Cartas_, p. 200, Letter of Dec. 4.
[1554.—(Describing Vijayanagar.) "There the food of horses and elephants consists of GRÃOS, rice and other vegetables, cooked with _jagra_, which is palm-tree sugar, as there is no barley in that country."—_Castanheda_, Bk. ii. ch. 16.
[c. 1610.—"They give them also a certain GRAIN like lentils."—_Pyrard de Laval_, Hak. Soc. ii. 79.]
1702.—"... he confessing before us that their allowance three times a week is but a quart of rice and GRAM together for five men a day, but promises that for the future it shall be rectified."—In _Wheeler_, ii. 10.
1776.—"... Lentils, GRAM ... mustard seed."—_Halhed's Code_, p. 8 (pt. ii.).
1789.—"... GRAM, a small kind of pulse, universally used instead of oats."—_Munro's Narrative_, 85.
1793.—"... GRAM, which it is not customary to give to bullocks in the Carnatic."—_Dirom's Narrative_, 97.
1804.—"The GRAM alone, for the four regiments with me, has in some months cost 50,000 pagodas."—_Wellington_, iii. 71.
1865.—"But they had come at a wrong season, GRAM was dear, and prices low, and the sale concluded in a dead loss."—_Palgrave's Arabia_, 290.
GRAM-FED, adj. Properly the distinctive description of mutton and beef fattened upon gram, which used to be the pride of Bengal. But applied figuratively to any 'pampered creature.'
c. 1849.—"By an old Indian I mean a man full of curry and of bad Hindustani, with a fat liver and no brains, but with a self-sufficient idea that no one can know India except through long experience of brandy, champagne, GRAM-FED mutton, cheroots and hookahs."—_Sir C. Napier_, quoted in _Bos. Smith's Life of Ld. Lawrence_, i. 338.
1880.—"I missed two persons at the Delhi assemblage in 1877. All the GRAM-FED secretaries and most of the alcoholic chiefs were there; but the famine-haunted villagers and the delirium-shattered opium-eating Chinaman, who had to pay the bill, were not present."—_Ali Baba_, 127.
GRANDONIC. (See GRUNTHUM and SANSKRIT).
GRASS-CLOTH, s. This name is now generally applied to a kind of cambric from China made from the _Chuma_ of the Chinese (_Boehmaria nivea_, Hooker, the _Rhea_, so much talked of now), and called by the Chinese _sia-pu_, or 'summer-cloth.' We find grass-cloths often spoken of by the 16th century travellers, and even later, as an export from Orissa and Bengal. They were probably made of _Rhea_ or some kindred species, but we have not been able to determine this. Cloth and nets are made in the south from the Neilgherry nettle (_Girardinia heterophylla_, D. C.)
c. 1567.—"CLOTH OF HERBES (_panni d'erba_), which is a kinde of silke, which groweth among the woodes without any labour of man."—_Caesar Frederike_, in _Hakl._ ii. 358.
1585.—"Great store of the CLOTH which is made from GRASSE, which they call _yerua_" (in Orissa).—_R. Fitch_, in _Hakl._ ii. 387.
[1598.—See under SAREE.
[c. 1610.—"Likewise is there plenty of silk, as well that of the silkworm as of the (silk) _herb_, which is of the brightest yellow colour, and brighter than silk itself."—_Pyrard de Laval_, Hak. Soc. i. 328.]
1627.—"Their manufactories (about Balasore) are of Cotton ... Silk, and Silk and Cotton _Romals_ ...; and of HERBA (a Sort of tough GRASS) they make _Ginghams_, _Pinascos_, and several other Goods for Exportation."—_A. Hamilton_, i. 397; [ed. 1744].
1813.—Milburn, in his List of Bengal Piece-Goods, has HERBA _Taffaties_ (ii. 221).
GRASS-CUTTER, s. This is probably a corruption representing the H. _ghāskhodā_ or _ghāskāṭā_, 'the digger, or cutter, of grass'; the title of a servant employed to collect grass for horses, one such being usually attached to each horse besides the SYCE or HORSE-KEEPER. In the north the _grasscutter_ is a man; in the south the office is filled by the horsekeeper's wife. _Ghāskaṭ_ is the form commonly used by Englishmen in Upper India speaking Hindustani; but _ghasiyārā_ by those aspiring to purer language. The former term appears in _Williamson's V. M._ (1810) as _gauskot_ (i. 186), the latter in _Jacquemont's Correspondence_ as _grassyara_. No grasscutters are mentioned as attached to the stables of Akbar; only a money allowance for grass. The antiquity of the Madras arrangement is shown by a passage in Castanheda (1552): "... he gave him a horse, and a boy to attend to it, and a _female slave_ to see to its fodder."—(ii. 58.)
1789.—"... an Horsekeeper and GRASSCUTTER at two pagodas."—_Munro's Narr._ 28.
1793.—"Every horse ... has two attendants, one who cleans and takes care of him, called the horse-keeper, and the other the GRASSCUTTER, who provides for his forage."—_Dirom's Narr._ 242.
1846.—"Every horse has a man and a maid to himself—the maid cuts grass for him; and every dog has a boy. I inquired whether the cat had any servants, but I found he was allowed to wait upon himself."—_Letters from Madras_, 37.
[1850.—"Then there are our servants ... four Saises and four GHASCUTS ..."—_Mrs. Mackenzie, Life in the Mission_, ii. 253.]
1875.—"I suppose if you were to pick up ... a GRASSCUTTER'S pony to replace the one you lost, you wouldn't feel that you had done the rest of the army out of their rights."—_The Dilemma_, ch. xxxvii.
[GRASSHOPPER FALLS, n.p. An Anglo-Indian corruption of the name of the great waterfall on the Sheravati River in the Shimoga District of Mysore, where the river plunges down in a succession of cascades, of which the principal is 890 feet in height. The proper name of the place is _Gersoppa_, or _Gerusappe_, which takes its name from the adjoining village; _geru_, Can., 'the marking nut plant' (_semecarpus anacardium_, L.), _soppu_, 'a leaf.' See _Mr. Grey's_ note on _P. della Valle_, Hak. Soc. ii. 218.]
GRASS-WIDOW, s. This slang phrase is applied in India, with a shade of malignity, to ladies living apart from their husbands, especially as recreating at the Hill stations, whilst the husbands are at their duties in the plains.
We do not know the origin of the phrase. In the _Slang Dictionary_ it is explained: "An unmarried mother; a deserted mistress." But no such opprobrious meanings attach to the Indian use. In _Notes and Queries_, 6th ser. viii. 414, will be found several communications on this phrase. [Also see _ibid._ x. 436, 526; xi. 178; 8th ser. iv. 37, 75.] We learn from these that in _Moor's Suffolk Words and Phrases_, GRACE-WIDOW occurs with the meaning of an unmarried mother. Corresponding to this, it is stated also, is the N.S. (?) or Low German _gras-wedewe_. The Swedish _Gräsänka_ or _-enka_ also is used for 'a low dissolute married woman living by herself.' In Belgium a woman of this description is called _haecke-wedewe_, from _haecken_, 'to feel strong desire' (to 'hanker'). And so it is suggested _gräsenka_ is contracted from _grädesenka_, from _gradig_, 'esuriens' (greedy, in fact). In Danish Dict. _graesenka_ is interpreted as a woman whose betrothed lover is dead. But the German _Stroh-Wittwe_, 'straw-widow' (which Flügel interprets as 'mock widow'), seems rather inconsistent with the suggestion that _grass-widow_ is a corruption of the kind suggested. A friend mentions that the masc. _Stroh-Wittwer_ is used in Germany for a man whose wife is absent, and who therefore dines at the eating-house with the young fellows. [The _N.E.D._ gives the two meanings: 1. An unmarried woman who has cohabited with one or more men; a discarded mistress; 2. A married woman whose husband is absent from her. "The etymological notion is obscure, but the parallel forms disprove the notion that the word is a 'corruption' of _grace-widow_. It has been suggested that in sense 1. _grass_ (and G. _stroh_) may have been used with opposition to bed. Sense 2. may have arisen as an etymologizing interpretation of the compound after it had ceased to be generally understood; in Eng. it seems to have first appeared as Anglo-Indian." The French equivalent, _Veuve de Malabar_, was in allusion to Lemierre's tragedy, produced in 1770.]
1878.—"In the evening my wife and I went out house-hunting; and we pitched upon one which the newly incorporated body of Municipal Commissioners and the Clergyman (who was a GRASS-WIDOWER, his wife being at home) had taken between them."—_Life in the Mofussil_, ii. 99-100.
1879.—The Indian newspaper's "typical official rises to a late breakfast—probably on herrings and soda-water—and dresses tastefully for his round of morning calls, the last on a GRASS-WIDOW, with whom he has a _tête-à-tête_ tiffin, where 'pegs' alternate with champagne."—_Simla Letter_ in _Times_, Aug. 16.
1880.—"The GRASS-WIDOW in Nephelococcygia."—_Sir Ali Baba_, 169.
" "Pleasant times have these Indian GRASS-WIDOWS!"—_The World_, Jan. 21, 13.
GRASSIA, s. _Grās_ (said to mean 'a mouthful') is stated by Mr. Forbes in the _Rās Mālā_ (p. 186) to have been in old times usually applied to alienations for religious objects; but its prevalent sense came to be the portion of land given for subsistence to cadets of chieftains' families. Afterwards the term _grās_ was also used for the blackmail paid by a village to a turbulent neighbour as the price of his protection and forbearance, and in other like meanings. "Thus the title of _grassia_, originally an honourable one, and indicating its possessor to be a cadet of the ruling tribe, became at last as frequently a term of opprobrium, conveying the idea of a professional robber" (_Ibid._ Bk. iv. ch. 3); [ed. 1878, p. 568].
[1584.—See under COOLY.]
c. 1665.—"Nous nous trouvâmes au Village de Bilpar, dont les Habitans qu'on nomme GRATIATES, sont presque tous Voleurs."—_Thevenot_, v. 42.
1808.—"The GRASIAS have been shewn to be of different Sects, Casts, or families, viz., 1st, Colees and their Collaterals; 2nd, Rajpoots; 3rd, Syed Mussulmans; 4th, Mole-Islams or modern Mahomedans. There are besides many others who enjoy the free usufruct of lands, and permanent emolument from villages, but those only who are of the four aforesaid warlike tribes seem entitled by prescriptive custom ... to be called GRASSIAS."—_Drummond, Illustrations._
1813.—"I confess I cannot now contemplate my extraordinary deliverance from the GRACIA machinations without feelings more appropriate to solemn silence, than expression."—_Forbes, Or. Mem._ iii. 393; [conf. 2nd ed. ii. 357].
1819.—"GRASSIA, from GRASS, a word signifying 'a mouthful.' This word is understood in some parts of Mekran, Sind, and Kutch; but I believe not further into Hindostan than Jaypoor."—_Mackmurdo_, in _Tr. Lit. Soc. Bo._ i. 270. [On the use in Central India, see _Tod, Annals_, i. 175; _Malcolm, Central India_, i. 508.]
GRAVE-DIGGER. (See BEEJOO.)
GREEN-PIGEON. A variety of species belonging to the sub.-fam. _Treroninae_, and to genera _Treron_, _Cricopus_, _Osmotreron_, and _Sphenocereus_, bear this name. The three first following quotations show that these birds had attracted the attention of the ancients.
c. 180.—"Daimachus, in his History of India, says that PIGEONS of an APPLE-GREEN colour are found in India."—_Athenaeus_, ix. 51.
c. A.D. 250.—"They bring also GREENISH (ὠχρὰς) PIGEONS which they say can never be tamed or domesticated."—_Aelian, De Nat. Anim._ xv. 14.
" "There are produced among the Indians ... PIGEONS of a pale GREEN COLOUR (χλωρόπτιλοι); any one seeing them for the first time, and not having any knowledge of ornithology, would say the bird was a parrot and not a pigeon. They have legs and bill in colour like the partridges of the Greeks."—_Ibid._ xvi. 2.
1673.—"Our usual diet was (besides Plenty of Fish) Water-Fowl, Peacocks, GREEN PIDGEONS, Spotted Deer, Sabre, Wild Hogs, and sometimes Wild Cows."—_Fryer_, 176.
1825.—"I saw a great number of pea-fowl, and of the beautiful GREENISH PIGEON common in this country...."—_Heber_, ii. 19.
GREY PARTRIDGE. The common Anglo-Indian name of the Hind. _tītar_, common over a great part of India, _Ortygornis Ponticeriana_, Gmelin. "Its call is a peculiar loud shrill cry, and has, not unaptly, been compared to the word _Pateela-pateela-pateela_, quickly repeated but preceded by a single note, uttered two or three times, each time with a higher intonation, till it gets, as it were, the key-note of its call."—_Jerdon_, ii. 566.
GRIBLEE, s. A graplin or grapnel. Lascars' language (_Roebuck_).
GRIFFIN, GRIFF, s.; GRIFFISH, adj. One newly arrived in India, and unaccustomed to Indian ways and peculiarities; a Johnny Newcome. The origin of the phrase is unknown to us. There was an Admiral _Griffin_ who commanded in the Indian seas from Nov. 1746 to June 1748, and was not very fortunate. Had his name to do with the origin of the term? The word seems to have been first used at Madras (see _Boyd_, below). [But also see the quotation from _Beaumont & Fletcher_, below.] Three references below indicate the parallel terms formerly used by the Portuguese at Goa, by the Dutch in the Archipelago, and by the English in Ceylon.
[c. 1624.—"Doves beget doves, and eagles eagles, Madam: a citizen's heir, though never so rich, seldom at the best proves a gentleman."—_Beaumont & Fletcher, Honest Man's Fortune_, Act III. sc. 1, vol. iii. p. 389, ed. _Dyce_. Mr. B. Nicolson (3 ser. _Notes and Queries_, xi. 439) points out that Dyce's MS. copy, licensed by Sir Henry Herbert in 1624, reads "proves but a GRIFFIN gentleman." Prof. Skeat (_ibid._ xi. 504) quoting from _Piers Plowman_, ed. _Wright_, p. 96, "_Gryffyn_ the Walshe," shows that _Griffin_ was an early name for a Welshman, apparently a corruption of _Griffith_. The word may have been used abroad to designate a raw Welshman, and thus acquired its present sense.]
1794.—"As I am little better than an unfledged GRIFFIN, according to the fashionable phrase here" (Madras).—_Hugh Boyd_, 177.
1807.—"It seems really strange to a GRIFFIN—the cant word for a European just arrived."—_Ld. Minto, in India_, 17.
1808.—"At the Inn I was tormented to death by the impertinent persevering of the black people; for every one is a beggar, as long as you are reckoned a GRIFFIN, or a new-comer."—_Life of Leyden_, 107.
1836.—"I often tire myself ... rather than wait for their dawdling; but Mrs. Staunton laughs at me and calls me a 'GRIFFIN,' and says I must learn to have patience and save my strength."—_Letters from Madras_, 38.
" "... he was living with bad men, and saw that they thought him no better than themselves, but only more GRIFFISH...."—_Ibid._ 53.
1853.—"There were three more cadets on the same steamer, going up to that great GRIFF depot, Oudapoor."—_Oakfield_, i. 38.
1853.—
"'Like drill?'
"'I don't dislike it much now: the goose-step was not lively.'
"'Ah, they don't give GRIFFS half enough of it now-a-days; by Jove, Sir, when I was a GRIFF'—and thereupon ..."—_Ibid._ i. 62.
[1900.—"Ten Rangoon sportsmen have joined to import ponies from Australia on the GRIFFIN system, and have submitted a proposal to the Stewards to frame their events to be confined to GRIFFINS at the forthcoming autumn meeting."—_Pioneer Mail_, May 18.]
The GRIFFIN at Goa also in the old days was called by a peculiar name. (See REINOL.)
1631.—"Haec exanthemata (prickly heat-spots) magis afficiunt recenter advenientes ut et Mosquitarum puncturae ... ita ut deridiculum ergo hic inter nostrates dicterium enatum sit, eum qui hoc modo affectus sit, esse ORANG BAROU, quod novitium hominem significat."—_Jac. Bontii, Hist. Nat._, &c., ii. cap. xviii. p. 33.
Here ORANG BAROU is Malay ORANG-BAHARU, _i.e._ 'new man'; whilst _Orang-lama_, 'man of long since,' is applied to old colonials. In connection with these terms we extract the following:—
c. 1790.—"Si je n'avois pas été un _oorlam_, et si un long séjour dans l'Inde ne m'avoit pas accoutumé à cette espèce de fleau, j'aurois certainement souffert l'impossible durant cette nuit."—_Haafner_, ii. 26-27.
On this his editor notes:
"_Oorlam_ est un mot Malais corrumpu; il faut dire _Orang-lama_, ce qui signifie une personne qui a déjà été long-temps dans un endroit, ou dans un pays, et c'est par ce nom qu'on designe les Européens qui ont habité depuis un certain temps dans l'Inde. Ceux qui ne font qu'y arriver, sont appelés _Baar_; denomination qui vient du mot Malais ORANG-BARU ... un homme nouvellement arrivé."
[1894.—"In the _Standard_, Jan. 1, there appears a letter entitled 'Ceylon Tea-Planting—a Warning,' and signed 'An Ex-CREEPER.' The correspondent sends a cutting from a recent issue of a Ceylon daily paper—a paragraph headed 'CREEPERS Galore.' From this extract it appears that CREEPER is the name given in Ceylon to paying pupils who go out there to learn tea-planting."—_Mr. A. L. Mayhew_, in 8 ser. _Notes and Queries_, v. 124.]
GROUND, s. A measure of land used in the neighbourhood of Madras. [Also called _Munny_, Tam. _manai_.] (See under CAWNY.)
GRUFF, adj. Applied to bulky goods. Probably the Dutch _grof_, 'coarse.'
[1682-3.—"... that for every Tunne of Saltpetre and all other GROFFE goods I am to receive nineteen pounds."—_Pringle, Diary, Ft. St. Geo._ 1st ser. vol. ii. 3-4.]
1750.—"... all which could be called Curtins, and some of the Bastions at _Madrass_, had Warehouses under them for the Reception of Naval Stores, and other GRUFF Goods from Europe, as well as Salt Petre from _Bengal_."—_Letter to a Propr. of the E. I. Co._, p. 52.
1759.—"Which by causing a great export of rice enhances the price of labour, and consequently of all other GRUFF, piece-goods and raw silk."—In _Long_, 171.
1765.—"... also _foole sugar_, lump _jaggre_, ginger, long pepper, and _piply-mol_ ... articles that usually compose the GRUFF cargoes of our outward-bound shipping."—_Holwell, Hist. Events_, &c., i. 194.
1783.—"What in India is called a GRUFF (bulky) cargo."—_Forrest, Voyage to Mergui_, 42.
GRUNTH, s. Panjābī _Granth_, from Skt. _grantha_, lit. 'a knot,' leaves tied together by a string. 'The Book,' _i.e._ the Scripture of the Sikhs, containing the hymns composed or compiled by their leaders from Nānak (1469-1539) onwards. The _Granth_ has been translated by Dr. Trumpp, and published, at the expense of the Indian Government.
1770.—"As the young man (Nānak) was early introduced to the knowledge of the most esteemed writings of the Mussulmen ... he made it a practice in his leisure hours to translate literally or virtually, as his mind prompted him, such of their maxims as made the deepest impression on his heart. This was in the idiom of Pendjab, his maternal language. Little by little he strung together these loose sentences, reduced them into some order, and put them in verses.... His collection became numerous; it took the form of a book which was entitled GRENTH."—_Seir Mutaqherin_, i. 89.
1798.—"A book entitled the GRUNTH ... is the only typical object which the Sicques have admitted into their places of worship."—_G. Forster's Travels_, i. 255.
1817.—"The fame of Nannak's book was diffused. He gave it a new name, KIRRUNT."—_Mill's Hist._ ii. 377.
c. 1831.—"... Au centre du quel est le temple d'or où est gardé le GRANT ou livre sacré des Sikes."—_Jacquemont, Correspondance_, ii. 166.
[1838.—"There was a large collection of priests, sitting in a circle, with the GROOHT, their holy book, in the centre...."—_Miss Eden, Up the Country_, ii. 7.]
GRUNTHEE, s. Panj. _granthī_ from _granth_ (see GRUNTH). A sort of native chaplain attached to Sikh regiments. [The name _Granthī_ appears among the Hindi mendicant castes of the Panjab in _Mr. Maclagan's Census Rep._, 1891, p. 300.]
GRUNTHUM, s. This (_grantham_) is a name, from the same Skt. word as the last, given in various odd forms to the Sanskrit language by various Europeans writing in S. India during the 16th and 17th centuries. The term properly applied to the character in which the Sanskrit books were written.
1600.—"In these verses is written, in a particular language, called GERODAM, their Philosophy and Theology, which the Bramens study and read in Universities all over India."—_Lucena, Vida do Padre F. Xavier_, 95.
1646.—"Cette langue correspond à la nostre Latine, parceque les seules Lettrés l'apprennent; il se nomment GUIRINDANS."—_Barretto, Rel. de la Prov. de la Malabar_, 257.
1727.—"... their four law-books, _Sama Vedam_, _Urukku Vedam_, _Edirwarna Vedam_, and _Adir Vedam_, which are all written in the GIRANDAMS, and are held in high esteem by the Bramins."—_Valentijn_, v. (_Ceylon_), 399.
" "GIRANDAM (by others called KERENDUM, and also _Sanskrits_) is the language of the Bramins and the learned."—_Ibid._ 386.
1753.—"Les Indiens du pays se donnent le nom de _Tamules_, et on sait que la langue vulgaire différente du Sanskret, et du GRENDAM, qui sont les langues sacrées, porte le même nom."—_D'Anville_, 117.
GUANA, IGUANA, s. This is not properly an Indian term, nor the name of an Indian species, but, as in many other cases, it has been applied by transfer from superficially resembling _genera_ in the new Indies, to the old. The great lizards, sometimes called _guanas_ in India, are apparently _monitors_. It must be observed, however, that approximating Indian names of lizards have helped the confusion. Thus the large monitor to which the name _guana_ is often applied in India, is really called in Hindi _goh_ (Skt. _godhā_), Singhalese _goyā_. The true _iguana_ of America is described by Oviedo in the first quotation under the name of _iuana_. [The word is Span. _iguana_, from Carib _iwana_, written in early writers _hiuana_, _igoana_, _iuanna_ or _yuana_. See _N.E.D._ and _Stanf. Dict._]
c. 1535.—"There is in this island an animal called IUANA, which is here held to be amphibious (_neutrale_), _i.e._ doubtful whether fish or flesh, for it frequents the rivers and climbs the trees as well.... It is a Serpent, bearing to one who knows it not a horrid and frightful aspect. It has the hands and feet like those of a great lizard, the head much larger, but almost of the same fashion, with a tail 4 or 5 palms in length.... And the animal, formed as I have described, is much better to eat than to look at," &c.—_Oviedo_, in _Ramusio_, iii. f. 156_v_, 157.
c. 1550.—"We also used to catch some four-footed animals called IGUANE, resembling our lizards in shape ... the females are most delicate food."—_Girolami Benzoni_, p. 140.
1634.—"De Lacertae quâdam specie, Incolis LIGUAN. Est ... genus venenosissimum," &c.—_Jac. Bontii_, Lib. v. cap. 5. p. 57. (See GECKO.)
1673.—"GUIANA, a Creature like a Crocodile, which Robbers use to lay hold on by their Tails, when they clamber Houses."—_Fryer_, 116.
1681.—Knox, in his _Ceylon_, speaks of two creatures resembling the Alligator—one called _Kobbera_ GUION, 5 or 6 feet long, and not eatable; the other called _tolla_ GUION, very like the former, but "which is eaten, and reckoned excellent meat ... and I suppose it is the same with that which in the W. Indies is called the GUIANA" (pp. 30, 31). The names are possibly Portuguese, and _Kobbera guion_ may be _Cobra_-GUANA.
1704.—"The GUANO is a sort of Creature, some of which are found on the land, some in the water ... stewed with a little Spice they make good Broth."—_Funnel_, in _Dampier_, iv. 51.
1711.—"Here are Monkeys, GAUNAS, Lissards, large Snakes, and Alligators."—_Lockyer_, 47.
1780.—"They have here an amphibious animal called the GUANA, a species of the crocodile or alligator, of which soup is made equal to that of turtle. This I take upon hearsay, for it is to me of all others the most loathsome of animals, not less so than the toad."—_Munro's Narrative_, 36.
c. 1830.—"Had I known I was dining upon a GUANA, or large wood-lizard, I scarcely think I would have made so hearty a meal."—_Tom Cringle_ (ed. 1863), 178.
1879.—"Captain Shaw asked the Imaum of one of the mosques of Malacca about alligator's eggs, a few days ago, and his reply was, that the young that went down to the sea became alligators, and those that came up the river became IGUANAS."—_Miss Bird, Golden Chersonese_, 200.
1881.—"The chief of Mudhol State belongs to the Bhonslá family.... The name, however, has been entirely superseded by the second designation of _Ghorpade_, which is said to have been acquired by one of the family who managed to scale a fort previously deemed impregnable, by fastening a cord around the body of a _ghorpad_ or IGUANA."—_Imperial Gazetteer_, vi. 437.
1883.—"Who can look on that anachronism, an iguana (I mean the large _monitor_ which Europeans in India generally call an IGUANA, sometimes a GUANO!) basking, four feet long, on a sunny bank ..."—_Tribes on My Frontier_, 36.
1885.—"One of my moonshis, José Prethoo, a Concani of one of the numerous families descended from Xavier's converts, gravely informed me that in the old days IGUANAS were used in gaining access to besieged places; for, said he, a large IGUANA, sahib, is so strong that if 3 or 4 men laid hold of its tail he could drag them up a wall or tree!"—_Gordon Forbes, Wild Life in Canara_, 56.
GUARDAFUI, CAPE, n.p. The eastern horn of Africa, pointing towards India. We have the name from the Portuguese, and it has been alleged to have been so called by them as meaning, 'Take you heed!' (_Gardez-vous_, in fact.) But this is etymology of the species that so confidently derives 'Bombay' from _Boa Bahia_. Bruce, again (see below), gives dogmatically an interpretation which is equally unfounded. We must look to history, and not to the 'moral consciousness' of anybody. The country adjoining this horn of Africa, the _Regio Aromatum_ of the ancients, seems to have been called by the Arabs _Hafūn_, a name which we find in the _Periplus_ in the shape of _Opōnē_. This name _Hafūn_ was applied to a town, no doubt the true _Opōnē_, which Barbosa (1516) mentions under the name of _Afuni_, and it still survives in those of two remarkable promontories, viz. the Peninsula of _Rās Hafūn_ (the _Chersonnesus_ of the _Periplus_, the _Zingis_ of Ptolemy, the Cape _d'Affui_ and _d'Orfui_ of old maps and nautical directories), and the cape of JARD-HAFŪN (or according to the Egyptian pronunciation, _Gard-Hafūn_), _i.e._ GUARDAFUI. The nearest possible meaning of _jard_ that we can find is 'a wide or spacious tract of land without herbage.' Sir R. Burton (_Commentary on Camõens_, iv. 489) interprets _jard_ as = Bay, "from a break in the dreadful granite wall, lately provided by Egypt with a lighthouse." The last statement is unfortunately an error. The intended light seems as far off as ever. [There is still no lighthouse, and shipowners differ as to its advantage; see answer by Secretary of State, in House of Commons, _Times_, March 14, 1902.] We cannot judge of the ground of his interpretation of _jard_.
An attempt has been made to connect the name _Hafūn_ with the Arabic _af'a_, 'pleasant odours.' It would then be the equivalent of the ancient _Reg. Aromatum_. This is tempting, but very questionable. We should have mentioned that Guardafui is the site of the mart and Promontory of the Spices described by the author of the _Periplus_ as the furthest point and abrupt termination of the continent of _Barbarice_ (or eastern Africa), towards the Orient (τὸ τῶν Ἀρωματών ἐμπόριον καὶ ἀκρωτήριον τελευταῖον τῆς βαρβαρικῆς ἠπείρου πρὸς ἀνατολὴν ἀποκόπον).
According to C. Müller our _Guardafui_ is called by the natives _Rās Aser_; their _Rās Jardafūn_ being a point some 12 m. to the south, which on some charts is called _Rās Shenarif_, and which is also the Τάβαι of the _Periplus_ (_Geog. Gr. Minores_, i. 263).
1516.—"And that the said ships from his ports (K. of Coulam's) shall not go inwards from the Strait and Cape of GUOARDAFFUY, nor go to Adem, except when employed in our obedience and service ... and if any vessel or _Zambuque_ is found inward of the Cape of GUOARDAFFUY it shall be taken as good prize of war."—_Treaty between Lopo Soares and the K. of Caulam_, in _Botelho, Tombo_, 33.
" "After passing this place (_Afuni_) the next after it is _Cape_ GUARDAFUN, where the coast ends, and trends so as to double towards the Red Sea."—_Barbosa_, 16.
c. 1530.—"This province, called of late Arabia, but which the ancients called _Trogloditica_, begins at the Red Sea and the country of the Abissines, and finishes at Magadasso ... others say it extends only to the Cape of GUARDAFUNI."—_Sommario de' Regni_, in _Ramusio_, i. f. 325.
1553.—"Vicente Sodre, being despatched by the King, touched at the Island of Çocotora, where he took in water, and thence passed to the Cape of GUARDAFU, which is the most easterly land of Africa."—_De Barros_, I. vii. cap. 2.
1554.—"If you leave Dábúl at the end of the season, you direct yourselves W.S.W. till the pole is four inches and an eighth, from thence true west to KARDAFÚN."—_Sidi 'Ali Kapudān, The Mohit_, in _J. As. Soc. Ben._, v. 464.
" "You find such whirlpools on the coasts of KARDAFŪN...."—The same, in his narrative, _Journ. As._ ser. 1. tom. ix. p. 77.
1572.—
"O Cabo vê já Aromata chamado, E agora GUARDAFÚ, dos moradores, Onde começa a boca do affamado Mar Roxo, que do fundo toma as cores." _Camões_, x. 97.
Englished by Burton:
"The Cape which Antients 'Aromatic' clepe behold, yclept by Moderns GUARDAFÚ; where opes the Red Sea mouth, so wide and deep, the Sea whose ruddy bed lends blushing hue."
1602.—"Eitor da Silveira set out, and without any mishap arrived at the Cape of _Gardafui_."—COUTO, IV. i. 4.
1727.—"And having now travell'd along the Shore of the Continent, from the Cape of _Good Hope_ to Cape GUARDAFOY, I'll survey the Islands that lie in the Ethiopian Sea."—_A. Hamilton_, i. 15; [ed. 1744].
1790.—"The Portuguese, or Venetians, the first Christian traders in these parts, have called it GARDEFUI, which has no signification in any language. But in that part of the country where it is situated, it is called GARDEFAN and means the _Straits of Burial_, the reason of which will be seen afterwards."—_Bruce's Travels_, i. 315.
[1823.—"... we soon obtained sight of Cape GARDAFUI.... It is called by the natives _Ras Assere_, and the high mountain immediately to its south is named _Gibel_ JORDAFOON.... Keeping about nine miles off shore we rounded the peninsula of HAFOON.... HAFOON appears like an island, and belongs to a native Somauli prince...."—_Owen, Narr._ i. 353.]
GUAVA, s. This fruit (_Psidium Guayava_, L., Ord. _Myrtaceae_; Span. _guayava_, Fr. _goyavier_, [from Brazilian _guayaba_, _Stanf. Dict._]), _Guayabo pomifera Indica_ of Caspar Bauhin, _Guayava_ of Joh. Bauhin, strangely appears by name in Elliot's translation from Amīr Khosrū, who flourished in the 13th century: "He who has placed only _guavas_ and quinces in his throat, and has never eaten a plantain, will say it is like so much jujube" (iii. 556). This must be due to some ambiguous word carelessly rendered. The fruit and its name are alike American. It appears to be the _guaiabo_ of Oviedo in his _History of the Indies_ (we use the Italian version in _Ramusio_, iii. f. 141v). There is no mention of the _guava_ in either De Orta or Acosta. _Amrūd_, which is the commonest Hindustani (Pers.) name for the guava, means properly 'a pear'; but the fruit is often called _safarī ām_, 'journey mango' (respecting which see under ANANAS). And this last term is sometimes vulgarly corrupted into _supārī ām_ (areca-mango!). In the Deccan (according to Moodeen Sheriff) and all over Guzerat and the Central Provinces (as we are informed by M.-Gen. Keatinge), the fruit is called _jām_, Mahr. _jamba_, which is in Bengal the name of _Syzigium jambolanum_ (see JAMOON), and in Guzerāti _jāmrūd_, which seems to be a factitious word in imitation of _āmrūd_.
The guava, though its claims are so inferior to those of the pine-apple (indeed except to stew, or make jelly, it is _nobis judicibus_, an utter impostor), [Sir Joseph Hooker annotates: "You never ate good ones!"] must have spread like that fruit with great rapidity. Both appear in Blochmann's transl. of the _Āīn_ (i. 64) as served at Akbar's table; though when the guava is named among the fruits of Tūrān, doubts again arise as to the fruit intended, for the word used, _amrūd_, is ambiguous. In 1688 Dampier mentions guavas at Achin, and in Cochin China. The tree, like the custard-apple, has become wild in some parts of India. See _Davidson_, below.
c. 1550.—"The GUAIAVA is like a peach-tree, with a leaf resembling the laurel ... the red are better than the white, and are well-flavoured."—_Girol. Benzoni_, p. 88.
1658.—There is a good cut of the GUAVA, as _guaiaba_, in _Piso_, pp. 152-3.
1673.—"... flourish pleasant Tops of Plantains, Cocoes, GUIAVAS, a kind of Pear."—_Fryer_, 40.
1676.—"The N.W. part is full of GUAVER Trees of the greatest variety, and their Fruit the largest and best tasted I have met with."—_Dampier_, ii. 107.
1685.—"The GUAVA ... when the Fruit is ripe, it is yellow, soft, and very pleasant. It bakes well as a Pear."—_Ibid._ i. 222.
c. 1750-60.—"Our guides too made us distinguish a number of GOYAVA, and especially plumb-trees."—_Grose_, i. 20.
1764.—
"A wholesome fruit the ripened GUAVA yields, Boast of the housewife." _Grainger_, Bk. i.
1843.—"On some of these extensive plains (on the Mohur R. in Oudh) we found large orchards of the wild GUAVA ... strongly resembling in their rough appearance the pear-trees in the hedges of Worcestershire."—_Col. C. J. Davidson, Diary of Travels_, ii. 271.
GUBBER, s. This is some kind of gold ducat or sequin; Milburn says 'a Dutch ducat.' It may have adopted this special meaning, but could hardly have held it at the date of our first quotation. The name is probably _gabr_ (_dīnār-i-gabr_), implying its being of _infidel_ origin.
c. 1590.—"Mirza Jani Beg Sultán made this agreement with his soldiers, that every one who should bring in an enemy's head should receive 500 GABARS, every one of them worth 12 _mírís_ ... of which 72 went to one _tanka_."—_Táríkh-i-Táhiri_, in _Elliot_, i. 287.
1711.—"Rupees are the most current Coin; they have Venetians, GUBBERS, Muggerbees, and Pagodas."—_Lockyer_, 201.
" "When a Parcel of Venetian Ducats are mixt with others the whole goes by the name of _Chequeens_ at Surat, but when they are separated, one sort is called Venetians, and all the others GUBBERS indifferently."—_Ibid._ 242.
1762.—"_Gold and Silver Weights_:
oz. dwts. grs. 100 Venetian Ducats 11 0 5 10 (100?) GUBBERS 10 17 12." _Brooks, Weights and Measures._
GUBBROW, v. To bully, to dumbfound, and perturb a person. Made from _ghabrāo_, the imperative of _ghabrānā_. The latter, though sometimes used transitively, is more usually neuter, 'to be dumbfounded and perturbed.'
GUDDA, s. A donkey, literal and metaphorical. H. _gadhā_: [Skt. _gardabha_, 'the roarer']. The coincidence of the Scotch _cuddy_ has been attributed to a loan from H. through the gypsies, who were the chief owners of the animal in Scotland, where it is not common. On the other hand, this is ascribed to a nickname _Cuddy_ (for Cuthbert), like the English _Neddy_, similarly applied. [So the _N.E.D._ with hesitation.] A Punjab proverbial phrase is _gadōṅ khurkī_, "Donkeys' rubbing" their sides together, a sort of 'claw me and I'll claw thee.'
GUDDY, GUDDEE, s. H. _gaddī_, Mahr. _gādī_. 'The Throne.' Properly it is a cushion, a throne in the Oriental sense, _i.e._ the seat of royalty, "a simple sheet, or mat, or carpet on the floor, with a large cushion or pillow at the head, against which the great man reclines" (_Wilson_). "To be placed on the GUDDEE" is to succeed to the kingdom. The word is also used for the pad placed on an elephant's back.
[1809.—"Seendhiya was seated nearly in the centre, on a large square cushion covered with gold brocade; his back supported by a round bolster, and his arms resting upon two flat cushions; all covered with the same costly material, and forming together a kind of throne, called a MUSNUD, or GUDDEE."—_Broughton, Letters from a Mahratta Camp_, ed. 1892, p. 28.]
GUDGE, s. P.—H. _gaz_, and corr. _gaj_; a Persian yard measure or thereabouts; but in India applied to measures of very varying lengths, from the _hāth_, or natural cubit, to the English yard. In the _Āīn_ [ed. _Jarrett_, ii. 58 _seqq._] Abu'l Faẓl details numerous _gaz_ which had been in use under the Caliphs or in India, varying from 18 inches English (as calculated by J. Prinsep) to 52⅛. The _Ilāhī gaz_ of Akbar was intended to supersede all these as a standard; and as it was the basis of all records of land-measurements and rents in Upper India, the determination of its value was a subject of much importance when the revenue surveys were undertaken about 1824. The results of enquiry were very discrepant, however, and finally an arbitrary value of 33 inches was assumed. The _bīghā_ (see BEEGAH), based on this, and containing 3600 square _gaz_ = ⅝ of an acre, is the standard in the N.W.P., but statistics are now always rendered in acres. See _Gladwin's Ayeen_ (1800) i. 302, _seqq._; _Prinsep's Useful Tables_, ed. Thomas, 122; [_Madras Administration Manual_, ii. 505.]
[1532.—"... and if in quantity the measure and the weight, and whether ells, roods or GAZES."—_Archiv. Port. Orient._ f. 5, p. 1562.]
1754.—"Some of the townsmen again demanded of me to open my bales, and sell them some pieces of cloth; but ... I rather chose to make several of them presents of 2¼ GAZ of cloth, which is the measure they usually take for a coat."—_Hanway_, i. 125.
1768-71.—"A GESS or GOSS is 2 _cobidos_, being at Chinsurah 2 feet and 10 inches Rhineland measure."—_Stavorinus_, E.T. i. 463.
1814.—"They have no measures but the GUDGE, which is from their elbow to the end of the middle finger, for measuring length."—_Pearce, Acc. of the Ways of the Abyssinians_, in _Tr. Lit. Soc. Bo._ ii. 56.
GUICOWAR, n.p. _Gāekwār_, the title of the Mahratta kings of Guzerat, descended from Dāmāji and Pīlājī Gāekwār, who rose to distinction among Mahratta warriors in the second quarter of the 18th century. The word means 'Cowherd.'
[1813.—"These princes were all styled GUICKWAR, in addition to their family name ... the word literally means a cow-keeper, which, although a low employment in general, has, in this noble family among the Hindoos, who venerate that animal, become a title of great importance."—_Forbes, Or. Mem._ 2nd ed. i. 375.]
GUINEA-CLOTHS, GUINEA-STUFFS, s. Apparently these were piece-goods bought in India to be used in the West African trade. [On the other hand, Sir G. Birdwood identifies them with GUNNY (_Report on old Recs._, 224). The manufacture still goes on at Pondicherry.] These are presumably the _Negros-tücher_ of Baldaeus (1672), p. 154.
[1675.—"GUINEA-STUFFS," in _Birdwood_, _ut supra_.]
1726.—We find in a list of cloths purchased by the Dutch Factory at Porto Novo, GUINEES LYWAAT, and _Negros-Kleederen_ ('Guinea linens and Negro's clothing').—See _Valentijn, Chorom._ 9.
1813.—"The demand for Surat piece-goods has been much decreased in Europe ... and from the abolition of the slave trade, the demand for the African market has been much reduced.... GUINEA STUFFS, 4½ yards each (per ton) 1200 (pieces)."—_Milburn_, i. 289.
[1878.—"The chief trades of Pondicherry are, spinning, weaving and dyeing the cotton stuffs known by the name of GUINEES."—_Garstin, Man. of S. Arcot_, 426.]
[GUINEA DEER, s. An old name for some species of Chevrotain, in the quotation probably the _Tragulus meminna_ or Mouse Deer (_Blanford, Mammalia_, 555).
[1755.—"Common deer they have here (in Ceylon) in great abundance, and also GUINEA DEER."—_Ives_, 57.]
GUINEA-FOWL. There seems to have been, in the 16th century, some confusion between turkeys and Guinea-fowl. See however under TURKEY. The Guinea-fowl is the _Meleagris_ of Aristotle and others, the _Afra avis_ of Horace.
GUINEA-PIG, s. This was a nickname given to midshipmen or apprentices on board Indiamen in the 18th century, when the command of such a vessel was a sure fortune, and large fees were paid to the captain with whom the youngsters embarked. Admiral Smyth, in his _Sailor's Handbook_, 1867, defines: 'The younger midshipmen of an Indiaman.'
[1779.—"I promise you, to me it was no slight penance to be exposed during the whole voyage to the half sneering, satirical looks of the mates and GUINEA-PIGS."—_Macintosh, Travels_, quoted in _Carey, Old Days_, i. 73.]
GUINEA-WORM, s. A parasitic worm (_Filaria Medinensis_) inhabiting the subcutaneous cellular tissue of man, frequently in the leg, varying from 6 inches to 12 feet in length, and common on the Pers. Gulf, in Upper Egypt, Guinea, &c. It is found in some parts of W. India. "I have known," writes M.-Gen. Keatinge, "villages where half the people were maimed by it after the rains. Matunga, the Head Quarters of the Bombay Artillery, was abandoned, in great measure, on account of this pest." [It is the disease most common in the Damoh District (_C. P. Gazetteer_, 176, _Sleeman, Rambles, &c._, ed. _V. A. Smith_, i. 94). It is the _rāshta_, _reshta_ of Central Asia (_Schuyler, Turkistan_, i. 147; _Wolff, Travels_, ii. 407).] The reason of the name is shown by the quotation from Purchas respecting its prevalence in Guinea. The disease is graphically described by Agatharchides in the first quotation.
B.C. c. 113.—"Those about the Red Sea who are stricken with a certain malady, as Agatharchides relates, besides being afflicted with other novel and unheard-of symptoms, of which one is that small snake-like worms (δρακόντια μικρὰ) eat through the legs and arms, and peep out, but when touched instantly shrink back again, and winding among the muscles produce intolerable burning pains."—In Dubner's ed. of _Plutarch_, iv. 872, viz. _Table Discussions_, Bk. VIII. Quest. ix. 3.
1600.—"The wormes in the legges and bodies trouble not euery one that goeth to those Countreys, but some are troubled with them and some are not"—(a full account of the disease follows).—_Descn. of_ GUINEA, in _Purchas_, ii. 963.
c. 1630.—"But for their water ... I may call it _Aqua Mortis_ ... it ingenders small long worms in the legges of such as use to drink it ... by no potion, no unguent to be remedied: they have no other way to destroy them, save by rowling them about a pin or peg, not unlike the treble of Theorbo."—_Sir T. Herbert_, p. 128.
1664.—"... nor obliged to drink of those naughty waters ... full of nastiness of so many people and beasts ... that do cause such fevers, which are very hard to cure, and which breed also certain very dangerous worms in the legs ... they are commonly of the bigness and length of a small Vial-string ... and they must be drawn out little by little, from day to day, gently winding them about a little twig about the bigness of a needle, for fear of breaking them."—_Bernier_, E.T. 114; [ed. _Constable_, 355].
1676.—"GUINEA WORMS are very frequent in some Places of the West Indies ... I rather judge that they are generated by drinking bad water."—_Dampier_, ii. 89-90.
1712.—"Haec vita est Ormusiensium, imò civium totius littoris Persici, ut perpetuas in corpore calamitates ferant ex coeli intemperie: modo sudore diffluunt; modo vexantur furunculis; nunc cibi sunt, mox aquae inopes; saepè ventis urentibus, semper sole torrente, squalent et quis omnia recenseat? Unum ex aerumnis gravioribus induco: nimirum _Lumbricorum_ singulare genus, quod non in intestinis, sed in musculis per corporis ambitum natales invenit. Latini medici vermem illum nomine donant τοῦ δρακοντίου, s. _Dracunculi_.... GUINEENSES nigritae linguâ suâ ... vermes illos vocant _Ickòn_, ut produnt reduces ex aurifero illo Africae littore...."—_Kaempfer, Amoen. Exot._, 524-5. Kaempfer speculates as to why the old physicians called it _dracunculus_; but the name was evidently taken from the δρακόντιον of Agatharchides, quoted above.
1768.—"The less dangerous diseases which attack Europeans in Guinea are, the dry belly-ache, and a worm which breeds in the flesh.... Dr. Rouppe observes that the disease of the GUINEA-WORM is infectious."—_Lind on Diseases of Hot Climates_, pp. 53, 54.
1774.—See an account of this pest under the name of "_le ver des nerfs_ (Vena Medinensis)," in _Niebuhr, Desc. de l'Arabie_, 117. The name given by Niebuhr is, as we learn from Kaempfer's remarks, _'araḳ Medīnī_, the Medina nerve (rather than vein).
[1821.—"The doctor himself is just going off to the Cape, half-dead from the Kotah fever; and, as if that were not enough, the _narooa_, or GUINEA-WORM, has blanched his cheek and made him a cripple."—_Tod, Annals_, ed. 1884, ii. 743.]
GUJPUTTY, n.p. (See COSPETIR.)
GUM-GUM, s. We had supposed this word to be an invention of the late Charles Dickens, but it seems to be a real Indian, or Anglo-Indian, word. The nearest approximation in Shakespear's Dict. is _gamak_, 'sound of the kettledrum.' But the word is perhaps a Malay plural of _gong_ originally; see the quotation from _Osbeck_. [The quotations from _Bowdich_ and _Medley_ (from _Scott, Malay Words_, p. 53) perhaps indicate an African origin.]
[1659.—"... The roar of great guns, the sounding of trumpets, the beating of drums, and the noise of the GOMGOMMEN of the Indians."—From the account of the Dutch attack (1659) on a village in Ceram, given in _Wouter Schouten, Reistogt nadr en door Oostindiën_, 4th ed. 1775, i. 55. In the Dutch version, "en het geraas van de GOMGOMMEN der Indiäanen." The French of 1707 (i. 92) has "au bruit du canon, des trompettes, des tambour et des GOMGOMMES Indiennes."
[1731.—"One of the Hottentot Instruments of Musick is common to several Negro Nations, and is called both by Negroes and Hottentots, GOM-GOM ... is a Bow of Iron, or Olive Wood, strung with twisted Sheep-Gut or Sinews."—_Medley_, tr. _Kolben's Cape of Good Hope_, i. 271.]
c. 1750-60.—"A music far from delightful, consisting of little drums they call GUMGUMS, cymbals, and a sort of fife."—_Grose_, i. 139.
1768-71.—"They have a certain kind of musical instruments called GOM-GOMS, consisting in hollow iron bowls, of various sizes and tones, upon which a man strikes with an iron or wooden stick ... not unlike a set of bells."—_Stavorinus_, E.T. i. 215. See also p. 65.
1771.—"At night we heard a sort of music, partly made by insects, and partly by the noise of the GUNGUNG."—_Osbeck_, i. 185.
[1819.—"The GONG-GONGS and drums were beat all around us."—_Bowdich, Mission to Ashantee_, i. 7, 136.]
1836.—"'Did you ever hear a tom-tom, Sir?' sternly enquired the Captain....
'A what?' asked Hardy, rather taken aback.
'A tom-tom.'
'Never!'
'Nor a GUM-GUM?'
'Never!'
'What _is_ a GUM-GUM?' eagerly enquired several young ladies."—_Sketches by Boz, The Steam Excursion._
[GUNGE, s. Hind. _ganj_, 'a store, store-house, market.'
[1762.—See under GOMASTA.
[1772.—"GUNGE, a market principally for grain."—_Verelst, View of Bengal_, Gloss. s.v.
[1858.—"The term GUNGE signifies a range of buildings at a place of traffic, for the accommodation of merchants and all persons engaged in the purchase and sale of goods, and for that of their goods and of the shopkeepers who supply them."—_Sleeman, Journey through Oudh_, i. 278.]
GUNJA, s. Hind. _gānjhā_, _gānjā_. The flowering or fruiting shoots of the female plant of Indian hemp (_Cannabis sativa_, L., formerly distinguished as _C. indica_), used as an intoxicant. (See BANG.)
[c. 1813.—"The natives have two proper names for the hemp (_Cannabis sativa_), and call it GANGJA when young, and _Siddhi_ when the flowers have fully expanded."—_Buchanan, Eastern India_, ii. 865.]
1874.—"In odour and the absence of taste, GANJÁ resembles _bhang_. It is said that after the leaves which constitute _bhang_ have been gathered, little shoots sprout from the stem, and that these, picked off and dried, form what is called GANJÁ."—_Hanbury & Flückiger_, 493.
GUNNY, GUNNY-BAG, s. From Skt. _goṇi_, 'a sack'; Hind. and Mahr. _goṇ_, _goṇī_, 'a sack, sacking.' The popular and trading name of the coarse sacking and sacks made from the fibre of JUTE, much used in all Indian trade. _Ṭāṭ_ is a common Hind. name for the stuff. [With this word Sir G. Birdwood identifies the forms found in the old records—"_Guiny_ Stuffes (1671)," "_Guynie_ stuffs," "_Guinea_ stuffs," "_Gunnys_" (_Rep. on Old Records_, 26, 38, 39, 224); but see under GUINEA-CLOTHS.]
c. 1590.—"Sircar Ghoraghat produces raw silk, GUNNEYS, and plenty of _Tanghion_ horses."—_Gladwin's Ayeen_, ed. 1800, ii. 9; [ed. _Jarrett_, ii. 123]. (But here, in the original, the term is _pārchah-i-ṭāṭband_.)
1693.—"Besides the aforenamed articles GOENY-SACKS are collected at Palicol."—_Havart_ (3), 14.
1711.—"When Sugar is pack'd in double GONEYS, the outer Bag is always valued in Contract at 1 or 1½ _Shahee_."—_Lockyer_, 244.
1726.—In a list of goods procurable at _Daatzerom_: "GOENI-ZAKKEN (Gunny bags)."—_Valentijn, Chor._ 40.
1727.—"Sheldon ... put on board some rotten long Pepper, that he could dispose of in no other Way, and some damaged GUNNIES, which are much used in Persia for embaling Goods, when they are good in their kind."—_A. Hamilton_, ii. 15; [ed. 1744].
1764.—"Baskets, GUNNY BAGS, and _dubbers_ ... Rs. 24."—In _Long_, 384.
1785.—"We enclose two _parwanehs_ ... directing them each to despatch 1000 GOONIES of grain to that person of mighty degree."—_Tippoo's Letters_, 171.
1885.—"The land was so covered with them (plover) that the hunters shot them with all kind of arms. We counted 80 birds in the GUNNY-sack that three of the soldiers brought in."—_Boots and Saddles_, by _Mrs. Custer_, p. 37. (American work.)
GUNTA, s. Hind. _ghanṭā_, 'a bell or gong.' This is the common term for expressing an European hour in modern Hindūstānī. [See PANDY.]
GUP, s. Idle gossip. P.—H. _gap_, 'prattle, tattle.' The word is perhaps an importation from Tūrān. Vambéry gives Orient. Turki _gep_, _geb_, 'word, saying, talk'; which, however, Pavet de Courteille suggests to be a corruption from the Pers. _guftan_, 'to say'; of which, indeed, there is a form _guptan_. [So Platts, who also compares Skt. _jalpa_, which is the Bengali _golpo_, 'babble.'] See quotation from Schuyler showing the use in Turkistan. The word is perhaps best known in England through an unamiable account of society in S. India, published under the name of "GUP," in 1868.
1809-10.—"They (native ladies) sit on their cushions from day to day, with no other ... amusement than hearing the 'GUP-GUP,' or gossip of the place."—_Mrs. Sherwood's Autobiog._ 357.
1876.—"The first day of mourning goes by the name of GUP, _i.e._ commemorative talk."—_Schuyler's Turkistan_, i. 151.
GUREEBPURWUR, GURREEBNUWAUZ, ss. Ar.—P. _Gharībpārwar_, _Gharībnawāz_, used in Hind. as respectful terms of address, meaning respectively 'Provider of the Poor!' 'Cherisher of the Poor!'
1726.—"Those who are of equal condition bend the body somewhat towards each other, and lay hold of each other by the beard, saying GRAB-ANEMOAS, _i.e._ I wish you the prayers of the poor."—_Valentijn, Chor._ 109, who copies from _Van Twist_ (1648), p. 55.
1824.—"I was appealed to loudly by both parties, the soldiers calling on me as 'GHUREEB PURWUR,' the Goomashta, not to be outdone, exclaiming 'Donai, Lord Sahib! Donai! Rajah!'" (Read _Dohāī_ and see DOAI).—_Heber_, i. 266. See also p. 279.
1867.—"'PROTECTOR OF THE POOR!' he cried, prostrating himself at my feet, 'help thy most unworthy and wretched slave! An unblest and evil-minded alligator has this day devoured my little daughter. She went down to the river to fill her earthen jar with water, and the evil one dragged her down, and has devoured her. Alas! she had on her gold bangles. Great is my misfortune!'"—_Lt.-Col. Lewin, A Fly on the Wheel_, p. 99.
GURJAUT, n.p. The popular and official name of certain forest tracts at the back of Orissa. The word is a hybrid, being the Hind. _gaṛh_, 'a fort,' Persianised into a plural _gaṛhjāt_, in ignorance of which we have seen, in quasi-official documents, the use of a further English plural, _Gurjauts_ or _gaṛhjāts_, which is like 'fortses.' [In the quotation below, the writer seems to think it a name of a class of people.] This manner of denominating such tracts from the isolated occupation by fortified posts seems to be very ancient in that part of India. We have in Ptolemy and the _Periplus Dosarēnē_ or _Dēsarēnē_, apparently representing Skt. _Daśāṛṇa_, quasi _daśan ṛiṇa_, 'having Ten Forts,' which the lists of the _Bṛhat Sanhitā_ shew us in this part of India (_J. R. As. Soc._, N.S., v. 83). The forest tract behind Orissa is called in the grant of an Orissa king, _Nava Koti_, 'the Nine Forts' (_J.A.S.B._ xxxiii. 84); and we have, in this region, further in the interior, the province of _Chattīsgaṛh_, '36 Forts.'
[1820.—"At present nearly one half of this extensive region is under the immediate jurisdiction of the British Government; the other possessed by tributary zemindars called GHURJAUTS, or hill chiefs...."—_Hamilton, Description of Hindustan_, ii. 32.]
GURRY.
A. A little fort; Hind. _gaṛhī_. Also Gurr, _i.e._ _gaṛh_, 'a fort.'
B. See GHURRY.
A.—
1693.—"... many of his Heathen Nobles, only such as were befriended by strong GURRS, or Fastnesses upon the Mountains...."—_Fryer_, 165.
1786.—"... The Zemindars in 4 pergunnahs are so refractory as to have forfeited (read _fortified_) themselves in their GURRIES, and to refuse all payments of revenue."—_Articles against W. Hastings_, in _Burke_, vii. 59.
[1835.—"A shot was at once fired upon them from a high GHURREE."—_Forbes, Rās Mālā_, ed. 1878, p. 521.]
GUTTA PERCHA, s. This is the Malay name _Gatah Pertja_, _i.e._ 'Sap of the Percha,' _Dichopsis Gutta_, Benth. (_Isonandra Gutta_, Hooker; N.O. _Sapotaceae_). Dr. Oxley writes (_J. Ind. Archip._ i. 22) that _percha_ is properly the name of a tree which produces a spurious article; the real _gutta p._ is produced by the _túbau_. [Mr. Maxwell (_Ind. Ant._ xvii. 358) points out that the proper reading is _taban_.] The product was first brought to notice in 1843 by Dr. Montgomery. It is collected by first ringing the tree and then felling it, and no doubt by this process the article will speedily become extinct. The history of G. P. is, however, far from well known. Several trees are known to contribute to the exported article; their juices being mixed together. [Mr. Scott (_Malay Words_, 55 _seqq._) writes the word _getah percha_, or _getah perchah_, 'gum of percha,' and remarks that it has been otherwise explained as meaning 'gum of Sumatra,' "there being another word _percha_, a name of Sumatra, as well as a third word _percha_, 'a rag, a remnant.'" Mr. Maxwell (_loc. cit._) writes: "It is still uncertain whether there is a gutta-producing tree called _Percha_ by the Malays. My experience is that they give the name of _Perchah_ to that kind of _getah taban_ which hardens into strips in boiling. These are stuck together and made into balls for export."]
[1847.—"GUTTA PERCHA is a remarkable example of the rapidity with which a really useful invention becomes of importance to the English public. A year ago it was almost unknown, but now its peculiar properties are daily being made more available in some new branch of the useful or ornamental arts."—_Mundy, Journal_, in _Narrative of Events in Borneo and Celebes_, ii. 342 _seq._ (quoted by _Scott_, _loc. cit._).]
1868.—"The late Mr. d'Almeida was the first to call the attention of the public to the substance now so well known as GUTTA-PERCHA. At that time the _Isonandra Gutta_ was an abundant tree in the forests of Singapore, and was first known to the Malays, who made use of the juice which they obtained by cutting down the trees.... Mr. d'Almeida ... acting under the advice of a friend, forwarded some of the substance to the Society of Arts. There it met with no immediate attention, and was put away uncared for. A year or two afterwards Dr. Montgomery sent specimens to England, and bringing it under the notice of competent persons, its value was at once acknowledged.... The sudden and great demand for it soon resulted in the disappearance of all the GUTTA-PERCHA trees on Singapore Island."—_Collingwood, Rambles of a Naturalist_, pp. 268-9.
GUZZY, s. Pers. and Hind. _gazī_; perhaps from its having been woven of a _gaz_ (see GUDGE) in breadth. A very poor kind of cotton cloth.
1701.—In a price list for Persia we find: "GESJES Bengaals."—_Valentijn_, v. 303.
1784.—"It is suggested that the following articles may be proper to compose the first adventure (to Tibet): ... GUZZIE, or coarse Cotton Cloths, and Otterskins...."—In _Seton-Karr_, i. 4.
[1866.—"... common unbleached fabrics ... used for packing goods, and as a covering for the dead.... These fabrics in Bengal pass under the names of _Garrha_ and GUZEE."—_Forbes Watson, Textile Manufactures_, 83.]
GWALIOR, n.p. Hind. _Gwālīār_. A very famous rock-fortress of Upper India, rising suddenly and picturesquely out of a plain (or shallow valley rather) to a height of 300 feet, 65 m. south of Agra, in lat. 26° 13′. Gwalior may be traced back, in Gen. Cunningham's opinion, to the 3rd century of our era. It was the seat of several ancient Hindu dynasties, and from the time of the early Mahommedan sovereigns of Delhi down to the reign of Aurangzīb it was used as a state-prison. Early in the 18th century it fell into the possession of the Mahratta family of Sindhia, whose residence was established to the south of the fortress, in what was originally a camp, but has long been a city known by the original title of _Lashkar_ (camp). The older city lies below the northern foot of the rock. Gwalior has been three times taken by British arms: (1) escaladed by a force under the command of Major Popham in 1780, a very daring feat;[141] (2) by a regular attack under Gen. White in 1805; (3) most gallantly in June 1858, by a party of the 25th Bombay N. I. under Lieutenants Rose and Waller, in which the former officer fell. After the two first captures the fortress was restored to the Sindhia family. From 1858 it was retained in our hands, but in December 1885 it was formally restored to the Mahārājā Sindhia.
The name of the fortress, according to Gen. Cunningham (_Archaeol. Survey_,